initial commit of ebook 38681HEAD main

author: Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> 2025-10-14 20:10:52 -0700
committer: Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> 2025-10-14 20:10:52 -0700
commit: a75d4de85f6c88cff2d52abbbb32f3c6ee11b9d2 (patch)
tree: 72f4a45da55eb3ff3e382ca7d3ec1c1aaf98f697
109 files changed, 11997 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/38681-0.txt b/38681-0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..037ca0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,3828 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Practical Basketry, by Anna A. Gill
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Practical Basketry
+
+Author: Anna A. Gill
+
+Release Date: January 27, 2012 [EBook #38681]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: UTF-8
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK PRACTICAL BASKETRY ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Karl Eichwalder, Stephen Hope, Henry Gardiner
+and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at
+https://www.pgdp.net (This book was produced from scanned
+images of public domain material from the Google Print
+project.)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Transcriber’s Note: The original publication has been replicated
+faithfully except as shown in the TRANSCRIBER’S AMENDMENTS at the end of
+the text. This etext presumes a mono-spaced font on the user’s device,
+such as Courier New. Words in italics are indicated like _this_. Text
+emphasized with bold characters or other treatment is shown like =this=.
+
+[Illustration: _Frontispiece_]
+
+
+
+
+  PRACTICAL BASKETRY
+
+  BY
+
+  ANNA A. GILL
+
+  TEACHER OF ORTHOGENIC CLASS,
+  KENDERTON SCHOOL, PHILADELPHIA
+
+
+  DRAWINGS BY THE AUTHOR
+
+
+  PHILADELPHIA
+
+  DAVID McKAY, PUBLISHER
+
+  604-608 SOUTH WASHINGTON SQUARE
+
+
+  COPYRIGHT, 1916, BY
+  DAVID MCKAY
+
+
+  TO
+  THE MEMORY OF
+  MY FATHER
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+
+  PREFACE                                         xi
+
+  CHAPTER I
+
+  EQUIPMENT——MATERIALS, TOOLS                     19
+
+  CHAPTER II
+
+  THE FIRST LESSON, WEAVES                        25
+
+  CHAPTER III
+
+  WEAVING BEGUN——MATS, BORDERS, SMALL BASKETS
+      (MODELS 1-9)                                37
+
+  CHAPTER IV
+
+  SEPARATE BOTTOM BASKETS (MODELS 9-16)           51
+
+  CHAPTER V
+
+  HANDLES AND LIDS (MODELS 17-22)                 65
+
+  CHAPTER VI
+
+  HANGING BASKETS (MODELS 23-28)                  77
+
+  CHAPTER VII
+
+  FLOWER RECEPTACLES (MODELS 29-34)               89
+
+  CHAPTER VIII
+
+  OVAL BASKETS (MODELS 35-41)                     99
+
+  CHAPTER IX
+
+  TRAYS (MODELS 42-46)                           111
+
+  CHAPTER X
+
+  FRUIT BASKET TRAYS (MODELS 47-54)              121
+
+  CHAPTER XI
+
+  SCRAP BASKETS (MODELS 55-60)                   133
+
+  CHAPTER XII
+
+  UTILITY BASKETS (MODELS 61-71)                 143
+
+  CHAPTER XIII
+
+  A FEW WORDS ON DYEING                          161
+
+
+
+
+ILLUSTRATIONS
+
+
+  _Frontispiece_
+
+  DIAGRAM                                       PAGE
+
+  1. SIMPLE WEAVING                               26
+
+  2. DOUBLE WEAVING                               26
+
+  3. PAIRING                                      27
+
+  4. DOUBLE PAIRING                               27
+
+  5. TWO AND ONE WEAVE                            28
+
+  6. THREE AND TWO WEAVE                          28
+
+  7. TRIPLE TWIST OR THREE-ROD COIL               29
+
+  8. FOUR-ROD COIL                                30
+
+  9. FIVE-ROD COIL                                30
+
+  10. SLEWING                                     31
+
+  11. SIXTEEN-SPOKE CENTER                        32
+
+  12. A SPLIT SPOKE                               32
+
+  13. JOINING WEAVERS                             33
+
+  14. OPEN BORDER NO. 1                           38
+
+  15. OPEN BORDER NO. 2                           39
+
+  16. CLOSED BORDER NO. 1 (PART I)                40
+
+  17. CLOSED BORDER NO. 1 (PART II)               40
+
+  18. CLOSED BORDER NO. 2                         44
+
+  19. CLOSED BORDER NO. 3                         47
+
+  20. HEAVY BORDER                                69
+
+
+  FIG.                                          PAGE
+
+  1. INCISION IN SPOKES                           37
+
+  2. BEGINNING A MAT                              37
+
+  3. WEAVING A MAT                                37
+
+  4. MAT WITH OPEN BORDER                         37
+
+  5. MAT WITH CLOSED BORDER                       39
+
+  6. BASKET FOR MOTHER’S BUTTONS                  41
+
+  7. BASKET FOR PENCILS                           42
+
+  8. BASKET FOR SPOOLS                            43
+
+  9. TOOTH-BRUSH HOLDER                           44
+
+  10. BARREL SHAPED FANCY BASKET                  45
+
+  11. NO. 1 JARDINIERE                            47
+
+  12. MATCH TRAY                                  48
+
+  13. DESK UTILITY BASKET                         51
+
+  14. COVERING FOR SMALL FLOWER POT               52
+
+  15. STRIPED SEWING BASKET                       53
+
+  16. SEWING BASKET (DOUBLE WEAVING)              55
+
+  17. SEWING BASKET (CHECK EFFECT)                56
+
+  18. GREEN AND WHITE BASKET                      59
+
+  19. FANCY SEWING BASKET NO. 1                   60
+
+  20. SMALL SEWING BASKET                         62
+
+  21. SMALL CARRYING BASKET                       65
+
+  22. LITTLE MARKETING BASKET                     66
+
+  23. LUNCH BASKET WITH LID                       68
+
+  24. OVAL BASKET WITH LID                        70
+
+  25. CANDY BASKET                                72
+
+  26. FANCY SEWING BASKET WITH LID                73
+
+  27. SMALL GREEN HANGING BASKET                  77
+
+  28. SMALL FLOWER RECEPTACLE                     78
+
+  29. HANGING BASKET                              78
+
+  30. NO. 2 BOWL SHAPED HANGING BASKET            78
+
+  31. NO. 3 HANGING BASKET                        80
+
+  32. BASKET WITH BRAIDED HANDLE                  82
+
+  33. BOWL SHAPED BASKET WITH FLARED TOP          83
+
+  34. FUNNEL SHAPED HANGING BASKET                84
+
+  35. LARGE GREEN FUNNEL SHAPED HANGING BASKET    85
+
+  36. VASE WITH HANDLES                           89
+
+  37. NO. 2 GREEN JARDINIERE                      90
+
+  38. NO. 3 JARDINIERE IN OVAL REED               91
+
+  39. JARDINIERE FOR RUBBER PLANT                 92
+
+  40. OVAL REED JARDINIERE                        93
+
+  41. NO. 1 FERN DISH                             94
+
+  42. NO. 2 FERN DISH                             95
+
+  43. FLOWER BASKET                               95
+
+  44. NO. 1 OVAL FLOWER BASKET WITH ROUND BASE    99
+
+  45. NO. 2 OVAL FLOWER BASKET (GREEN AND BROWN) 100
+
+  46. NO. 3 OVAL FLOWER BASKET                   101
+
+  47-53. OVAL BASES                            101-2
+
+  54. CARD TRAY                                  104
+
+  55. OVAL BASE BASKET                           105
+
+  56. NO. 1 OVAL BASE FLOWER BASKET              106
+
+  57. SMALL OVAL BASE FLOWER BASKET              107
+
+  58. PIN TRAY                                   111
+
+  59. CANDY TRAY NO. 1                           112
+
+  60. CANDY TRAY NO. 2                           113
+
+  61. CAKE TRAY                                  113
+
+  62. NO. 1 SANDWICH TRAY                        115
+
+  63. NO. 2 SANDWICH TRAY                        117
+
+  64. NO. 1 FRUIT BASKET TRAY                    121
+
+  65. NO. 2 FRUIT BASKET TRAY                    122
+
+  66. NO. 3 FRUIT BASKET TRAY                    124
+
+  67. SMALL SERVING TRAY                         126
+
+  68. SMALL SCRAP BASKET (CHECKER DESIGN)        133
+
+  69. LARGE SCRAP BASKET (CHECKER DESIGN)        134
+
+  70. SCRAP BASKET IN OVAL REED                  135
+
+  71. RUSH SCRAP BASKET                          136
+
+  72. ARTISTIC BASKET WITH LID                   143
+
+  73. KNITTING BASKET                            144
+
+  74. MOTHER’S SEWING BASKET                     145
+
+  75. LILY BASKET                                145
+
+  76. SMALL BARREL SHAPED RUSH BASKET            146
+
+  77. LARGE RUSH SCRAP BASKET                    148
+
+  78. SCRAP BASKET (OPEN WORK)                   151
+
+  79. FANCY SCRAP BASKET                         153
+
+  80. ARTISTIC SCRAP BASKET                      154
+
+  81. FATHER’S WASTE PAPER BASKET                156
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE
+
+
+Basketry is one of the oldest and most valuable of the crafts. As far back
+as the time of the Israelites we read of its usefulness in offering
+sacrifices. Of necessity it was born, and in its infancy was made into
+simple forms, but very soon its importance to man was so duly felt and
+appreciated that new forms took shape, and its uses were so extended that
+the early basket makers vied with one another in producing pleasing work
+and in discovering new and various kinds of materials to put into it.
+
+Though the Chinese and Japanese have sent us, for long years, marvelous
+things of beauty, it is to our American Indian that we owe our debt for
+beauty and artistry of this industry; for industry it is.
+
+It seems quite impossible to me to write on basketry without mentioning
+the Indian and his connection with it, for we can very safely call him the
+master artist of basket work. In its history, and a romantic one it is,
+the Indian figures first and last. The Indian woman was never satisfied
+with the materials just at hand; she sought for and tried all kinds, in
+season and out of season, and she chose, unerringly, the best. Her
+patience was without limit in her experiments in materials, dyes and
+weaves, with the result that her basketry is the peer of any in the world.
+Her sample work was nature——and into every line of her basket she wove a
+meaning symbolical of something in particular.
+
+Serious study of Indian basketry would serve both as an inspiration and
+stimulation to better work: its intricacy, its poetry and its artistry
+would be a revelation, and give a fuller understanding of a people so
+sadly misunderstood.
+
+Basketry was used by the primitive Indians in carrying water. When there
+was a scarcity, and careful conservation was necessary, the basket was the
+article used as a conveyance. Some of the California Indians up to this
+day use their baskets successfully as cooking utensils, while the
+bassinet, made out of basketry, was, and is still, used by the Indian to
+hold the papoose.
+
+Basketry is an important factor in the promotion of education. Its wide
+influence is felt not only in the class room but in homes, settlement
+work, blind institutions, asylums, in fact in institutions of all kinds.
+The importance and influence of basketry is being recognized now and the
+work is being carried on in earnest. Within the past five years it has
+made a great jump and in most institutions where manual training has been
+introduced, basket making has attained a prominent place in the training
+of the child.
+
+Basket work is a valuable aid in the character building of the child, for,
+through it can be given lessons in patience, perseverance and
+concentration, while truth and honesty can be effectually impressed on the
+worker, resulting in the gradual though steady developing of the will
+power.
+
+Our reorganized school systems show what a specific educational value
+manual training has, not alone in the manual skill which the child
+attains, but also in the mental, moral and economic values which it gains.
+
+The desire to construct and create is strong in childhood, and here in
+basketry will be found an astonishing aid in inspiring such desire and in
+developing constructive ability. Children, especially boys, find it
+fascinating and it is a work which appeals to them in all their moods;
+frequently when they are unable to do any other kind of school work they
+turn with delight to basketry.
+
+The child who works steadily over a basket, and may have it to weave and
+reweave many times before completing it satisfactorily, is not only
+receiving a valuable lesson in patience and thoroughness, and gaining much
+experience which will be of inestimable value later on in this particular
+work, but he is being trained into an efficient workman of the future.
+
+Basket making, which handwork the children love best to do, not only
+develops their judgment, makes keen their observation, makes them
+discriminating, but it has a stimulating effect upon their minds and
+awakens in them the desire to put forth their best efforts. Hanging
+baskets, scrap baskets, trays, etc., mean something more to them than a
+piece of basket work done merely because of its utility. Instinctively
+they recognize the true intrinsic value of the work and that they are real
+workers, but also it is the beauty and the surprises in basketry
+development that has its strong and attractive appeal for them.
+
+Owing to the simplicity of basketry the work is being generally accepted.
+The child of seven or eight years may make a simple mat and basket and
+find it play work, while the older child may make beautiful useful baskets
+and trays for the home.
+
+Originality in the child has full play and should always be encouraged
+since the field of work in this ground is abundant; and he should never be
+discouraged, no matter how loose the weaving may be nor how crude it may
+look: he will soon be able, through comparison, to discover his mistakes
+and correct the poor work.
+
+I would suggest that children be permitted to criticise their own and each
+other’s work.
+
+The celebrating of the holiday seasons can be nicely carried out in the
+manual training period when the making of birthday gifts, Christmas trays,
+Easter baskets, sewing baskets, hanging baskets and scrap baskets can be
+appropriately introduced. Try this suggestion, and watch the happiness of
+the child who makes gifts for his loved ones.
+
+Sequence in basketry should be followed carefully with beginners, and
+although it will be impossible to give in detail all the steps included in
+the subject, the most essential and important will be given, with many
+suggestions in models for advanced workers.
+
+In conclusion, just a word to the special class teacher of backward,
+defective, and the backward or defective delinquents. The course presented
+in this book may be used in the sequence given or adapted just as is
+necessary to the class of children taught. Most of the models here
+demonstrated have been successfully taught to children in the backward
+delinquent class and have been a means of promoting, mentally and morally,
+the welfare of the child; directing his miscontrolled energy into proper
+channels, besides making his school life a brighter and happier one.
+
+That this book may be of help to the basket maker and that it may bring
+much success and happiness to the reader is the wish of the author who has
+spent many happy hours in preparing it.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+EQUIPMENT
+
+
+MATERIALS
+
+The materials used in making these baskets are rattan or reed, raffia,
+rush, straw, hemp.
+
+Rattan is a palm which grows wild in India, Japan, China and East India
+Islands. The rattan seed is black and corresponds in size to a pea. It is
+a notable fact that, while growing, the rattan always faces the sun. The
+shoot of this seed grows four years; it is then cut close. The plant
+produces almost three hundred shoots which are cut annually. These slender
+shoots attain a length of from three to five hundred feet. They climb the
+highest trees and hang from them in graceful festoons. It is interesting
+to see how, like the selfish pumpkin vine, they crowd out any other plant
+that should happen to be in the way. By small fibres which spring from the
+joints, they fasten themselves to the trees, and they hold so tenaciously
+and have such grip or strength that it requires several men, sometimes as
+many as a half dozen, to separate and remove them.
+
+The reed is manufactured from the rattan. It has been manufactured in
+America for about sixty years. There are a number of such manufacturing
+plants, among which the Wakefield Rattan Company and the New England
+Company have made splendid reed. Germany and Belgium give us the best
+reed, while the least desirable quality comes from China.
+
+The outer surface of the rattan is glazed. It is cut in long narrow
+strips, and is familiar to everyone under the name “cane.” It is used in
+caning chairs. From the pith or inside rattan, we get the reed known as
+oval, flat and round, the latter being most extensively used.
+
+The round reed varies in sizes from No. 00 to No. 17; No. 00 being the
+finest, is used in making the centers of baskets, in finishing handles,
+and in making very small baskets and trays. Sizes 1 to 5 are used in
+making ordinary size baskets and trays, 5 and 6 for scrap baskets, 8 and
+10 for handle foundations.
+
+The reed comes only in the natural color, but may be dyed into many
+beautiful colors either before or after the article is made.
+
+Oval or split reed comes in sizes 5 and 7. This reed makes artistic
+hanging baskets.
+
+The flat 3/8 inch wide is often used in making foundations for sweet grass
+baskets, and it also makes durable scrap baskets.
+
+Raffia is the outside covering of the Madagascar palm. It is a light,
+tough material imported in the natural or straw color, but may be dyed in
+many beautiful colors. It is sold in bundles or braids of from one to four
+pounds. Care should be exercised in using this material. It is advisable
+to keep it in canvas bags or hang it in braids in the class room, as
+careless handling may cause untidiness or tend to disorder in the class
+room.
+
+Rush, flat or braided, is imported and sold in the natural and dull green
+colors. The flat rush is sold by the pound, the braided by bundles or
+bunches. The braided rush makes a strong scrap basket; it must be soaked
+before using to prevent cracking. The flat rush is used in making smaller
+baskets.
+
+Straw is used as a weaver, and can be woven either wet or dry, but it is
+better to dip it in water a few minutes before using. Round and oval
+scrap baskets may be made by combining different colors of the straw with
+the natural color.
+
+Hemp, which is imported from the Philippine Islands, may be used as a
+foundation for raffia and sweet grass baskets.
+
+
+TOOLS
+
+Very few tools are necessary in basketry, although, to the basket maker,
+who intends doing much work the following articles are essential: pruning
+shears, awl, plier, galvanized tub and bucket, measuring stick or rule,
+knife for splicing the reed. Rubber fingers may be used. For the dyer,
+rubber gloves and large earthen pots are necessary.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+THE FIRST LESSON
+
+
+Reed is a brittle material, therefore it must be soaked in water before
+using. The time required depends on the number of the reed used. No. 00
+merely dipped in water can be used successfully. Nos. 1 and 2 can be used
+after soaking in water ten minutes; Nos. 4 and 5 after fifteen or twenty
+minutes. Either cold or hot water may be used, the hot water consuming
+less time to soak the reed than the cold.
+
+No. 4 and No. 2 reeds are commonly used together in ordinary sized
+baskets. No. 4 for the spokes, which form the foundation upon and around
+which No. 2, as the weaver, is woven.
+
+The weaving of a round mat or basket is begun in the center and woven out
+toward the end. It is absolutely necessary that beginners master the
+fundamental steps, for no basket can be well made that has a poor bottom.
+In order to avoid this, the mat is practised upon until the art of weaving
+a good center is accomplished.
+
+The following are the commonest weaves used.
+
+SIMPLE WEAVING is the commonest of all and is the continuation of under
+one spoke and over the next.
+
+[Illustration: DIAGRAM NO. 1.——SIMPLE WEAVING]
+
+DOUBLE WEAVING, the same as simple weaving only that two weavers are woven
+together as one.
+
+[Illustration: DIAGRAM NO. 2.——DOUBLE WEAVING]
+
+PAIRING.——Two weavers are inserted back of two successive spokes and
+crossed between, then under weave brought forward each time and made the
+upper weave. This may be used on an even as well as odd number of spokes.
+
+[Illustration: DIAGRAM NO. 3.——PAIRING]
+
+DOUBLE PAIRING.——The weave is the same as pairing but two weavers are
+woven together as one.
+
+[Illustration: DIAGRAM NO. 4.——DOUBLE PAIRING]
+
+TWO AND ONE WEAVE.——Simply a weaver woven in front of two spokes and back
+of one spoke. This makes a pretty effect in oval reed.
+
+[Illustration: DIAGRAM NO. 5.——TWO AND ONE WEAVE]
+
+THREE AND TWO WEAVE.——One weaver woven in front of three spokes and back
+of two. This weave is used with oval reed and rush, in making scrap
+baskets.
+
+[Illustration: DIAGRAM NO. 6.——THREE AND TWO WEAVE]
+
+TRIPLE TWIST OR THREE-ROD COIL, sometimes called the “Wale” Weave.——Three
+weavers start back of three consecutive spokes. Beginning with the first
+spoke to the left and weaving to the right bring the left-hand weaver out
+in front of the next two spokes, back of the next and out in front. The
+second and third weavers are treated in the same way, always bringing each
+weaver in front of 2 spokes and back of the next one. This weave is used
+mostly in beginning the sides of separate bottom baskets where the spokes
+are inserted, and in the ending of baskets. It is a strong foundation for
+borders and handles.
+
+[Illustration: DIAGRAM NO. 7.——TRIPLE TWIST OR THREE-ROD COIL]
+
+FOUR-ROD COIL OR ROPE TWIST.——Is woven in a similar manner to the three
+coil weave except that the weavers are brought in front of 3 spokes and
+back of one.
+
+[Illustration: DIAGRAM NO. 8.——FOUR-ROD COIL]
+
+FIVE-ROD COIL.——The weavers are brought in front of 4 spokes and back of 1
+spoke.
+
+[Illustration: DIAGRAM NO. 9.——FIVE-ROD COIL]
+
+UPSETTING.——Simply a strong weave used in turning up a basket. Three rows
+of a three or four coil weave are usually used in making an upsetting on
+a scrap basket.
+
+SLEWING.——Two or more weavers used as one in single weaving.
+
+[Illustration: DIAGRAM NO. 10.——SLEWING]
+
+THE SIXTEEN-SPOKE CENTER means sixteen spokes arranged in groups of fours
+in the following manner: first, four spokes are placed in a vertical
+position, the next four in a horizontal position over the first four, the
+remaining eight spokes arranged in diagonal positions, one diagonal four
+laid over the other diagonal four in an opposite direction. A weaver is
+placed under the left-hand horizontal group and simple weaving is woven
+over one group and under another until four rows are completed. The spokes
+are then separated into groups of twos by bringing the weavers over and
+under every two spokes instead of four. This may be finished either in
+simple weaving with one weaver, or by inserting another weaver, in
+pairing.
+
+[Illustration: DIAGRAM NO. 11.——SIXTEEN-SPOKE CENTER]
+
+In cutting the ends of spokes always cut obliquely to prevent the reed
+from splitting.
+
+In splitting spokes, the incision must be made carefully in the center of
+the spoke. Do not make the incision larger than is necessary.
+
+[Illustration: DIAGRAM NO. 12.——A SPLIT SPOKE]
+
+Half of the number of spokes needed should be split in center, and the
+other half inserted through the incision.
+
+In beginning a new weaver join it to the other weaver by crossing both
+ends back of a spoke.
+
+[Illustration: DIAGRAM NO. 13.——JOINING WEAVERS]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+WEAVING BEGUN
+
+
+MODEL 1.——FIG. 4
+
+MAT WITH OPEN BORDER
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 4]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  6 spokes No. 4 reed, 19 inches.
+  1 spoke No. 4 reed, 10 inches.
+  2 weavers No. 2 reed.
+  1 strand raffia.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 1]
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 2]
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 3]
+
+Make an incision in the center of each of 4 spokes as illustrated in Fig.
+1. Through these 4 spokes insert the other group of 4 spokes and the short
+spoke as in Fig. 1. You are now ready for the first step. Place a wet
+strand of raffia back of the 4 horizontal spokes; pass it over the group
+of 4 vertical spokes, back of the 5 horizontal spokes, over the lower 4
+vertical spokes and back of the first group of horizontal spokes. Separate
+the groups of fours into groups of twos by bringing the raffia over 2
+spokes, under 2 spokes, treating the short spoke as a separate group. Fig.
+2. When two rows have been finished, the third and last step is made by
+weaving the raffia under 1 spoke and over the next, thus separating each
+spoke. Fig. 3. After the spokes are well separated, take a piece of No. 2
+reed, place it back of a spoke and begin weaving over 1 spoke, and back of
+the next one, until thirty-two rows of weaving are completed. This will
+make the mat about 5-3/4 inches in diameter. You are now ready for the
+border.
+
+OPEN BORDER NO. 1
+
+Allow about 6-1/2 inches for this border. This border is made by placing
+each spoke back of the next spoke to the right, and pushing it down by the
+side of this spoke through the weaving.
+
+[Illustration: DIAGRAM NO. 14.——OPEN BORDER NO. 1]
+
+OPEN BORDER NO. 2
+
+Open border No. 2 is made by bringing one spoke back of the next two
+spokes to the right and pushing it well down through the weaving, by the
+side of the spoke.
+
+[Illustration: DIAGRAM NO. 15.——OPEN BORDER NO. 2]
+
+
+MODEL 2.——FIG. 5
+
+MAT WITH CLOSED BORDER
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 5]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 4 reed, 19 inches.
+  1 spoke No. 4 reed, 10 inches.
+  1 ring No. 00 reed.
+  2 rings No. 2 blue reed.
+  4 rings No. 2 natural reed.
+
+After the spokes are arranged for weaving, take a short strand of 00 reed,
+fasten and separate the spokes. Weave 1-3/4 inches with 00 reed, then with
+No. 2 natural reed, weave six rows. Follow this with six rows of blue,
+then change to natural, and weave eleven rows natural, then with the blue
+reed, weave nine rows, change to natural, and finish the weaving with six
+rows of natural color reed. Complete the mat with the following closed
+border:
+
+[Illustration: DIAGRAM NO. 16.——CLOSED BORDER NO. 1 (PART 1)]
+
+[Illustration: DIAGRAM NO. 17.——CLOSED BORDER NO. 1 (PART 2)]
+
+CLOSED BORDER NO. 1
+
+Weaving to the right, carry one spoke back of the next spoke and out to
+the front; proceed in this way until every spoke is placed in this
+position. The last spoke is pushed back and under the first one. For the
+second row of this border, place the first spoke, which had been brought
+back of the second, in front of the third spoke and back of the fourth
+spoke. Continue in this manner until the row is finished. Be careful to
+draw all the spokes tight, leaving just space enough for the preceding
+spoke to pass through.
+
+
+MODEL 3.——FIG. 6
+
+BASKET FOR MOTHER’S BUTTONS
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 6]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 4 reed, 16 inches.
+  1 spoke No. 4 reed, 9 inches.
+  2 rings tan reed.
+  2 rings natural color reed.
+  1 strand of raffia.
+
+The bottom of this basket is begun just like the mat. After the spokes are
+separated with the raffia, begin the weaving, and weave until a base three
+inches is woven, then weave two rows with a weaver of the tan reed. This
+completes the bottom of the basket. Wet the spokes well and with a plier
+press them hard and turn them up. With the same weaver continue the
+weaving until seven rows have been woven up the side. During the weaving
+hold the spokes firmly and straight. Change the weave now to the natural
+color and work twelve rows, then with another ring of tan reed complete
+the weaving of the basket with nine rows. Finish the basket with Open
+Border No. 2.
+
+Bands of tan, combined with the natural color and woven over brown spokes,
+make a very pretty effect.
+
+
+MODEL 4.——FIG. 7
+
+BASKET FOR PENCILS
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 7]
+
+The second basket for the beginner is the pencil basket, much like the
+first, with sides higher and with a closed border. This basket is woven
+all in the natural color and then painted in gold.
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  6 spokes No. 4 reed, 15 inches.
+  1 spoke No. 4 reed, 8 inches.
+  4 No. 2 weavers.
+  1 strand of raffia.
+
+In a similar manner, as illustrated in Fig. 4, make a base 2-3/4 inches.
+Turn the sides up sharply and weave 3-1/2 inches. Complete with Closed
+Border No. 1.
+
+
+MODEL 5.——FIG. 8
+
+BASKET FOR SPOOLS
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 8]
+
+This basket is woven in the natural color and afterwards dipped in brown
+dye. It makes a useful holder for spools.
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 3 reed, 14 inches.
+  1 spoke No. 3 reed, 8 inches.
+  Weavers No. 1 and No. 2 Reed.
+
+With No. 1 reed, weave a base four inches. Press the spokes with the plier
+until soft. Turn them sharply upward and hold them straight. With No. 2
+reed weave the sides 1-3/4 inches. With the spokes well soaked, press and
+hold them in towards the center of the basket. Continue the weaving,
+drawing the weaver tightly, until five rows are woven. Complete basket
+with the following border:
+
+CLOSED BORDER NO. 2
+
+For the first row of this border, place each spoke back of the next one,
+weaving to the right, and bring it out to the front. For the second row,
+each weaver is brought in front of the next 2 spokes and back of the next
+spoke or——numbering the spokes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5:——No. 1 spoke is brought
+back of No. 2 spoke, in front of the third and fourth spokes, and back of
+the fifth spoke, where it rests. Continue in this manner until all the
+spokes are woven in position. This border makes a decidedly pretty effect.
+
+[Illustration: DIAGRAM NO. 18.——CLOSED BORDER NO. 2]
+
+
+MODEL 6.——FIG. 9
+
+TOOTH-BRUSH HOLDER
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 9]
+
+This little curved basket is woven with brown reed over natural color
+spokes. The border is of the natural color reed being a continuation of
+the spokes.
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 3 reed, 15 inches.
+  1 spoke No. 3 reed, 8 inches.
+  Several rings No. 2 brown reed.
+  1 strand brown raffia.
+
+Weave the center of this basket with brown raffia to carry out the same
+effect as the brown reed.
+
+Weave 1-1/4 inches with raffia. With a No. 2 brown weaver continue the
+weaving until a base 2-1/2 inches is woven. After the sides are turned up,
+continue weaving up the sides, drawing the spokes gradually outward toward
+the weaver, until the basket measures 2-1/2 inches high. Continue the
+weaving, drawing the weaver tightly and pressing the spokes in toward the
+center, until 1-3/4 inches more are woven. The basket should now have a
+slightly rounded effect. The diameter of basket should now be about three
+inches. The basket is curved outward in the following manner. Work the
+spokes outward and press them down toward the side of basket; hold firmly
+and continue the weaving in an easy manner. When nine rows of weaving are
+finished, complete the basket with Closed Border No. 1.
+
+
+MODEL 7.——FIG. 10
+
+BARREL SHAPED FANCY BASKET
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 10]
+
+This basket is woven over green spokes, with green bands about an inch
+from the top and bottom of basket. Green rings may be made for handle.
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 4 green reed, 20 inches.
+  1 spoke No. 4 green reed, 11 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 natural.
+  Weavers No. 2 green.
+  1 strand green raffia.
+
+Weave a center, and separate the spokes with green raffia. With No. 2
+natural reed weave a base 3-1/2 inches. Turn the sides up and drawing them
+outward weave ten rows. Change the reed to No. 2 green and holding the
+spokes in the same manner, weave a band of green 7/8 inch wide, then a
+band of the natural color 1-1/2 inches wide.
+
+Change the reed now to green. Hold the spokes well in toward the center
+and draw the weaver tightly. Work a band of green one inch and finish the
+weaving with one inch of natural reed. Complete the basket with the
+following closed border:
+
+CLOSED BORDER NO. 3
+
+As in the Closed Border No. 1 and No. 2, run each spoke back of the next
+spoke on the right and out to the front. The second row is woven by
+placing each spoke in front of the next three spokes to the right and
+back of the sixth. Weave each spoke in this way until the row is
+completed.
+
+[Illustration: DIAGRAM NO. 19.——CLOSED BORDER NO. 3]
+
+
+MODEL 8.——FIG. 11
+
+NO. 1 JARDINIERE
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 11]
+
+This flower pot covering basket is made of the natural reed. It may either
+be dipped in any shade of dye or stained. The one illustrated was dipped
+in dye when completed.
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 4 reed, 18 inches.
+  1 spoke No. 4 reed, 10 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+
+Weave a bottom 4-1/4 inches. The sides are made by holding the spokes
+outward until 4-1/2 inches are woven. This makes the diameter of the
+basket 4-3/4 inches. To obtain the outward slanting effect point the
+spokes straight out towards the weaver, and, after weaving four rows turn
+and hold the spokes slantingly upward. Finish this weave with six more
+rows. Complete the basket with the Closed Border No. 2.
+
+
+MODEL 9.——FIG. 12
+
+MATCH TRAY
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 12]
+
+This little basket may either be used for holding matches or tooth picks.
+It is woven in No. 2 natural reed over a small drinking glass, with No. 00
+as weaver. When finished, stain in old rose “Easy Dye” diluting the dye to
+get the tint desired.
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  5 spokes No. 2 reed, 10-1/2 inches.
+  1 spoke No. 2 reed, 6 inches.
+  2 Weavers No. 00 reed.
+  Handle——2 strands No. 00 reed, 24 inches.
+
+Weave a base 1-1/8 inches with No. 00 reed. Turn sharply upward and
+continue weaving until fifty-one rows of single weaving are woven. Be
+careful to keep the spokes straight and to weave closely. Complete the
+tray with Closed Border No. 1.
+
+Make the ring handles one inch in diameter and attach to the basket under
+the border.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+SEPARATE BOTTOM BASKETS
+
+
+Separate bottom basket: the bottom of the basket is made separate from the
+sides, the latter being made by inserting spokes between the weaving,
+after the bottom is finished, and attaching them with an upsetting of
+three, four, or five rod coils. A bottom with an even number of spokes is
+woven with two weavers in pairing, or with three in triple twist.
+
+
+MODEL 10.——FIG. 13
+
+DESK UTILITY BASKET
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 13]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 4 reed, 5 inches.
+  31 spokes No. 2 reed, 10 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 Natural and No. 2 Green.
+
+Make a bottom five inches. For the sides insert the thirty-one spokes in
+the bottom, one inch from edge. Place each spoke by the side of a base
+spoke. Turn up sharply and with three green weavers, make two rows of
+triple twist in this manner.
+
+Place each of the three weavers back of a consecutive spoke, and beginning
+with the first weaver to the left, place it in front of the next two
+spokes to the right, back of the next spoke and then out to the front.
+Treat the other two weavers the same way, bringing each weaver in front of
+two spokes, back of one and out to the front. Continue this until two rows
+are woven.
+
+With No. 2 natural reed weave 2-1/2 inches, holding the spokes so as to
+get a very slight outward effect, then with thirteen rows of weaving, draw
+the spokes inward to obtain the rounded effect. Finish the weaving with
+two rows of triple twist in green, and complete the basket with the
+following border: First row, each spoke is placed back of the next spoke
+to the right and out; second row, each spoke is placed in front of three
+spokes to the right and in back of the next spoke, where it rests.
+
+
+MODEL 11.——FIG. 14
+
+COVERING FOR SMALL FLOWER POT
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 14]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 4 reed, 5 inches.
+  34 spokes No. 2 reed, 18 inches.
+  No. 2 natural reed used as weavers.
+  No. 3 natural reed used in triple twist.
+
+Over the 8 spoke center weave a base in pairing, 4-1/2 inches in diameter.
+Separate 34 spokes in groups of twos, and considering each group of spokes
+as one spoke, insert them in base. One spoke in base will have a group
+placed each side of it, making 17 spokes. Attach the sides to base with an
+upset of two rows of rope twist. Work eighteen rows in double weave. The
+spokes are now flared slightly outward and five more rows complete the
+weaving.
+
+The basket is finished off with No. 2 Closed Border. Continue the use of
+the two spokes as one throughout the border.
+
+
+MODEL 12.——FIG. 15
+
+STRIPED SEWING BASKET
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 15]
+
+The following three baskets are given to show how colored reed may be
+introduced and the effective result.
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  10 spokes No. 4 brown reed, 5-1/2 inches.
+  21 spokes No. 4 natural reed, 15 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 natural reed.
+  Weavers No. 2 brown reed.
+  Weavers No. 4 brown reed.
+  Handle——2 pieces No. 5 brown reed, 8 inches.
+
+Over a 10 spoke center, weave in pairing, six rows in natural color,
+change to brown and white, and weave four rows in pairing, change the
+weave to natural and complete the bottom which should be five inches in
+diameter. After inserting spokes for the sides, weave an upset in two rows
+of wale weave. Place a natural color weaver back of one spoke and weave
+one row around, stopping at the spoke where the weaving was begun; back of
+the spoke, to the right of the one where the first weaver was placed,
+insert the brown weaver and weave around until the first weaver is
+reached. Continue this weave, first the natural then the brown, holding
+the spokes all the time slightly up and outward. Do this until
+thirty-eight rows of weaving are finished, nineteen of each color,
+alternating white and brown stripes. Finish the basket with two rows of
+triple twist and the following border. First row, each spoke is brought
+back of the one to the right and out, second row each spoke is brought in
+front of next three to the right and in back of the fourth spoke.
+
+HANDLE
+
+Place one end of an 8 inch spoke well down by the side of one of the
+spokes in the basket. Place the other end down the basket leaving about a
+three inch space between the ends. To the left of the handle place a brown
+weaver by the side of the inserted end of handle, bring it up over the
+handle on the outside, and weave three twists around the handle about an
+inch apart; bring the weaver over the handle to the inside of basket, down
+under the triple and out to the front. Follow the twist around the handle
+with the weaver until the handle is completely covered. End the weaver by
+bringing it up from the inside of the basket between the handle and down
+through the border and triple twist where it is lost amid the weaving.
+
+
+MODEL 13.——FIG. 16
+
+SEWING BASKET IN DOUBLE WEAVING
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 16]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  10 spokes No. 4 natural reed, 5-1/2 inches.
+  21 spokes No. 4 natural reed, 18 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 natural reed.
+  Weavers No. 2 brown reed.
+  Weavers No. 4 brown reed.
+  Handle——2 pieces No. 5 brown reed, 8 inches.
+  3 weavers No. 2 brown reed.
+
+Make a five inch base. Fasten the sides with an upset of two rows brown
+triple. The sides of this basket are woven in double weaving, one weaver
+of brown, the other of natural color. Eighteen rows of slewing with two
+rows of brown triple finish the weaving of the basket. Hold the spoke
+slightly out and up while weaving. Complete the basket with border
+described in preceding sewing basket. Handle is made as in preceding
+basket.
+
+
+MODEL 14.——FIG. 17
+
+SEWING BASKET IN CHECK EFFECT
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 17]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 4 reed, 7 inches.
+  32 spokes No. 4 reed, 17 inches.
+  Weavers No. 4 natural reed.
+  Weavers No. 2 natural reed.
+  Weavers No. 2 blue reed.
+
+Make a base 6-1/2 inches. Insert the spokes for sides and weave two rows
+of triple twist in No. 4 natural reed. The sides of this basket are woven
+in blue and white in the checker design, in the following way:
+
+With No. 2 light blue reed, weave one row, stopping at the spoke to the
+left of where the weaver was inserted; back of this spoke, insert a
+natural color weaver and weave one row around meeting the first weaver.
+Continue the weaving now with the blue weaver, work in this way, first
+with blue reed, then with natural color, until eight rows are woven——you
+now have a striped effect of four rows in blue and four in white. In order
+to get the checker effect, the weave must now change. Bring each weaver
+back of two spokes at the end of the eighth row of weaving. If the weaving
+is correct the ninth row of weaving, which is in blue, will be woven under
+and over the same spokes as the eighth row, which is white. The ninth row
+is the beginning of the new group of weaving. Continue this weaving until
+you make five or six checks. The weaving should now be four rows of blue,
+four of white, four blue, four white, four blue, which gives a prominence
+to the blue, and makes a decidedly artistic piece of work.
+
+During the weaving the spokes should be held in an outward direction.
+Follow this with two rows of triple twist and border described as follows:
+
+PLAITED BORDER
+
+This border is especially appropriate for large baskets and trays. Allow
+thirteen inches for this border, spokes 3/4 inch apart.
+
+Insert 4 spokes which should be one inch longer than the spokes of the
+basket. Place each spoke by the side of each of 4 border spokes. This
+makes four groups of 2 spokes each. Number these groups 1, 2, 3, 4. Bend
+down towards the outside of basket No. 1, 2, 3 groups. Take No. 1 group
+pass it over Nos. 2 and 3 groups, in front of No. 4 group, and back of the
+next spoke which is No. 5 spoke. Bend down No. 4 group towards the outside
+of basket. Place No. 2 group over No. 3 and 4 groups, and back of No. 6
+spoke. Bring No. 1 group, which is back of No. 5 spoke, to the outside of
+basket, by crossing it over No. 2 group between No. 5 and No. 6 spokes.
+Now bend down No. 5 spoke by the side of this group. Pass No. 3 group over
+the two groups on the outside of basket, and up between the two upright
+spokes. No. 2 group is brought to the outside of basket by crossing it
+over No. 3 group between No. 6 and No. 7 spokes. Bend down No. 6 spoke by
+the side of this group. No. 4 group is woven in same manner as No. 2 and
+3. After the fourth group is woven, you should have one group of 2 spokes
+on the inside of basket and three groups of 3 spokes each on the outside
+of basket. Continue the border by weaving two of each group of 3 spokes,
+lying on outside of basket, over the next two groups on the outside of
+basket, in front of the first upright spoke, and back of the second where
+it rests until next group is woven. The first inside group now is drawn
+to the outside of the basket by crossing it over this group between the
+two upright spokes. The first upright spokes are always bent down to the
+outside of basket by the side of this group. When all the groups are woven
+in this manner, there should be 1 spoke from each group facing the outside
+of basket, and four groups of 2 spokes each on the inside of basket where
+the border is completed. Cut all the spokes closely.
+
+The first three groups of spokes at the beginning of the border should not
+be drawn tight, enough space should be left to allow the last three groups
+of the border to pass through them easily. The remainder of border should
+be woven tightly and close to the basket.
+
+
+MODEL 15.——FIG. 18
+
+GREEN AND WHITE BASKET
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 18]
+
+This little basket is a very convenient receptacle for holding loose
+threads or scraps while sewing.
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 4 natural reed, 5-1/2 inches.
+  31 spokes No. 2 natural reed, 10 inches.
+  Weavers No. 3 green reed.
+  Weavers No. 2 green reed.
+  Weavers No. 2 natural reed.
+
+Through an 8 spoke base, five inches wide, insert the 31 spokes. Weave two
+rows green triple, follow this in double weave using green and natural
+reed. Weave seven rows. Change to single weaving, using two weavers, and
+weave fourteen rows in the striped effect showing green and white stripe.
+Complete the weaving with two rows green in triple effect and the
+following border:
+
+REVERSED ROPE BORDER
+
+Each spoke of the first row is brought back of the next spoke to the right
+and out. In the second row each spoke is brought back of the next spoke
+and out, showing a rope effect with spokes on outside.
+
+
+MODEL 16.——FIG. 19
+
+FANCY SEWING BASKET, NO. 1
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 19]
+
+The basket is woven, over a 16 spoke center, entirely of No. 2 reed. The
+spokes and triple twist are of brown reed while the remainder of the
+basket is woven in the natural color.
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  16 spokes No. 2 brown reed, 26 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 brown reed.
+  Weavers No. 2 natural reed.
+
+Over the 16 spokes weave a base in pairing four inches in diameter. In the
+first three rows, consider each group of fours as one spoke, then separate
+the group of fours into groups of twos with seven rows of pairing.
+Consider each group of 2 spokes as 1 spoke throughout the base. The base
+should now be four inches in diameter. Turn the spokes with an upset of
+three rows of triple twist No. 2 brown reed.
+
+Holding the spokes slightly up and outward, weave the basket two inches
+high. Now drawing the weaver tightly and pushing spokes inward toward
+center of basket weave twelve rows of single weaving. Finish with three
+rows of triple twist No. 2 brown reed. When this is completed take each
+spoke, and bring it out back of the next spoke to the right and down
+through the three rows of triple twist. Holding the spoke firmly, pass it
+through the three rows of triple twist at the base of the basket. Continue
+this with each group of spokes, which will show the striped effect on
+outside of basket. When all the spokes have been pulled through the triple
+twist at bottom of base, turn the basket upside down, and if the open
+border at the top of the basket is even, you are ready to complete the
+border at base of the basket. This border serves as a little stand for the
+basket.
+
+BORDER
+
+Weaving to the right, each spoke is woven in front of the next spoke and
+back of the second spoke to the right where the end is cut off.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 20]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+HANDLES AND LIDS
+
+
+MODEL 17.——FIG. 21
+
+SMALL CARRYING BASKET IN STRIPED EFFECT
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 21]
+
+This little basket, in the striped design of blue and white with blue
+handle, was made by a little 10-year-old boy of the defective delinquent
+class.
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  6 spokes No. 4 natural reed, 20 inches.
+  1 spoke No. 4 natural reed, 11 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 blue reed.
+  Weavers No. 2 natural reed.
+  Handle——1 spoke No. 4 natural reed, 20 inches.
+
+Weave a base, with the striped design carried out, 2-3/4 inches. Two
+weavers are necessary to get this effect——one blue, the other of natural
+color. Weave these two colors in pairing. With the spokes slightly flared
+outward, weave the sides, in the striped effect, 3-1/2 inches. With two
+weavers of blue and one of natural, weave two rows of “Wale.” Finish with
+Open Border No. 2.
+
+HANDLE
+
+Insert one end of the 20 inch spoke of No. 4 reed down through the
+weaving, to the right of one of the spokes of the basket. Insert the other
+end on the opposite side of basket in the same way. Place the end of a
+blue weaver down, through the weaving, by the side of inserted spoke,
+twist it over the handle, then under, then over, next under, over, until
+the end of the handle is reached, thus making nine twists around the
+handle. The last twist is passed back of the handle, over the triple twist
+to the inside of the basket, then it is brought to the outside of basket
+under the triple twist. Following the twists around the handle, the weaver
+is twirled in this way until the handle is completely covered by the blue
+weaver. Four rows of this weaving around the basket will cover the entire
+handle. To fasten the end of the weaver, carry it back of the spoke,
+between the woven handle, and down through the triple twist, where it is
+made secure and then cut off.
+
+
+MODEL 18.——FIG. 22
+
+LITTLE MARKETING BASKET IN GREEN
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 22]
+
+This may be used in gathering eggs from the chicken yard or in doing
+little marketing. It is all woven in natural color reed and after the
+basket is completed is dyed.
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  10 spokes No. 4 reed, 23 inches.
+  1 spoke No. 4 reed, 12 inches.
+  Weavers No. 4 natural reed.
+  Weavers No. 2 natural reed.
+  Handle——1 spoke No. 5 reed, 26 inches.
+
+Over 10-1/2 spokes weave a base five inches in diameter. Turn up with
+three rows of No. 4 reed in triple twist. In single weaving, work the
+sides five inches high giving a slightly rounded effect and widening
+toward the top. Finish with three rows of triple and the following border.
+
+Numbering the spokes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, take No. 1 spoke back of No. 2,
+in front of No. 3, back of No. 4, in front of No. 5, back of No. 6 where
+it rests; then No. 2 spoke follows in the same way, back of No. 3, in
+front of No. 4, back of No. 5, in front of No. 6, back of No. 7, where it
+rests. Each spoke is woven in the same manner until all spokes have
+disappeared amid the weaving.
+
+HANDLE
+
+To make the handle firm and strong, insert the ends four and a half inches
+through the weaving of the basket. The handle is entirely covered with
+No. 2 reed as described in preceding basket.
+
+
+MODEL 19.——FIG. 23
+
+LUNCH BASKET WITH LID
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 23]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  10 spokes No. 4 reed, 4 inches.
+  19 spokes No. 4 reed, 13 inches.
+  Handle——1 strand No. 5 reed, 20 inches.
+  Lid——8 spokes No. 4 reed, 18 inches.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+
+Weave a base four inches. Work the sides four inches high. Both the top
+and bottom of the sides are woven with two rows No. 4, triple twist.
+Finish with the following border. Number the spokes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,
+8. Turn down the first four toward the outside of the basket. Place No. 1
+spoke back of No. 2, No. 2 spoke back of No. 3, No. 3 spoke back of No. 4,
+No. 4 spoke back of No. 5; now bring No. 1 spoke over No. 2 and No. 3
+spokes, in front of No. 5 spoke, over No. 4 spoke, back of No. 6 spoke.
+Carry No. 5 spoke back of No. 6 spoke and place it by the side of No. 1
+spoke. In like manner, run No. 2 spoke over No. 3 and No. 4 spokes, in
+front of No. 6 spoke, over No. 5 spoke and back of No. 7 spoke. Place No.
+6 spoke back of No. 7 spoke and bring it out to the front by the side of
+No. 2 spoke. Continue in this manner until all the spokes are woven in the
+proper position. Be careful to make the border uniform throughout. The
+diameter of the top of basket should now measure 6-3/4 inches.
+
+[Illustration: DIAGRAM NO. 20.——HEAVY BORDER]
+
+The handle is not completely covered, like the preceding basket, but a
+small part of the foundation is shown between the twists.
+
+The lid is made similar to that in the preceding lesson except on a larger
+scale. It should fit closely within the basket. The base when finished
+should measure 6-3/4 inches. It is finished off with a Rope Twist Border.
+The handle of the lid is a twisted ring made as described in the preceding
+chapter.
+
+
+MODEL 20.——FIG. 24
+
+OVAL BASKET WITH LID
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 24]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  6 spokes No. 3 reed, 21 inches.
+  1 spoke No. 3 reed, 11 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+  Lid——6 spokes No. 3 reed, 12 inches.
+  1 spoke No. 3 reed, 7 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+
+On a three inch base, weave a slightly rounded basket five inches high.
+Finish with Closed Border No. 2.
+
+In making a lid for a basket the first thing to be decided on is its
+shape; if the basket is barrel shaped, the lid to harmonize should have
+the curved effect. The lid of this basket is rounded to correspond with
+the basket.
+
+LID
+
+Weave a good center, over the 6-1/2 spokes, with either raffia or No. 00
+reed. After 3/4 inch is woven, begin with fine No. 2 reed, and weave two
+rows, drawing the spokes in with the weaver. After two rows are woven,
+hold the spokes slightly outward and weave fourteen rows. Complete the
+basket with the following border which is suitable for lids of baskets:
+
+ROPE TWIST BORDER
+
+Each spoke is passed in front of the next spoke to the right and brought
+inside the lid. For the second row, each spoke is passed to the outside of
+the lid over the next spoke to the right, and to the inside of the lid
+where it is cut off carefully.
+
+The ring handle is made in the following way:
+
+With a strand of No. 2 reed, 17 inches long, make a ring about one inch;
+then weaving alternately with one end and then the other, pass the ends in
+and out around the ring——two rows complete the ring. When the ring is
+finished you should have ends about 3-1/2 inches long. These ends are
+fastened above two rows of the weaving in the lid, thus securing the ring
+to the lid.
+
+After the lid is placed in proper position on the basket, it is fastened
+by holding the ring down by side of the basket and placing the center of a
+strand of No. 2 reed back of a spoke in the basket. Draw both ends out,
+and in the form of a cross, pass them over the lower part of ring, draw
+them under the weaving to the inside of the basket where they are woven in
+and out to make them secure.
+
+The rings for the front of basket and lid are made in a similar way, the
+ends being woven in and out amid the weaving of the basket and lid. One
+ring should be smaller than the other to keep the larger ring from
+slipping out.
+
+
+MODEL 21.——FIG. 25
+
+CANDY BASKET
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 25]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  10 spokes No. 5 reed, 6 inches.
+  20 spokes No. 5 reed, 8 inches.
+  Lid——10 spokes No. 5 reed, 15 inches.
+  1 spoke No. 5 reed, 8 inches.
+  Weavers Nos. 00, 2, 5 round reed.
+  Weavers No. 5 oval reed.
+
+Weave a 6 inch base. Turn the sides with three rows of No. 5, triple
+twist. With oval reed No. 5, weave 7 rows in the two and one weave, change
+to No. 5 reed and finish with three rows triple. While weaving, the spokes
+should be slightly drawn in. The following border is used: first row each
+spoke is run back of one spoke and out to the front; second row, each
+spoke is passed in front of the next two spokes and in back of the third
+where it is cut off. Diameter of top of base should be almost five and a
+half inches.
+
+LID
+
+The center of lid corresponding to center in the base of the basket is
+woven and separated with No. 00 reed. Weave twelve rows of No. 2 reed
+next. Then with oval reed No. 5, weave in single weaving, five rows. Hold
+the spokes, to get a slightly rounded effect. Turn down the spokes with
+four rows of triple twist. Finish the basket with the Rope Twist Border,
+described under Model 20. The diameter of the lid should be a little over
+6 inches. It should fit the basket so as to slide off and on easily. The
+ring handle in the center completes the lid.
+
+
+MODEL 22.——FIG. 26
+
+FANCY SEWING BASKET WITH LID
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 26]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  10 spokes No. 4 reed, 5-1/2 inches.
+  21 spokes No. 4 reed, 16 inches.
+  Lid——16 spokes No. 4 reed, 18 inches.
+  1 spoke No. 4 reed, 7 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed and No. 4 reed.
+  Handle——1 spoke No. 2 reed, 21 inches.
+
+Over the 10 spokes, weave a base 5-1/2 inches. Insert the 21 spokes and
+turn them up with two rows of triple twist. Hold the spokes slantingly
+outward and weave the sides 4-3/4 inches high. Finish with three rows
+triple twist and the following border:
+
+BORDER
+
+Numbering the spokes 1 to 7 and weaving to the right, place No. 1 spoke
+back of No. 2, No. 2 spoke back of No. 3, No. 3 spoke back of No. 4, No. 4
+spoke back of No. 5. Now take No. 1 spoke, place it in front of Nos. 3 and
+4 spokes and back of No. 5. Place No. 2 spoke in front of Nos. 4 and 5
+spokes and back of No. 6 spoke. No. 3 spoke is passed in front of Nos. 5
+and 6 spokes and back of No. 7. Continue this weaving until border is
+finished.
+
+LID
+
+Arrange the 16 spokes as described in Chapter II.
+
+Weave three rows in pairing, and separate the spokes into groups of twos.
+Hold the spokes slightly curved and weave twelve rows in pairing. Insert
+the one seven inch spoke and weave one row triple twist. Now hold the
+spokes almost straight and continue weaving until a diameter of 9-1/4
+inches is obtained. Complete the lid with a rope border.
+
+Attach a ring handle to the lid as shown in the model.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+HANGING BASKETS
+
+
+If it is possible to add more beauty to nature in the arranging of flowers
+and vines, etc., the use of the various and wonderfully attractive hanging
+baskets that can easily be made will afford the opportunity. The
+harmonious selection of flowers to combine harmoniously with the color of
+the basket is open to the artist and craftsman. The opportunity is wide
+for originality in the making of these baskets. The basket maker finds
+himself flooded with so many ideas that it is impossible to put them in
+book form. The following are a few suggestions.
+
+
+MODEL 23.——FIG. 27
+
+SMALL GREEN HANGING BASKET
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 27]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8-1/2 spokes No. 4 reed, 27 inches.
+  Handle——1 spoke No. 5 reed, 27 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+
+Weave a four inch base. Turn up with three rows 3 coil weave. Holding the
+sides slightly outward weave twenty-six rows, then holding the spokes
+slightly inward and drawing the weaver tight, work twenty-six rows.
+Complete the basket with three rows of triple twist and the following
+border: First row, each spoke passes back of one spoke and out to the
+front; second row, each spoke is brought in front of two spokes and in
+back of the next spoke.
+
+HANDLE
+
+Place an end of the No. 5-27 inch spoke through the triple twist at bottom
+of basket, bring it up through the triple twist at top of basket; do the
+same on the opposite side of the basket. When the handle is thus arranged,
+with two rows of No. 2 reed make a twisted handle. Arrange the twists
+about an inch and a half apart.
+
+Figs. 28 and 29 are small flower receptacles. They are both woven over No.
+4 reed.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 28]
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 29]
+
+
+MODEL 24.——FIG. 30
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 30]
+
+NO. 2 BOWL SHAPED HANGING BASKET
+
+This basket is worked with No. 2 reed as foundation and No. 1 reed as the
+weaver.
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8-1/2 spokes No. 2 reed, 21 inches.
+  Handle——1 spoke No. 5 reed, 28 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+
+This little basket has a three inch base. Hold the spokes straight and
+weave the sides about one inch, single weaving. Bend the spokes out and
+weave two inches. Hold the spokes in toward the center of basket and draw
+the weaver tight; in this position weave two more inches. Follow this with
+two rows of triple twist in No. 2 reed, and the border described under
+Model 20.
+
+HANDLE
+
+Insert the ends of the handles two inches below the top of basket. Bring
+them inside the basket back of eighteen rows of weaving, draw them to the
+outside of basket and down in front of sixteen rows of weaving. Bring the
+ends through the weaving to the inside of basket. Fasten the ends securely
+to the basket by weaving a strand of No. 2 reed in and out in the form of
+a cross. With one ring of No. 1 reed, make a twisted handle, allowing two
+inch space between each twist; the second row of handle is made by making
+another twist around the handle, the twist being made in the middle of the
+intervening spaces, showing a separate woven twist all way around and
+having a spacing of one inch between each twist.
+
+
+MODEL 25.——FIG. 31
+
+NO. 3 HANGING BASKET
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 31]
+
+This basket is made large enough to allow a large glass to slip in and out
+easily.
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  10-1/2 spokes No. 5 reed, 24 inches.
+  Handle——1 piece No. 6 reed, 39 inches.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+  Weavers No. 5 oval reed.
+  Weavers No. 00 reed.
+
+A base 4-1/2 inches is woven in the following manner: six rows of single
+weaving of No. 00 reed separate the spokes. Follow this with five rows of
+triple twist in No. 00 reed, four rows of single weaving in oval reed and
+one row No. 4 reed in triple twist. Turn the sides up with four more rows
+of triple twist. With oval reed, weave twelve rows of single weaving. Hold
+the spokes well in and draw the weaver tightly. The diameter of basket
+should now be 2-3/4 inches wide. Continue the weaving, drawing the spokes
+well out and holding the weaver loosely. The basket should have eighteen
+rows of oval weaving. Follow this with three rows of triple twist and the
+following border: first row, each spoke is passed back of one spoke and
+out; second row, each spoke is brought in front of three spokes and in
+back of the next one.
+
+HANDLE
+
+Insert the ends of handle through the four rows of triple twist at the
+base of basket. The ends must be inserted just opposite to each other.
+Place a strand of oval reed to the right of inserted handle and between
+the third and fourth rows of triple weave. Draw the weaver first over the
+handle, then under the handle. About two inches above where the handle is
+inserted, pass the weaver over the handle and carry it to inside of
+basket, under the border. Twist the weaver around the handle twenty-one
+times. Pass it down under the border to the outside of basket; three more
+twists complete one row of the handle.
+
+Now run the weaver to inside of basket, between the third and fourth rows
+of triple twist, cross, and bring to outside of basket at the left of
+handle. The weave is continued around the handle, forming a cross at every
+twist in the handle.
+
+
+MODEL 26.——FIG. 32
+
+BASKET WITH BRAIDED HANDLE
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 32]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 4 reed, 5 inches.
+  17 spokes No. 3 reed, 11 inches.
+  Handle——3 pieces No. 4 reed, 40 inches.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+
+Through a five-inch base, insert 17 spokes. Weave an upset of three rows
+of triple twist. To get the desired shape weave twenty-two rows, single
+weaving, holding the spokes inward. Now hold the spokes out and weave
+twenty-eight rows. With four weavers, placing each weaver back of a
+corresponding spoke, weave two rows; each weaver in turn is brought in
+front of three spokes and back of one. Finish with the following border:
+
+First row, pass each spoke back of one spoke and out; second row, each
+spoke is carried in front of three spokes and in back of the next one.
+
+For the handle, insert the three pieces No. 4 reed just above the triple
+twist at the base of basket. Make two twists and pass remainder of reed
+through the upper eight rows of weaving and lower two rows of triple
+weave. Braid the reed twenty-four inches. The ends are now inserted
+through the lower two rows of triple weaving and the upper eight rows of
+single weaving. With two more twists the ends are carried inside the
+basket just above the triple weave, and there made secure.
+
+
+MODEL 27.——FIG. 33
+
+BOWL SHAPED WITH FLARED TOP
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 33]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  10-1/2 spokes No. 4 reed, 27 inches.
+  Handle——2 pieces No. 5 reed, 35 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+
+The base of this basket is four inches. The sides are woven in double
+weaving, having a decided rounded effect. The flare at the top is made by
+bending the spokes down the outside of basket. An inch and a half of flare
+is woven. Complete with two rows of triple and the following border: Hold
+the basket upside down and weave to right, in front of one spoke and over
+two spokes. The sides of this basket are 2-1/2 inches high.
+
+About half way down the sides of the basket, insert the ends of the handle
+through four rows of weaving, the ends to be 1-3/4 inches apart. The ends
+are fastened securely by weaving in and out and across the spokes; the
+weaving is continued under and over the handle until the top of basket is
+reached; here the handle is made secure by carrying a weaver over the
+handle, and working it in and out through the weaving of the basket. Make
+twenty-eight inches of coil with the two spokes. Fasten the handle, in a
+similar manner, on the opposite side.
+
+
+MODEL 28.——FIG. 34
+
+FUNNEL SHAPED HANGING BASKET
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 34]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8-1/2 spokes No. 2 reed, 31 inches.
+  1 piece No. 6 reed, 36 inches.
+  Weavers No. 00 reed.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+
+After fastening the spokes with No. 00 reed, weave five rows of single
+weaving. Change the weaver to No. 2 reed and work twenty-three rows in
+single weaving, holding the spokes in towards center. Continue the weaving
+until fifty-seven rows are woven. With No. 4 reed, make four rows triple
+twist and complete the basket with border described under Model 22.
+
+When finished, the diameter at top of basket should measure 5-1/2 inches.
+
+HANDLE
+
+Insert the ends of handle two inches from bottom. With No. 00 reed fasten
+the ends to basket with the tie bow effect, then finish the handle in a
+twisted design.
+
+FIG. 35
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 35]
+
+The funnel basket under Fig. 35 is dyed in dark green. It makes an
+attractive basket for cut flowers and vines. It is made of No. 4 and No. 2
+reed. The handle from No. 5 reed.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+FLOWER RECEPTACLES
+
+
+MODEL 29.——FIG. 36
+
+VASE WITH HANDLES
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 36]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 2 reed, 22 inches.
+  1 spoke No. 2 reed, 12 inches.
+  Handle——2 spokes No. 2 reed, 20 inches.
+  2 spokes No. 4 reed, 20 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+
+This covering may be woven over a small vase or a pint jar.
+
+Over the 8-1/2 spokes weave a base 2-3/4 inches. Pinch the spokes sharply
+and turn up with three rows of triple twist in No. 2 reed. Weave around
+the jar in single weaving, until forty-four rows are completed. For the
+handle place the centers of one piece of No. 4 reed and one piece No. 2
+reed between the 42nd and 43rd rows of weaving, twist the No. 4 reed
+around in a plain coil and carry the No. 2 reed around this coil. Do the
+same on the opposite side for the other handle. Form the oval handle, as
+seen in picture, and secure the four ends of each handle in place by
+fastening them to jar with a fine cord which may be pulled out later.
+Weave twenty-nine more rows in single weaving. Complete and fasten the
+handle with five rows triple twist. To prevent the handle from loosening
+or falling out, the triple twist should be woven over and under the ends
+of the handles. The following border completes the vase:
+
+First row, each spoke is placed back of the spoke to the right and out.
+
+Second row, each spoke is brought in front of the spoke to the right and
+in where it is cut off closely.
+
+
+MODEL 30.——FIG. 37
+
+NO. 2 GREEN JARDINIERE
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 37]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 4 reed, 5-1/2 inches.
+  34 spokes No. 2 reed, 17 inches.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+
+Over an 8 spoke foundation, weave a base five inches. Insert the 34
+spokes, considering two spokes as one, making 17 spokes. Turn up with
+three rows triple twist. In double weaving, work fifteen rows, holding
+the spokes outward toward the weaver. This will make the basket three
+inches high. Now holding the spokes well inward, weave fifteen rows in
+double weaving. The basket is now 5-1/4 inches high. Complete the sides of
+the basket with three rows triple twist. Finish with the following border:
+
+First row, each spoke is brought back of next spoke and out.
+
+Second row, each spoke is brought in front of next two spokes and in.
+
+Third row, each spoke is brought over next spoke and in back of the next
+where it rests.
+
+
+MODEL 31.——FIG. 38
+
+NO. 3 JARDINIERE, IN OVAL REED
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 38]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  10 spokes No. 5 reed, 25 inches.
+  Weavers No. 00 reed.
+  Weavers No. 1 reed.
+  Weavers No. 5 reed.
+  Weavers No. 5 oval reed.
+
+After inserting 5 spokes through the other 5 spokes, fasten in cross form
+with No. 00 reed. Weave seven rows with No. 00 reed, separating the
+spokes. With No. 1 reed, weave seven more rows. Follow this with six rows
+of No. 5 split reed. Work one coil of triple twist with No. 5 reed. This
+makes a base six inches. Pinch the spokes sharply and turn up with four
+rows of No. 5 triple. Hold the spokes slantingly inward and weave
+seventeen rows of No. 5 oval reed. The diameter should be 5-1/2 inches.
+Bend the spokes outward in a curved effect and weave four rows in No. 5
+triple. Complete with the following border:
+
+First row, each spoke is passed back of one spoke and out. Second row,
+carry each spoke in front of three spokes and in.
+
+
+MODEL 32.——FIG. 39
+
+JARDINIERE FOR RUBBER PLANT
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 39]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 5 reed, 6 inches.
+  31 spokes No. 5 reed, 18 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+
+Weave a base 5-1/2 inches. Insert spokes and turn up with four rows of
+triple twist No. 4 reed. Follow this with twelve rows of double weaving,
+three rows of three-rod coil in No. 2 reed, ten rows of double weaving,
+four rows of three-rod coil No. 2 reed, nine rows of double weaving and
+three rows of three-rod coil. Complete with border described under Model
+22.
+
+After the basket is finished, dye it a dark brown or green.
+
+
+MODEL 33.——FIG. 40
+
+OVAL REED JARDINIERE
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 40]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 5 reed, 8 inches
+  31 spokes No. 5 reed, 25 inches.
+  Weavers No. 4 brown reed.
+  Weavers No. 5 oval reed.
+
+Over an 8 spoke foundation, weave a base 7-3/4 inches. Insert 31 spokes
+and set up three rows of No. 4 brown reed in triple twist. The spokes are
+held slantingly outward until twenty-five rows of No. 5 oval or split reed
+are woven. Weave seventeen rows in No. 5 oval reed, holding the spokes
+curved in towards the center of basket. Complete the basket with three
+rows triple twist No. 4 brown reed, and the plaited border.
+
+
+MODEL 34.——FIG. 41
+
+FERN DISH
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 41]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 2 reed, 5-1/2 inches.
+  61 spokes No. 2 reed, 16 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+
+This fern dish basket is woven over a small white enamel dish:
+
+Weave a base 5-1/2 inches. Insert 2 spokes by the side of each base spoke.
+Consider each group of 2 spokes as 1 spoke. Turn up with two rows of
+triple twist. Place the dish in the basket and, while weaving around the
+dish, hold the spokes straight and draw the weaver tight. Weave
+twenty-nine rows. Curve the spokes over the dish and weave four more rows,
+single weaving, and two rows of triple twist in No. 2 reed.
+
+Now bring each group of spokes back of the next two groups, out to the
+front, through the triple twist and down through the triple twist at the
+base of basket. When all the groups have been brought through the triple
+twist at the base, turn the basket upside down, and weave the following
+border for a stand for the dish:
+
+Weaving to the right, each group is brought back of the next two groups
+and out to the front; second row, each group is placed in front of the
+next spoke and in back of the next where it is clipped off.
+
+FIG. 42
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 42]
+
+This basket is woven in a similar manner to Fig. 41. The spokes are of No.
+2 natural reed, while the weavers are No. 2 light brown reed. The border,
+the outside spokes and the stand are of natural reed. This combination
+makes a strikingly attractive basket.
+
+FIG. 43
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 43]
+
+This flower basket is dyed after it is made and then waxed. The shape may
+be molded to accommodate any purpose.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+OVAL BASKETS
+
+
+MODEL 35.——FIG. 44
+
+NO. 1 OVAL BASKET WITH ROUND BASE
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 44]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 5 reed, 5-1/2 inches.
+  39 spokes No. 5 reed, 26 inches.
+  Handle——2 spokes No. 5 reed, 35 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+  Weavers No. 5 reed.
+
+Weave a base five inches. Insert the 39 spokes, pinch sharply and turn
+upward. Make secure with three rows No. 5 reed in triple twist. Weave an
+inch with No. 2 reed, holding all spokes straight. Now continue the
+weaving by holding the side spokes straight and the end spokes down and
+out towards the weaver. Continue the weaving in this manner until seventy
+rows of simple weaving, and three rows triple twist No. 5 reed, are made.
+Finish with the following border:
+
+First row, each spoke is placed back of two spokes and out.
+
+Second row, each spoke is placed in front of two spokes and in.
+
+HANDLE
+
+Insert the two pieces No. 5 reed and weave a twisted handle as shown in
+Fig. 44.
+
+
+MODEL 36.——FIG. 45
+
+NO. 2 OVAL BASKET (IN GREEN AND BROWN)
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 45]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  10 spokes No. 5 reed, 5-1/2 inches.
+  20 spokes No. 5 brown reed, 28 inches.
+  19 spokes No. 5 brown reed, 15 inches.
+  Handle——1 spoke No. 8 brown reed, 32 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 green reed.
+  Weavers No. 4 brown reed.
+  Weavers No. 2 brown reed.
+
+Weave a five inch base. Insert the spokes, pinch, and turn sharply upward
+with three rows of brown No. 4 triple. In pairing, weave with No. 2 green
+reed, twenty-three rows. Insert 19 spokes and weave three rows triple No.
+3 green. Follow this with forty-one rows green reed, in single weaving,
+and three rows No. 4 brown reed, in triple. Complete with the rope border.
+
+The spokes should be held straight and firm until three inches of weaving
+are finished; then the ends are spread out and bent down towards the base
+of basket until the rest of the weaving is completed, Fig. 45.
+
+When completed the sides should measure seven inches.
+
+HANDLE.
+
+Push the ends of handle well down amid the weaving. Weave six rows of
+coil, with No. 2 brown reed, around the handle.
+
+FIG. 46
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 46]
+
+This basket is made from the natural reed. A rounded effect is woven for
+about three inches up the sides, the end spokes are then flared out. A
+single spoke of No. 6 reed is used for the handle.
+
+
+OVAL BASES
+
+MODEL 37.——FIG. 49
+
+NO. 1 OVAL BASE
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 47]
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 48]
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 49]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  3 spokes No. 4 reed, 7 inches.
+  5 spokes No. 4 reed, 5 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+
+Split each of the five spokes in the center and pass the 3 spokes through
+them——Fig. 47.
+
+The 5 spokes should be arranged in horizontal positions about 3/4 inch
+apart, the end spokes about two inches from the end of the base spokes.
+Fig. 47. The base is woven in pairing. Place No. 1 weaver back of No. 1
+spoke, No. 2 weaver back of No. 2 spoke. Fig. 48. Pass No. 1 weaver over
+No. 2 spoke, back of No. 3 spoke; No. 2 weaver crosses over No. 1 weaver
+to the front of base, which is the side facing the weaver, passes in front
+of No. 3 spoke and out back of No. 4. Fig. 48. No. 1 weaver crosses No. 4
+spoke and out back of No. 5 spoke and so on around the base. The group of
+three base spokes are treated as one spoke until two rows have been woven.
+They are then separated and woven as single spokes. Fig. 49.
+
+
+MODEL 38.——FIG. 53
+
+NO. 2 OVAL BASE
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 53]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  3 spokes No. 4 reed, 8 inches.
+  7 spokes No. 4 reed, 5 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 brown reed.
+  Weavers No. 2 natural reed.
+
+Arrange the seven spokes in a horizontal position on the three base
+spokes. The spokes arranged 1/2 inch apart. The end spokes double. Fig.
+50.
+
+[Illustration: FIGS. 50, 51 AND 52]
+
+Take the center of a single weaver, or using two strands of different
+colors, place it or them under the upper three base spokes and back of the
+upper end spokes. Take the left-hand weaver, or the natural one, over the
+end spokes, down under F, up over B-E, under C and up over to the right
+where it crosses over the end spokes. Fig. 50.
+
+Now take the brown weaver, which is back of the upper base spokes, bring
+it over the upper end spokes under A, over B-E, under D, over the lower
+end spokes. Fig. 50.
+
+Return to weaver No. 1, cross it over C-D, under B, cross over A-F, and
+under the upper left end spokes. Fig. 51. Bring No. 2 or brown weaver,
+under the lower left end spokes, cross over C-D, under E, cross over A-F,
+under the upper end spokes over the upper three base spokes. Fig. 52.
+Finish your base in pairing, as shown in Fig. 53.
+
+
+MODEL 39.——FIG. 54
+
+CARD TRAY
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 54]
+
+This tray is made by combining blue and natural color reed.
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  3 spokes No. 4 reed, 7 inches.
+  5 spokes No. 4 reed, 4 inches.
+  32 spokes No. 4 reed, 14 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 blue reed.
+  Weavers No. 2 natural reed.
+
+Through the five spokes place the three 7-inch spokes. Arrange each of the
+five spokes 3/4 inch apart. Fasten the spokes in place with two rows of
+pairing, combining the blue and natural reed. Separate the end spokes with
+eight rows of pairing, carrying the striped effect throughout. Insert 32
+spokes No. 4 reed, placing a spoke by the side of each spoke in the base.
+Turn sharply upward and weave one row of triple twist in No. 4 reed. With
+blue and white weavers, weave nine rows in pairing, carrying the striped
+effect up the sides. Hold the spokes while weaving slightly outward.
+Finish with one row of triple twist and plaited border.
+
+
+MODEL 40.——FIG. 55
+
+OVAL BASE BASKET
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 55]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  4 spokes No. 5 reed, 7 inches.
+  7 spokes No. 5 reed, 4 inches.
+  29 spokes No. 4 reed, 16 inches.
+  Handle——1 piece No. 5 reed, 20 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 natural reed.
+  Weavers No. 4 brown reed.
+  3 yards braided straw.
+
+Slip the four spokes through the seven spokes. Arrange the seven spokes
+1/2 inch apart.
+
+Weave a base over this 7 inches long, 4 inches wide. Insert the
+twenty-nine spokes. Pinch and turn sharply upward. Set up two rows triple
+twist in No. 4 brown reed. Weave seven rows of braided straw and complete
+the sides with two rows of triple twist in No. 4 brown reed. The following
+border is used:
+
+First row, each spoke is placed back of next spoke to right. Second row,
+each spoke is placed in front of next two spokes to right and in back of
+the next spoke. The ends of handle are inserted between the border,
+through the triple twist and down between the braiding. The handle is
+woven as described under Model 18.
+
+
+MODEL 41.——FIG. 56
+
+NO. 1 OVAL BASE FLOWER BASKET
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 56]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  3 spokes No. 5 reed, 6-1/2 inches.
+  7 spokes No. 5 reed, 4 inches.
+  27 spokes No. 4 reed, 14 inches.
+  27 spokes No. 4 reed, 20 inches.
+  4 spokes No. 4 reed, 12 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+  Handle——3 spokes No. 6 reed, 33 inches.
+
+In pairing, weave a base 6 inches long 3-3/4 inches wide. Insert the 27
+20-inch spokes, and turn up with four rows of triple twist. While weaving
+the basket, hold the end spokes out toward the weaver, the side spokes
+straight.
+
+Work the basket 3-3/4 inches in single weaving with No. 3 reed. Now insert
+the 27 14-inch spokes, placing a spoke by the side of each spoke in the
+basket. Weave five rows of 3-coil weave in No. 5 reed.
+
+Place the four spokes for the border. Complete the basket with the plaited
+border.
+
+HANDLE
+
+Place the ends of the handle through the border, down about 2-1/2 or 3
+inches in the weaving. Measure 7 inches, from the border of the basket, up
+the handle. Beginning here, with fine No. 1 reed, make a continuation coil
+around the handle of basket until it is 7 inches from the end of the
+handle on the opposite side. Now separate each piece of reed, and in
+simple weaving, weave the remainder of the handle over one spoke, under
+one, until it is 1-1/2 inches from border of basket. Fasten the end of the
+weaver up between the weaving.
+
+To make the handle secure, fasten, in double cross form, each end of the
+handle to the sides of basket.
+
+FIG. 57
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 57]
+
+This little basket is useful when gathering flowers. It is made entirely
+of No. 2 reed, and is finished with a braided handle.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+TRAYS
+
+
+MODEL 42.——FIG. 58
+
+PIN TRAY
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 58]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  16 spokes No. 2 reed, 15 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+
+Over the 16 spoke foundation weave four rows in pairing. Separate the
+groups of fours into groups of twos and weave six rows in pairing. The
+base should measure four inches. Turn the spokes sharply upward. Consider
+throughout the weaving each group of twos as one spoke.
+
+Weave two rows No. 2 reed in three-rod coil. Hold the spokes to secure a
+slight outward slant and weave seven rows in pairing. Finish the tray with
+following border:
+
+First row, each spoke is passed back of next spoke and out.
+
+Second row, each spoke is passed in front of next spoke and in.
+
+
+MODEL 43.——FIG. 59
+
+CANDY TRAY NO. 1
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 59]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  16 spokes No. 2 reed, 24 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+  Handle——1 spoke No. 5 reed, 18 inches.
+
+Weave a base over the 16 spoke center 3-1/4 inches. Turn up with two rows
+of No. 2 reed in triple twist. Hold the spokes in an outward slant and
+weave six rows of pairing. Draw the weavers tightly and hold the spokes in
+toward the center of base. Weave four rows of pairing.
+
+Take each spoke now, pass it back of the next spoke to right, bring it
+down the side of the basket to the base, pass it through the two rows of
+triple twist.
+
+Turn the basket upside down. Make the base stand as follows.
+
+Working to the right, No. 1 spoke is passed in front of No. 2 spoke and
+back of No. 3 spoke. Each spoke is treated likewise, in front of the first
+to the right, and back of the second.
+
+HANDLE
+
+Insert the ends of the 18 inch spoke well down the sides of the tray. In
+coil effect, weave eight rows of No. 2 reed around the handle, covering
+it entirely, as illustrated in Model No. 18. In this tray the size should
+be just large enough to allow the dish to be removed easily.
+
+
+MODEL 44.——FIG. 60
+
+CANDY TRAY NO. 2
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 60]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  16 spokes No. 2 reed, 25 inches.
+  Handle——2 spokes No. 5 reed, 20 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+
+This tray is woven similar to the preceding one, excepting the top, where
+the weaving is continued over the dish until five rows are finished. While
+weaving the last five rows, the spokes are bent in towards the dish, and
+the weaver pulled tight. Working in this manner holds the dish from
+slipping out and makes a rounded effect at the top. The handle is made of
+two spokes, which are pressed into an oval shape and it is finished by
+twisting No. 2 reed around it as shown in Fig. 60.
+
+
+MODEL 45.——FIG. 61
+
+CAKE TRAY
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 61]
+
+The tray is first made and then painted with white enamel.
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 5 reed, 7 inches.
+  64 spokes No. 2 reed, 16 inches.
+  2 spokes No. 6 reed, 26 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+  Weavers No. 3 reed.
+
+With No. 2 reed, weave three rows around the 8 spoke center; separate the
+spokes with ten rows of pairing. Insert the 64 spokes. Place two each side
+of the base spokes. Weave two rows in triple twist with No. 3 reed,
+holding the No. 5 spokes with one group of twos. Now in double weaving,
+weave six rows, over two groups of spokes and under two groups, holding
+the No. 5 spoke by the side of one group of twos to the end of the base.
+Weave three rows No. 3 reed in triple twist, holding the spokes slightly
+upward while weaving. Complete with two rows of triple. First row of
+triple should rest on the base of basket, while the other two rows should
+be slightly upward on the sides. Finish with following border: Holding the
+under side of basket or bottom of tray toward you and weaving to right,
+place one group of spokes in front of next group, back of second group to
+the right, front of third group, back of fourth group, in front of fifth
+group to the right. Bring the spokes out to the front and down through
+the two rows of triple weave. Each group is worked out in same manner,
+until all groups are facing the weaver.
+
+The stand for basket is woven in two rows; first row, each spoke is
+brought in front of two spokes and in; second row, each spoke is placed in
+front of one and back of the next spoke where the ends are cut off closely
+and carefully.
+
+HANDLE
+
+Place the ends of the spokes of handle through the triple weaving and in
+back of the weaving of base border. Have the spokes about 2 inches apart.
+The tray is completed with a coiled handle as shown in Fig. 61.
+
+
+MODEL 46.——FIG. 62
+
+SANDWICH TRAY
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 62]
+
+This tray is worked out in the natural reed and when completed dyed brown.
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 4 reed, 5 inches.
+  96 spokes No. 2 reed, 20 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+  Handle——2 spokes No. 6 reed, 31 inches.
+
+After fastening the center with two rows of weaving, weave three rows,
+separating the spokes in twos; then weave fourteen rows in pairing. Insert
+the 96 spokes, placing three spokes by the side of each spoke of No. 4
+reed. After all the spokes are inserted, weave three rows of triple twist,
+No. 2 reed; considering each group of three spokes as one spoke, weave
+five rows in double weaving. With No. 2 reed, weave three rows of triple,
+separating the spokes in groups of twos. Complete with the following
+border. Consider each group of twos as one spoke. Take one group and place
+it over the next two groups, under the next two, over the next two, under
+the next two, over the next two, under the next two and out in front. Do
+the same with each group of spokes. Allow the first groups to be woven
+loosely until all the groups are woven; then draw the loose groups tight.
+Make the border uniform throughout. You are now ready for the border on
+the base of the tray. Two rows are woven to make the stand for the tray.
+First row, each spoke is brought in front of next three spokes and back of
+next three. Second row, each spoke is brought in front of the next three
+spokes where they are cut off inside the weaving.
+
+HANDLE
+
+Insert the two pieces No. 6 reed between the border and triple twist.
+Leave about a two inch space between the inserted spokes. Fasten securely
+with No. 00 reed. With No. 2 weavers, weave three rows in twirl effect
+around one spoke, until about 4-1/2 inches are woven up on the spokes,
+then considering both spokes of handle as one, continue the weaving until
+you are opposite to where the spokes are joined. Now coil the weaver
+around one spoke to the end of the handle, bringing the weaver each time
+down under the tray and up on the other side of spoke. Treat the other
+spoke in the same manner until both spokes are uniform. Hold the weaver
+tightly throughout the weaving of the handle. A loosely twisted coil makes
+a very poor handle.
+
+If the handle is woven correctly, groups of three coils around the handle,
+with a space of about 3/4 inch apart, will be the result.
+
+FIG. 63
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 63]
+
+The tray is made of natural reed No. 4 and No. 2. The inner base spokes
+are No. 4 reed, the inserted spokes No. 2 reed. Two spokes of No. 5 reed,
+twenty-eight inches long, are required for the handle——the weavers, No. 00
+reed.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+FRUIT BASKET TRAYS
+
+
+MODEL 47.——FIG. 64
+
+NO. 1 FRUIT BASKET TRAY
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 64]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 5 reed, 8 inches.
+  31 spokes No. 5 reed, 16 inches.
+  1 spoke No. 8 reed. 32 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+
+Insert and fasten the spokes in position with the cross weave. Weave four
+rows of No. 2 reed. Follow this with twelve rows of pairing and nine rows
+of double weaving.
+
+Insert the 31 spokes and weave with No. 4 reed, four rows of three-rod
+coil. Pinch the spokes and set up three rows of triple twist. Weave eight
+rows of double weaving, holding the spokes slantingly outward. Finish with
+three rows of triple twist and the plaited border.
+
+HANDLE
+
+Insert the piece of No. 8 reed down through the border, through the
+weaving to the lower triple twist. With No. 2 reed, coil eight rows
+around the handle making ten twists.
+
+
+MODEL 48.——FIG. 65
+
+NO. 2 FRUIT BASKET TRAY
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 65]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  16 spokes No. 2 tan reed, 46 inches.
+  30 spokes No. 2 tan reed, 16 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+  Weavers No. 3 reed.
+  Tan colored dish.
+  Handle——2 spokes No. 5 reed, 25 inches.
+
+Over a 16 spoke center weave a base 3-1/2 inches, separating the spokes
+into groups of twos. Insert the 30 spokes. This will make groups of fours.
+
+Turn up with two rows of No. 3 reed in triple twist. While weaving, curve
+the spokes to correspond to the curve of dish, draw the weavers tightly to
+hold the dish securely.
+
+Follow the upset with eleven rows simple weaving. Consider every group of
+fours as one spoke. With two rows of triple twist in No. 3 reed, separate
+the groups of fours into groups of twos. Weave twenty-eight rows in simple
+weaving.
+
+For the sides, take one spoke of each group, pass it back of next two
+groups, bring it down the outside of basket and through the triple twist
+at base. The spokes will run singly on the outside of the basket, but will
+pass through the triple twist at the base in groups of twos. After all the
+groups have been passed through the triple twist the border is made as
+follows:
+
+First row, each group is passed back of the next two groups to the right.
+
+Second row, each group is passed in front of the next two groups, back of
+the third group where the ends are cut off closely.
+
+BORDER FOR TOP OF BASKET
+
+First row, each single spoke is brought back of next two spokes.
+
+Second row, each group is passed in front of next two groups and back of
+third group where the ends are cut closely.
+
+HANDLE
+
+Insert the ends of handle through the weaving about 1-3/4 inches apart.
+Coil six rows around the handle and fasten ends securely.
+
+
+MODEL 49.——FIG. 66
+
+NO. 3 FRUIT BASKET TRAY
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 66]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 5 reed, 36 inches.
+  9 spokes No. 5 reed, 15 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+  Weavers No. 3 reed.
+
+Make a four inch base in pairing. Turn sharply upward and slant inward
+with four rows of No. 3 reed in three-rod twist. Weave eight rows in No. 2
+reed, over two, under one. Change the reed to No. 00. Weave six rows, over
+two spokes, under one, with three stands of No. 00 reed in slewing. The
+weaver must constantly keep drawing the reed tight and holding the spokes
+well in towards the center. With a strand of No. 00 reed, make eighteen
+rows in the plain weave. The diameter should be now 1-1/4 inches. Hold the
+spokes slightly outward and with three weavers in slewing, make seven
+rows, weaving in front of 2 spokes, back of 1 spoke. The diameter should
+now be almost two inches.
+
+Insert the 9 spokes, placing a single spoke by the side of every other
+spoke. Soak all the spokes well, pinch with pliers and bend the spokes
+straight outward. Hold them in this position until three rows of pairing,
+three rows of triple twist No. 2 reed and five rows of single weaving are
+completed.
+
+Bend the spokes in a curved effect, hold them slightly outward and upward.
+In this position weave ten rows double weaving. Holding the spokes now in
+a pronounced upward curve, weave five rows of triple twist in No. 4 reed.
+
+The following border completes the tray: Turn down three spokes——No. 1
+spoke back of No. 2, No. 2 spoke back of No. 3, No. 3 spoke back of No. 4.
+Now place No. 1 spoke in front of the third and fourth spokes and back of
+the fifth spoke; likewise place No. 2 spoke in front of the fourth and
+fifth spokes and back of the sixth spoke. Continue this around the basket
+until all the spokes are woven in the border.
+
+
+MODEL 50.
+
+DESK TRAY
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  Board 12 inches by 10 inches.
+  45 spokes No. 5 reed, 19 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+
+A desk tray is a very useful article and is made as follows:
+
+Bore 45 holes through the board about 3/8 inch in from the edge of the
+board. Insert the 45 spokes through these holes allowing 3-1/2 inches for
+the bottom. Make a foundation stand by weaving these end spokes in front
+of 2 spokes and back of the third spoke.
+
+The sides are woven with two rows of three rod coil, then in double
+weaving until the tray is 2-1/2 inches high. Follow this with two rows of
+triple twist and the plaited border.
+
+
+MODEL 51.——FIG. 67
+
+SMALL SERVING TRAY
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 67]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  Board 9-1/2 inches by 6-1/4 inches.
+  Glass 8-3/4 inches by 5-3/4 inches.
+  Cretonne 8-3/4 inches by 5-3/4 inches.
+  60 spokes No. 2 reed, 15 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+
+Bore 60 holes through the board large enough for No. 2 reed to slip
+through easily. The holes should be one-half inch apart——19 holes on each
+of the lengthwise sides and 12 on each end.
+
+Pass the spokes through each hole. Allow 1-1/2 inches for the bottom of
+tray. For the base border weave one row of pairing and the following
+border: Each spoke is passed in front of the first spoke to right and
+back of the second spoke. When all the spokes are woven in this way, place
+the tray on a flat surface and make sure the base border is perfectly even
+and level.
+
+The cretonne and glass should be identical in size. Lay the cretonne on
+the board flat and even, and place the glass over it. The glass must fit
+snugly and tightly to make a perfect tray. Keep the spokes moist to allow
+easy weaving. The weavers must be soaked until very pliable. Weave 1/2
+inch of pairing with No. 2 reed or nine rows. Follow this with one row of
+triple twist in No. 3 reed. The plaited border completes the tray.
+
+A very pretty effect may be obtained by having a pale pink flowered
+cretonne and natural color reed. The cretonne and color of reed should
+always harmonize.
+
+
+MODEL 52.
+
+OBLONG SERVING TRAY
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  Board 17 inches by 12 inches.
+  Cretonne 16-1/4 inches by 11-1/2 inches.
+  Glass 16-1/4 inches by 11-1/2 inches.
+  99 spokes No. 5 brown reed, 19 inches.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+  Brown stain.
+
+Bore 99 holes through board equal distance apart. Stain the board brown.
+Insert the spokes and allow 3-1/2 inches for the bottom stand. Make a
+border for this stand in the following manner:
+
+First row, each spoke is brought back of next spoke to right.
+
+Second row, each spoke is passed in front of the next spoke and in back of
+the next where the end is cut off.
+
+The sides are now woven. A 4-rod coil No. 4 reed holds the glass firmly in
+place. Follow this with seven rows double weaving No. 2 brown reed and one
+row No. 4 reed in 4-rod coil. Complete the tray with the plaited border.
+
+After the tray is finished, singe it to get rid of all the loose bits of
+reed——then polish the board with two or three coats of wax. The cretonne,
+reed and stain should harmonize in color. A soft brush produces best
+results in polishing the basket.
+
+
+MODEL 53.
+
+OVAL SERVING TRAY
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  Board 20 inches by 14 inches.
+  Glass 19 inches by 13 inches.
+  Cretonne 19 inches by 13 inches.
+  52 spokes No. 5 brown reed, 20 inches.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+
+The holes should be made about one inch apart. Insert the 52 spokes and
+make foundation stand as described under preceding model. Be careful that
+the board is perfectly dry before placing the cretonne upon it. Keep the
+spokes moist by using a wet sponge; be careful not to allow any water to
+get under the glass while weaving. Best results are obtained by staining
+the board first and then weaving a dyed reed; good results, however, may
+be obtained by making the tray in natural reed first and then staining the
+board and reed. Great care must be exercised in painting the tray after it
+is made.
+
+The sides of the oval tray are woven two inches high. First weave one row
+of 4-rod coil then seven rows of double weaving in pairing. One row of
+4-rod coil and the plaited border completes the tray. Polish as described
+under preceding model.
+
+
+MODEL 54.
+
+ROUND SERVING TRAY
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  Diameter of board 10 inches.
+  Diameter of glass 9-1/4 inches.
+  Diameter of cretonne 9-1/4 inches.
+  39 spokes No. 4 reed, 20 inches.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+
+Prepare the board by making 39 holes 5/8 of an inch from edge of board,
+3/4 inch spacing between each hole. Insert the 39 spokes. Weave an under
+base stand in the following manner: First row, each spoke is brought back
+of next spoke to right and out in front. Second row, each spoke is passed
+in front of next spoke to right and in back of second spoke where it is
+cut off.
+
+This base weaving should be uniform throughout so that the tray base may
+be perfectly even. Stand the tray on a flat desk and see that each spoke
+touches the desk. For the side of the tray weave one row of 4-rod wale and
+finish the ends in the usual way.
+
+Insert one No. 4 weaver and weave nine rows around the tray. Introduce
+four weavers and work one row of 4-rod coil. Finish the tray with the
+plaited border.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI
+
+SCRAP BASKETS
+
+
+MODEL 55.——FIG 68
+
+SMALL SCRAP BASKET (CHECKER DESIGN)
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 68]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 4 reed, 6 inches.
+  31 spokes No. 4 reed, 19 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+  Handle——2 spokes No. 6 reed, 10 inches.
+
+Weave a base 5-3/4 inches. Insert 31 spokes and weave the sides 8-1/2
+inches high, in the following manner:
+
+Turn the spokes up with two rows of triple twist No. 4 reed, then six rows
+of double weaving in No. 2 reed. Change to blue No. 4 reed and make a coil
+of triple twist; then in blue and white check weave sixteen rows. Follow
+this with one row of No. 4 blue reed in triple twist. Change the reed to
+No. 2 natural and weave twelve rows in double weaving. One row of blue No.
+4 reed, triple twist, follows this, then sixteen rows of blue and white
+check (2 checks) and one row of blue No. 4 reed in triple. Change the
+reed again and work five rows double weaving in No. 2 reed. Follow this
+with two rows of triple twist and the border described under Model 22.
+
+Insert the ends of the handle well down amid the weaving and with No. 2
+reed make four coils around the handle.
+
+
+MODEL 56.——FIG. 69
+
+LARGE SCRAP BASKET (CHECKER DESIGN)
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 69]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 5 reed, 8 inches.
+  31 spokes No. 5 reed, 27 inches.
+  Weavers No. 4 blue reed.
+  Weavers No. 4 natural reed.
+
+Weave a base 7-1/2 inches. Insert 31 spokes and turn up with four rows of
+triple. Weave twelve rows single weaving in No. 4 natural reed, then one
+row in triple twist, No. 4 blue reed. Seven checks in blue and natural
+follow this. Weave one row in triple with No. 4 blue reed and twelve rows
+No. 4 natural.
+
+Follow this with three rows of triple in No. 4 natural reed.
+
+Complete the basket with plaited border described under Model 14.
+
+
+MODEL 57.——FIG. 70
+
+SCRAP BASKET IN OVAL REED
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 70]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 5 reed, 6-1/2 inches.
+  31 spokes No. 5 reed, 27 inches.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+  Weavers No. 5 oval reed.
+  Handle——2 spokes No. 6 reed, 46 inches.
+
+Weave a base 6 inches. Insert 31 spokes. Pinch sharply and turn up with
+three rows of triple No. 5 reed. In No. 5 oval reed make forty-six rows,
+placing the weaver over 3 spokes and back of 2 spokes. Carry this weave
+throughout the basket. Finish with three rows of triple in No. 5 reed and
+the plaited border.
+
+HANDLE
+
+Make two rings for the ring handles and fasten them to the sides of the
+basket.
+
+
+MODEL 58.——FIG. 71
+
+RUSH SCRAP BASKET
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 71]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 5 reed, 8 inches.
+  31 spokes No. 5 reed, 27 inches.
+  Weavers No. 5 reed.
+  Weavers braided rush.
+
+Over an 8 spoke foundation, weave a base 7-1/2 inches in pairing, with No.
+4 reed.
+
+Insert 31 spokes No. 5 reed. Pinch sharply and turn the spokes upward with
+three rows triple twist in No. 5 reed. In single weaving, weave twenty
+rows of braided rush. Complete the sides with four rows of triple twist in
+No. 5 reed. The plaited border completes the basket.
+
+While weaving, the spokes should be held slantingly outward. Care should
+be exercised not to spread the spokes outward too much as this will spoil
+the shape of basket. The diameter at the top of the basket, when finished,
+should be twelve inches.
+
+
+MODEL 59.
+
+NO. 2 FLOWER BASKET
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 4 reed, 4-1/2 inches.
+  26 spokes No. 4 reed, 18 inches.
+  11 spokes No. 4 reed, 12 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+  Weavers No. 3 reed.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+  Handle——1 spoke No. 8 reed, 30 inches.
+
+Weave a base in pairing, 3-3/4 inches. Turn sharply upward with three rows
+of triple weave. Hold the spokes straight and weave, with No. 2 reed,
+three inches in pairing. Take a strand of No. 3 reed and weave six rows.
+Begin the shaping of the basket by holding the side spokes upright and
+bend the end spokes sharply down the outside of the basket. Continue the
+weaving until sixteen more rows are woven.
+
+Insert the 11 spokes, between the end spokes of the basket——5 spokes on
+one end and 6 on the other.
+
+Weave eight rows of triple twist and the border described under Model 22.
+
+Insert the handle spoke, down the side of the basket. In the coil twist,
+weave five rows. Fasten the ends of the weavers securely.
+
+
+MODEL 60.
+
+NO. 3 FLOWER BASKET
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  6-1/2 spokes No. 5 reed, 6 inches.
+  26 spokes No. 5 reed, 24 inches.
+  15 spokes No. 5 reed, 12 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+  Handle——1 spoke No. 8 reed, 20 inches.
+
+Complete a base five inches. Insert 26 spokes and turn sharply with three
+rows of triple weave. Hold the spoke straight upward, and make seventeen
+rows No. 2 reed, weaving over two spokes and under one spoke. Introduce
+slew wale with two weavers. Work twelve rows, over two spokes under one
+spoke.
+
+Insert the 15 spokes, 8 at one end and 7 at the other end. Weave two rows
+of 3-rod coil. Wet the spokes well and bend the end spokes down the
+outside of the basket. Hold the spokes in this position during the rest of
+the weaving——that is, hold the side spokes erect and the end spokes in a
+downward flare. Introduce two No. 2 weavers and make fifteen rows in
+pairing. Open the end spokes and bend them down. Weave seven rows in
+triple twist with No. 4 reed. Finish with the border described under Model
+22.
+
+Insert the 20 inch spoke for handle. Weave, in coil effect, four rows
+around the handle. Fasten the handle securely to the basket.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII
+
+UTILITY BASKETS
+
+
+MODEL 61.——FIG. 72
+
+ARTISTIC BASKET WITH LID
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 72]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  10 spokes No. 5 reed, 6 inches.
+  21 spokes No. 5 reed, 18 inches.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+  Lid——16 spokes No. 4 reed, 15 inches.
+
+Make a bottom in the ordinary way, 5-1/2 inches. Insert the spokes, pinch,
+and make an upsetting four rows in 3-rod coil. Hold the spokes in a
+slightly slanting outward direction during the weaving of the basket. In
+plain weave, make 2-1/4 inches. Follow this with four rows triple weave
+and the border described under Model 22.
+
+LID
+
+Arrange the spokes in position. In ribbon weave, work one row No. 00 reed.
+With No. 1 reed, weave four rows in pairing. Hold the spokes to secure a
+curved center for lid. Separate the spokes into groups of twos with five
+rows of pairing. Separate into single spokes with two rows triple twist
+No. 2 reed. Holding the spokes in an outward position, weave nine rows
+pairing. Wet the spokes and place the lid on a flat board or table. Press
+the spokes flat on the board and weave two rows of No. 4 reed in triple
+twist. In plain weave, work six rows. Complete the weaving with the
+following border: Turn the lid upside down. Take each spoke back of next
+spoke to the right, bring it to the front of the lid. Second row, each
+spoke is passed in front of next two spokes and back of the third spoke,
+where it is cut off.
+
+HANDLE
+
+Make a ring 1-1/4 inches in diameter. Fasten it to the center of the lid
+by weaving the ends in and out amid the weaving of lid.
+
+FIG. 73
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 73]
+
+The base spokes of this “Knitting Basket” are of No. 4 reed. The inserted
+spokes are of No. 3 reed, twenty-two inches long. The weavers are of No. 2
+and No. 3 reed.
+
+
+MODEL 62.——FIG. 74
+
+MOTHER’S SEWING BASKET
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 74]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 5 reed, 7 inches.
+  62 spokes No. 4 reed, 18 inches.
+  Weavers——No. 4 reed.
+
+Weave a base seven inches in pairing. Insert the spokes, pinch, and turn
+with an upsetting of four rows 3-rod coil. Bend and hold the spokes
+outward. Work four inches in plain weave No. 4 reed. Wet the spokes, pinch
+and bend inward. Weave two inches plain weave. Make four rows triple
+twist. Complete the basket with the following border: First row, each
+group of spokes is brought back of the next group to the right and passed
+out to the front. Second row, each group is passed over the next four
+groups, back of the fifth group where it is cut off.
+
+
+MODEL 63.——FIG. 75
+
+LILY BASKET
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 75]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 5 reed, 6-1/2 inches.
+  62 spokes No. 4 reed, 18 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+
+With No. 1 reed, fasten the spokes with three rows of pairing. Separate
+into groups of twos, with two rows of pairing. Separate into single
+groups, with two rows of pairing. Insert two No. 4 weavers and work ten
+rows in pairing. This makes a 6-1/2 inch base.
+
+Insert the spokes, two spokes each side of the base spokes. Turn up with
+an upsetting of four rows of triple twist No. 4 reed. The spokes are
+double and carried double throughout the basket. Hold the spokes so that
+the basket will slant outward. Weave four inches in plain weave. Wet the
+spokes and pinch sharply. Bend the spokes inward. Work one row in 3-rod
+coil. Follow this with fifteen rows in plain weave. Bending the spokes
+slightly upward, work five rows in triple weave. Cut off one spoke of each
+group. Complete the basket with the border described under Model 22.
+
+
+MODEL 64.——FIG. 76
+
+SMALL BARREL SHAPED RUSH BASKET
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 76]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 5 reed, 6-1/2 inches.
+  31 spokes No. 5 reed, 20 inches.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+  Weavers No. 5 reed.
+  Weavers braided rush.
+
+Make a round bottom six inches in diameter. Insert the 31 spokes and make
+an upsetting of six rows of 3-rod wale No. 5 reed. Throughout the basket,
+hold the spokes equal distance apart; weave carefully and evenly.
+
+Prepare the rush for weaving by soaking it in water until it is moist, or
+wet enough to keep it from cracking. Do not try to weave the braided rush
+dry as it cracks easily. Slant the spokes outward, introduce the rush and
+weave eight rows of simple weaving. Wet the spokes well and bend them in.
+Have the rush moistened and weave six rows, drawing the spokes in, to
+secure the rounded effect. Introduce three weavers of No. 4 reed, and work
+five rows of 3-rod wale. Complete the basket with the following border:
+
+First row, each spoke is carried back of the next two spokes to the right
+and out to the front. Second row, each spoke is passed in front of the
+next two spokes to the right, and back of the third where it is cut off.
+
+
+MODEL 65.——FIG. 77
+
+LARGE RUSH SCRAP BASKET
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 77]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 6 reed, 7-1/2 inches.
+  62 spokes No. 5 reed, 31 inches.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+  Weavers No. 5 reed.
+
+Make a round base seven inches in diameter. Insert the 62 spokes, placing
+two spokes each side of the base spokes. Weave two rows of triple twist.
+Turn the spokes sharply upward, weave four rows of triple weave and eight
+rows of plain weave. Insert three weavers and work two rows of triple.
+
+Soak the rush a few minutes in cold water and with it work fourteen rows
+in single weaving. Where any ends of rush are joined sew them carefully
+with fine raffia.
+
+Insert three weavers and make seven rows in triple twist. Throughout the
+basket each set of 2 spokes is treated as 1 spoke.
+
+Do not cut any of the spokes off. Make a plaited border with the double
+spokes. The spokes should be held slantingly outward, while weaving, to
+obtain the desired shape.
+
+
+MODEL 66.
+
+OBLONG TRAY
+
+This tray will not only be of use on the dressing table, but will add to
+its beauty and daintiness; it also serves for an ideal comb and brush
+tray. Dimensions 9-1/2 inches by 6-1/4 inches.
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  9 spokes No. 4 reed, 15 inches.
+  13 spokes No. 4 reed, 15 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+  Weavers No. 3 reed.
+
+Place the 9 spokes in a horizontal position, equal distances apart; or if
+two pieces of wood, nine inches long, are available, make 9 holes in each
+piece 3/4 inch apart. Through these holes insert the nine 15 inch spokes.
+This holds the spokes in a firm position and makes the weaving simpler.
+
+Take two pieces of the 15 inch spokes and weave as 1 spoke, one row in
+simple weaving. Now insert a strand of No. 2 reed and make eleven rows
+simple weaving, working the first row under and over the same spokes as
+the two 15 inch spokes are woven.
+
+Weave one 15 inch spoke, weaving from right to left, under the first spoke
+and over the second. Introduce a No. 2 weaver, and work eleven rows,
+beginning under the first spoke and over the second. Weave another No. 4
+spoke. Continue in this way, first one No. 4 spoke, and then ten or eleven
+rows of No. 2 reed, until the thirteen pieces of No. 4 reed are woven.
+Both ends of the tray should have two No. 4 spokes woven as one. The
+weaving should now measure 9 inches by 6 inches.
+
+Weave one row of triple twist around the tray. Wet and turn both end and
+side spokes sharply upward. Make an upset of three rows of triple.
+
+With the spokes moist, weave the following border:
+
+First row, each spoke is brought back of the next spoke to the right and
+out to the front.
+
+Second row, each spoke is passed in front of next three spokes to the
+right and back of the fourth where it is cut off.
+
+
+MODEL 67.
+
+UTILITY BASKET
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 5 reed, 6-1/2 inches.
+  31 spokes No. 5 reed, 22 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+
+Work a base 6-1/2 inches in the usual way. Insert the 31 spokes and make
+an upset of three rows of triple twist. Work nine rows of double weaving
+No. 2 reed. Introduce three weavers and make two rows of triple. With No.
+2 reed, work nine rows more in double weaving. Follow this with two rows
+of No. 4 reed in triple, twelve rows double, three rows triple, twelve
+rows pairing No. 4 reed and seven rows No. 4 reed in 4-rod coil.
+
+Complete the basket with the border described under Model 22.
+
+The basket is enameled in white and gold and makes a very pretty effect.
+The base border and the top of the base are painted in gold.
+
+
+MODEL 68.——FIG. 78
+
+SCRAP BASKET (OPEN WORK)
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 78]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 5 reed, 9 inches.
+  31 spokes No. 5 reed, 29 inches.
+  31 spokes No. 5 reed, 15 inches.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+  Weavers No. 5 reed.
+
+Make a base 8-1/2 inches in double weaving No. 4 reed. Insert the 31
+29-inch spokes. Turn sharply upward and make one row of 3-rod coil.
+Insert the 31 15-inch spokes and work three rows of triple twist. The
+spokes are now double and should be held straight. Make eight rows double
+weaving and four rows in triple. Leave one inch space open. Find the
+middle of a long weaver, place it around one of the double spokes and
+weave seven rows in pairing.
+
+Now separate the double spokes into single spokes with two rows triple
+twist. Leave another inch of open space in the basket. Take the middle of
+another weaver and, holding the spokes double again, weave four rows in
+pairing.
+
+Leave an open space of two inches. Weave three rows of pairing. Number the
+groups 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
+
+Hold the second spoke of No. 1 group straight. Cross the first spoke of
+No. 3 group over the second spoke of No. 2 group, and place it by the side
+of No. 1 group, where it is held in this position by placing the middle of
+a weaver around it, and drawing one end of the weaver to the inside of the
+basket, the other end to the outside of basket. Hold the second spoke of
+No. 2 group straight, cross the first spoke of No. 4 group over the second
+spoke of No. 3 group and place it by the side of the second spoke of No. 2
+group. This is held in position by another twist of pairing. Take the
+first spoke of No. 5 group, cross it over second spoke of No. 4 group, and
+place it in position by the side of second spoke of No. 3 group, where it
+is held in position by a twist of pairing. Weave one row of pairing around
+the basket holding the spokes in this position. The second spoke of each
+group is held straight, while the first spoke of the third group to the
+right is crossed over the second group and placed by the side of the first
+group, where it is held in position by pairing. Two more rows of pairing
+are woven holding the double spokes side by side. Follow this with three
+rows of 4-rod coil.
+
+The basket is finished with border described under Model 22.
+
+Make ring handles and place in position on opposite sides of basket.
+
+
+MODEL 69.——FIG. 79
+
+FANCY SCRAP BASKET
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 79]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 5 reed, 7-1/2 inches.
+  62 spokes No. 4 reed, 27 inches.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+
+Work a base 6-1/2 inches. Insert the spokes and make an upset of four rows
+3-rod coil. The basket is worked with double side spokes. Hold the spokes
+straight and weave twenty-nine rows in plain weave. Bend the spokes
+slightly outward. Weave two rows 3-rod coil, seventeen rows single, two
+rows 3-rod coil, sixteen rows single and five rows triple twist.
+
+The plaited border completes the weaving of the basket.
+
+Make ring handles and fasten on opposite sides of basket.
+
+
+MODEL 70.——FIG. 80
+
+ARTISTIC SCRAP BASKET
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 80]
+
+This basket is first made, then enameled in white with suggestions of
+gold.
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 5 reed, 7-1/2 inches.
+  33 spokes No. 5 reed, 29 inches.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+  Weavers No. 5 reed.
+
+In the ordinary way work a round base seven inches in diameter. Insert the
+33 spokes. Make an upset of four rows 3-rod coil. Weave ten rows plain
+weave, eight rows double, and twelve rows pairing. Introduce three weavers
+and work three rows 3-rod coil. The following design is worked in the
+basket on opposite sides: Number the spokes 1 to 33. The design is
+inserted between the spokes Nos. 11 to 17 (eleven to seventeen) inclusive,
+and between the spokes Nos. 27 to 33 (twenty-seven to thirty-three)
+inclusive. Insert a weaver back of any spoke, which may be called No. 1
+spoke, and work one row around the basket in plain weave. In the second
+and third rows, between the spokes Nos. 11 to 17 (eleven to seventeen) and
+Nos. 27 to 33 (twenty-seven to thirty-three) the weaver should pass back
+and in front of the same spokes as in No. 1 row. That is, in the first
+three rows the weaver should pass back of Nos. 11, 13, 15, 17 spokes, in
+front of Nos. 12, 14, 16 spokes, back of Nos. 27, 29, 31, 33 spokes, in
+front of Nos. 28, 30, 32 spokes. In the fourth, fifth and sixth rows the
+weaver passes back of Nos. 12, 14, 16 spokes, front of Nos. 13, 15 spokes,
+back of Nos. 28, 30, 32 spokes, in front of Nos. 29, 31 spokes. In the
+seventh, eighth and ninth rows the weaver passes back of Nos. 13, 15
+spokes, in front of No. 14 spoke, back of Nos. 29, 31 spokes, in front of
+No. 30 spoke. The tenth, eleventh and twelfth rows of weaving pass over
+and under the same spokes as the fourth, fifth and sixth rows. Likewise
+the thirteenth, fourteenth and fifteenth rows correspond to first, second
+and third rows, which complete the design.
+
+Between Nos. 1 to 10 spokes and Nos. 18 to 26 spokes, the weaving is the
+simple over and under weave. Owing to insertion of design it is sometimes
+necessary to pass the weaver back of two spokes to get the correct weave.
+Follow the fifteen rows of weaving with three rows of triple twist. Bend
+the spokes inward while making the triple twist. Holding the spokes in the
+same position work twenty rows plain weave. Follow this with five rows
+triple twist. Complete the basket with the border under Model 14.
+
+
+MODEL 71.——FIG. 81
+
+FATHER’S WASTE PAPER BASKET
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 81]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 5 reed, 8 inches.
+  31 spokes No. 5 reed, 28 inches.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+  Weavers No. 5 reed.
+
+Make a seven inch base No. 4 reed. Insert the 31 spokes and turn up with
+five rows of upsetting No. 5 reed. Weave fifteen rows single weaving.
+Insert four weavers and work four rows, each weaver passing in front of
+three spokes and back of one spoke. From the beginning hold the spokes
+outward. In plain weave, work twenty-six rows. Wet the spokes well now and
+bend them in. Introduce three weavers and work three rows of triple twist.
+Drop two weavers and work eleven rows in plain weaving. The weaver should
+be drawn tightly from now on. Weave two rows in 3-rod coil. Drop two
+weavers and work sixteen rows in plain weaving. Wet the spokes again and
+with the plier press the spokes well and bend them outward for a slight
+flare. Work seventeen rows in plain weave. Bend the spokes down and make
+three rows of triple twist No. 5 reed. Finish with the following border:
+
+First row, place each spoke back of the next spoke to the right.
+
+Second row, carry each spoke over the next 3 spokes and down to the
+outside of basket where it rests under the fourth spoke. Cut off the ends
+sharply.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII
+
+A FEW WORDS ON DYEING
+
+
+The art of dyeing has been of interest to the peoples of all nations and
+in all ages. History shows us that just so soon as man’s covering or
+clothing, the furs and skins of animals, was discarded for wool, linen or
+cotton materials, just so soon was the desire or want for colors made
+manifest. Man began the study of coloring, of staining and dyeing; he
+experimented, and in his new need he worked to reproduce the reds, the
+purples, the blues and the yellows of nature’s exquisite canvas, with what
+success and failure we have a fair knowledge.
+
+Nothing appeared too small or too unimportant to put in use in order to
+gain the desired results. Vegetables, fruits, plants, barks of trees and
+sometimes ludicrous mixtures were part of the workings for this purpose,
+all of which did meet with rewards——for dyes and beautiful colors were
+discovered.
+
+From the plant _indigoferae_ was obtained a blue stain, known as indigo.
+Specimens of dyeing found in the Egyptian tombs show examples of indigo
+dye. This plant (_indigoferae_) grows and is industriously and profitably
+cultivated in South America and India. It was imported by the Romans from
+India, getting its name from that country. Two other important dyestuffs
+discovered in the early ages were saffron, which gives yellow shades, and
+madder-root, or to be more specific, the roots of madder, which produces
+brown and purple shades.
+
+Thus was obtained and supplied the blue dye from vegetable or plant life;
+and from animal life came the most beautiful red dyes.
+
+Cochineal, lac and kermes better known as “grain colors” and called so
+because of their general resemblance to grain, are really the dried bodies
+of insects, minute in size, called “cocci” berries, which lived and
+thrived on certain kinds of bushes and trees and which, after months of
+care, were taken from their berths and dried.
+
+These dyestuffs, used of course with a mordant, produce beautiful shades,
+which are fast to water and light.
+
+Perhaps no greater nor more remarkable changes have been made in any
+industry than in that of dyeing, for, the saving of labor, energy, time
+and money by the use of modern chemical agencies is of a magnitude not
+easily appreciable. New ways have completely supplanted the old. This
+revolution was due to the accidental discovery of mauveine by Sir William
+Henry Perkin, who by this and his later experiments enriched the world
+with one of its most important discoveries. After his discoveries became
+known great factories sprang up throughout Europe manufacturing coal-tar
+dyestuffs, shortly producing the “Basic dyes.” Perkin’s discovery served
+as a stimulus to other chemists, who, working unceasingly, soon produced
+quantities of dyestuffs, which are designated as “Aniline Colors.”
+
+Though progress has been made and the discoveries have simplified greatly
+the processes of dyeing, this does not mean that experimenting has ceased.
+By no means. Today interested and enthusiastic workers are anxiously and
+patiently experimenting, and hoping to find something new; perhaps they
+will, or it may be you, who, through your experimenting, will uncover to
+the world a new wonderful dyestuff.
+
+In preparing raffia for work, take care to shake it well. You will find
+that the best and easiest way to make it take the dye will be to soak it
+over night. If this is not practicable then soak it at least three hours.
+Dissolve the dye in vinegar——the dye bath should be warm.
+
+The “Basic Colors” will give satisfaction, but I would suggest in cases
+where a great deal of work is to be done that the fast acid colors be
+used.
+
+The color work in basketry plays a very important part as well as a
+fascinating one. There are numerous ways in which a basket or tray may be
+touched up, giving a charm to it that is most pleasing to the eye and
+attractive to the craftsman.
+
+The entire basket may be made first, and then either dipped, allowed to
+stand in the dye a few minutes, or boiled five to thirty minutes; it may
+be painted with Easy dye, stained with any desirable furniture stain,
+varnished and waxed up. The basket may be finished off by using either
+fine sandpaper, or powdered pumice stone, but in finishing colored
+baskets, it will be found that singeing will be the most successful
+method.
+
+Again to have a contrasting color with the natural or two tints of the
+same color, the reed should be dyed first and then the desired effect
+worked out.
+
+In dyeing reed allow it to soak in a mordant for two hours. This opens the
+pores and makes the dye a permanent part of the basket. Three ounces of
+alum to one quart of water makes a good mordant for many vegetable dyes.
+
+Beautiful shades of brown, green, blue and red may be obtained by using
+logwood, indigo, fustic, cutch, madder, cochineal, and copperas. A very
+pleasing finish is secured by painting or staining the article with Light
+Oil Finish, combining it with turpentine in whatever proportion desired.
+Malachite green stain used with turpentine and Light Oil Finish make a
+very attractive pale green. The alert basket maker, who desires to
+experiment, must be on the watch in the autumn for natural dyeing
+material. The leaves and flowers of plants, the bark of trees, berries,
+etc., may be used most successfully in obtaining very desirable dye, and
+with patience and care beautiful and delicate shades may be obtained from
+vegetable dyes.
+
+The following recipes may be used for vegetable dyeing:
+
+=Brown=
+
+Dissolve two teaspoonfuls of madder in one quart of water. Allow the reed
+to soak in it five hours.
+
+=Yellow Brown No. 1=
+
+Soak the reed for several hours in logwood extract——obtained by boiling
+logwood chips in water twenty minutes.
+
+=Yellow Brown No. 2=
+
+Mix in a quart of water two tablespoonfuls of cutch extract, adding one
+and a half tablespoonfuls of fustic. Boil the reed in this solution for
+two hours, but test.
+
+=Olive Brown No. 1=
+
+Dissolve two tablespoonfuls of cutch, two tablespoonfuls of fustic, and
+one-half spoonful of logwood in a quart of water. Boil the reed two hours
+in this composition.
+
+=Olive Brown No. 2=
+
+Boil the material several hours in a composition of one and one-half
+pounds of walnut bark, five teaspoonfuls of washing soda and one-half cup
+of rock alum.
+
+=Yellow No. 1=
+
+A good yellow can be obtained by experimenting with smartweed.
+
+=Yellow No. 2=
+
+Mordant the reed in a solution of alum, and boil it in an extract of
+fustic, a half hour.
+
+=Green=
+
+Mordant the reed in a solution of alum and water, and then dye it in the
+solution composition——three teaspoonfuls of indigo, a small crystal of
+copperas, and three pints of water. After the material is removed and
+washed dip it in a solution of bark extract and water.
+
+=Olive Green=
+
+Mordant the reed in a solution of two teaspoonfuls of copperas in one
+quart of water. Boil the reed then in the following solution: To three
+teaspoonfuls of bark extract in a quart of water, add a half teaspoonful
+of indigo and a small quantity of logwood.
+
+=Indian Red=
+
+Dissolve in about a quart of boiling water two tablespoonfuls of cutch
+extract and a small crystal of blue-stone. Boil the material in this
+solution until the desired color is obtained.
+
+END
+
+
+
+
+TRANSCRIBER’S AMENDMENTS
+
+
+Transcriber’s Note: Blank pages have been deleted. Some illustrations may
+have been moved, and the list of illustrations modified accordingly. When
+the author’s preference can be determined, we have rendered consistent on
+a per-word-pair basis the hyphenation or spacing of such pairs when
+repeated in the same grammatical context. The publisher’s inadvertent
+omissions of important punctuation have been corrected. Duplicative book
+and chapter front matter has been removed.
+
+The following list indicates any additional changes. The page number
+represents that of the original publication and applies in this etext
+except for illustrations since they may have been moved.
+
+  Page          Change
+
+  vii  20. HEAVY BORDER      37[69]
+   42  the nautral[natural] color and then
+  127  glass should be indentical[identical] in
+  167  [END]
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Practical Basketry, by Anna A. Gill
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK PRACTICAL BASKETRY ***
+
+***** This file should be named 38681-0.txt or 38681-0.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/3/8/6/8/38681/
+
+Produced by Karl Eichwalder, Stephen Hope, Henry Gardiner
+and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at
+https://www.pgdp.net (This book was produced from scanned
+images of public domain material from the Google Print
+project.)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/38681-0.zip b/38681-0.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..673bab5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-0.zip
diff --git a/38681-h.zip b/38681-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d6a6e95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h.zip
diff --git a/38681-h/38681-h.htm b/38681-h/38681-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5ad7bf9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/38681-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,4325 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+    "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
+  <head>
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" />
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />
+   <title>
+      The Project Gutenberg eBook of Practical Basketry, by Anna A. Gill.
+    </title>
+    <style type="text/css">
+
+body {
+    margin-left: 12%;
+    margin-right: 12%;
+}
+
+    h1,h2,h3 {
+    text-align: center;
+    clear: both;
+}
+
+    h1,h2,h3 {padding: 2em 0 1em 0}
+
+p {
+    margin-top: .75em;
+    text-align: justify;
+    margin-bottom: .75em;
+    text-indent: 2em;
+}
+
+a:focus, a:active { outline:#ffee66 solid 2px; background-color:#ffee66;}
+a:focus img, a:active img {outline: #ffee66 solid 2px; }
+
+hr {
+    width: 33%;
+    margin-top: 2em;
+    margin-bottom: 2em;
+    margin-left: auto;
+    margin-right: auto;
+    clear: both;
+}
+
+img {text-decoration: none;}
+
+sup {padding-left: 0.1em; vertical-align: text-top; line-height: 50%; font-size: small;}
+sub {padding-left: 0.1em; vertical-align: text-bottom; line-height: 50%; font-size: small;}
+
+.pagenum {
+    position: absolute;
+    left: 88%;
+    font-size: smaller;
+    text-align: right;
+    color: gray;
+    margin-top: -0.45em;
+}
+
+.center {text-align: center;}
+
+.smcap {font-variant: small-caps;}
+.smcapac {font-size: 0.8em;}
+
+.caption {font-weight: bold;}
+.figcenter {margin: auto; text-align: center;}
+.figleft {float: left; clear: left; margin-left: 0; margin-bottom: 1em;
+          margin-top: 1em; margin-right: 1em; padding: 0; text-align: center;}
+.figright {float: right; clear: right; margin-left: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em;
+           margin-top: 1em; margin-right: 0; padding: 0; text-align: center;}
+.c2 {font-size: 1.50em; margin: 0.75em 0; font-weight: bolder; text-align: center;}
+.c3 {font-size: 1.17em; margin: 0.83em 0; font-weight: bolder; text-align: center;}
+hr.chap {width: 85%; height: 2px; color: black;}
+.list {text-indent: -1em; padding-left: 5em;}
+
+    </style>
+  </head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Practical Basketry, by Anna A. Gill
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Practical Basketry
+
+Author: Anna A. Gill
+
+Release Date: January 27, 2012 [EBook #38681]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: UTF-8
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK PRACTICAL BASKETRY ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Karl Eichwalder, Stephen Hope, Henry Gardiner
+and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at
+https://www.pgdp.net (This book was produced from scanned
+images of public domain material from the Google Print
+project.)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<div class="center" style="width: 25em; margin: auto; border: solid 1px; padding: 1em;">
+Transcriber’s Note: The original publication has been replicated faithfully except as listed
+<a href="#Changes" name="Start" id="Start">here</a>.<br />
+<br />
+The text conforms to changes in window size.
+</div>
+
+<!--001.png-->
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 469px;">
+<img src="images/cover.jpg" width="469" height="319" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><i>Frontispiece</i></span>
+</div><!--002.png-->
+
+<h1>PRACTICAL BASKETRY<br />
+<br />
+<small>BY<br />
+<br />
+ANNA A. GILL</small><br />
+</h1>
+<div class="c3">
+<br />
+TEACHER OF ORTHOGENIC CLASS, KENDERTON SCHOOL, PHILADELPHIA<br />
+</div>
+
+<div class="c2">
+DRAWINGS BY THE AUTHOR<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<small>PHILADELPHIA</small><br />
+DAVID McKAY, PUBLISHER<br />
+<br />
+<span class="smcap"><small>604-608 South Washington Square</small></span><!--003.png--><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<span class="smcap"><small>Copyright, 1916, by</small><br />
+David McKay</span><!--004.png--><br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<small>TO<br />
+THE MEMORY OF</small><br />
+MY FATHER</div>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<!--006.png--><p><span class="pagenum">v</span></p>
+
+<h2>CONTENTS</h2>
+
+<div class="center" style="width: 30em; margin: auto;">
+<span style="float: left"><span class="smcap">Preface</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_xi">xi</a></span><br />
+<br />
+<span class="center">CHAPTER I</span><br />
+<br />
+<span style="float: left"><span class="smcap">Equipment&mdash;Materials, Tools</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_19">19</a></span><br />
+<br />
+<span class="center">CHAPTER II</span><br />
+<br />
+<span style="float: left"><span class="smcap">The First Lesson, Weaves</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_25">25</a></span><br />
+<br />
+<span class="center">CHAPTER III</span><br />
+<br />
+<span style="float: left"><span class="smcap">Weaving Begun&mdash;Mats, Borders, Small Baskets (Models 1-9)</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_37">37</a></span><br />
+<br />
+<span class="center">CHAPTER IV</span><br />
+<br />
+<span style="float: left"><span class="smcap">Separate Bottom Baskets (Models 9-16)</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_51">51</a></span><br />
+<br />
+<span class="center">CHAPTER V</span><br />
+<br />
+<span style="float: left"><span class="smcap">Handles and Lids (Models 17-22)</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_65">65</a></span><br />
+<br />
+<span class="center">CHAPTER VI</span><br />
+<br />
+<span style="float: left"><span class="smcap">Hanging Baskets (Models 23-28)</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_77">77</a></span><br />
+<br />
+<span class="center">CHAPTER VII</span><br />
+<br />
+<span style="float: left"><span class="smcap">Flower Receptacles (Models 29-34)</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_89">89</a></span><br />
+<br />
+<span class="center">CHAPTER VIII</span><br />
+<br />
+<span style="float: left"><span class="smcap">Oval Baskets (Models 35-41)</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_99">99</a></span><br />
+<br />
+<span class="center">CHAPTER IX</span><br />
+<br />
+<span style="float: left"><span class="smcap">Trays (Models 42-46)</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_111">111</a></span><br />
+<br />
+<span class="center">CHAPTER X</span><br />
+<br />
+<span style="float: left"><span class="smcap">Fruit Basket Trays (Models 47-54)</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_121">121</a></span><!--007.png--><br />
+<br />
+<span class="center">CHAPTER XI</span><br />
+<br />
+<span style="float: left"><span class="smcap">Scrap Baskets (Models 55-60)</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_133">133</a></span><br />
+<br />
+<span class="center">CHAPTER XII</span><br />
+<br />
+<span style="float: left"><span class="smcap">Utility Baskets (Models 61-71)</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_143">143</a></span><br />
+<br />
+<span class="center">CHAPTER XIII</span><br />
+<br />
+<span style="float: left"><span class="smcap">A Few Words on Dyeing</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_161">161</a></span>
+<span style="clear: both;">&nbsp;</span>
+</div>
+
+<!--008.png--><p><span class="pagenum">vii</span></p>
+
+<h2>ILLUSTRATIONS</h2>
+
+<div class="center" style="width: 26em; margin: auto;">
+<span style="float: left"><i>Frontispiece</i></span><br />
+<span style="float: left"><span class="smcapac">DIAGRAM</span></span><span style="float: right"><span class="smcapac">PAGE</span></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">1. <span class="smcap">Simple Weaving</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_26">26</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">2. <span class="smcap">Double Weaving</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_26">26</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">3. <span class="smcap">Pairing</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_27">27</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">4. <span class="smcap">Double Pairing</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_27">27</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">5. <span class="smcap">Two and One Weave</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_28">28</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">6. <span class="smcap">Three and Two Weave</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_28">28</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">7. <span class="smcap">Triple Twist or Three-Rod Coil</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_29">29</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">8. <span class="smcap">Four-Rod Coil</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_30">30</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">9. <span class="smcap">Five-Rod Coil</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_30">30</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">10. <span class="smcap">Slewing</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_31">31</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">11. <span class="smcap">Sixteen-Spoke Center</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_32">32</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">12. <span class="smcap">A Split Spoke</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_32">32</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">13. <span class="smcap">Joining Weavers</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_33">33</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">14. <span class="smcap">Open Border No. 1</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_38">38</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">15. <span class="smcap">Open Border No. 2</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_39">39</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">16. <span class="smcap">Closed Border No. 1 (Part I)</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_40">40</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">17. <span class="smcap">Closed Border No. 1 (Part II)</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_40">40</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">18. <span class="smcap">Closed Border No. 2</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_44">44</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">19. <span class="smcap">Closed Border No. 3</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_47">47</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">20. <span class="smcap">Heavy Border</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_69">69</a></span>
+<span style="clear: both;">&nbsp;</span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="center" style="width: 26em; margin: auto; clear: both; padding-top: 3em;">
+<span style="float: left"><span class="smcapac">FIG.</span></span><span style="float: right"><span class="smcapac">PAGE</span></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">1. <span class="smcap">Incision in Spokes</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_37">37</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">2. <span class="smcap">Beginning a Mat</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_37">37</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">3. <span class="smcap">Weaving a Mat</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_37">37</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">4. <span class="smcap">Mat with Open Border</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_37">37</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">5. <span class="smcap">Mat with Closed Border</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_39">39</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">6. <span class="smcap">Basket for Mother’s Buttons</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_41">41</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">7. <span class="smcap">Basket for Pencils</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_42">42</a></span><!--009.png--><span class="pagenum">viii</span><br />
+<span style="float: left">8. <span class="smcap">Basket for Spools</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_43">43</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">9. <span class="smcap">Tooth-brush Holder</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_44">44</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">10. <span class="smcap">Barrel Shaped Fancy Basket</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_45">45</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">11. <span class="smcap">No. 1 Jardiniere</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_47">47</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">12. <span class="smcap">Match Tray</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_48">48</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">13. <span class="smcap">Desk Utility Basket</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_51">51</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">14. <span class="smcap">Covering for Small Flower Pot</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_52">52</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">15. <span class="smcap">Striped Sewing Basket</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_53">53</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">16. <span class="smcap">Sewing Basket (Double Weaving)</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_55">55</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">17. <span class="smcap">Sewing Basket (Check Effect)</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_56">56</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">18. <span class="smcap">Green and White Basket</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_59">59</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">19. <span class="smcap">Fancy Sewing Basket No. 1</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_60">60</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">20. <span class="smcap">Small Sewing Basket</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_62">62</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">21. <span class="smcap">Small Carrying Basket</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_65">65</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">22. <span class="smcap">Little Marketing Basket</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_66">66</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">23. <span class="smcap">Lunch Basket with Lid</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_68">68</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">24. <span class="smcap">Oval Basket with Lid</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_70">70</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">25. <span class="smcap">Candy Basket</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_72">72</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">26. <span class="smcap">Fancy Sewing Basket with Lid</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_73">73</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">27. <span class="smcap">Small Green Hanging Basket</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_77">77</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">28. <span class="smcap">Small Flower Receptacle</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_78">78</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">29. <span class="smcap">Hanging Basket</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_78">78</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">30. <span class="smcap">No. 2 Bowl Shaped Hanging Basket</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_78">78</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">31. <span class="smcap">No. 3 Hanging Basket</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_80">80</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">32. <span class="smcap">Basket with Braided Handle</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_82">82</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">33. <span class="smcap">Bowl Shaped Basket with Flared Top</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_83">83</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">34. <span class="smcap">Funnel Shaped Hanging Basket</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_84">84</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">35. <span class="smcap">Large Green Funnel Shaped Hanging Basket</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_85">85</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">36. <span class="smcap">Vase with Handles</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_89">89</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">37. <span class="smcap">No. 2 Green Jardiniere</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_90">90</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">38. <span class="smcap">No. 3 Jardiniere in Oval Reed</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_91">91</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">39. <span class="smcap">Jardiniere for Rubber Plant</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_92">92</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">40. <span class="smcap">Oval Reed Jardiniere</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_93">93</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">41. <span class="smcap">No. 1 Fern Dish</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_94">94</a></span><!--010.png--><span class="pagenum">ix</span><br />
+<span style="float: left">42. <span class="smcap">No. 2 Fern Dish</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_95">95</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">43. <span class="smcap">Flower Basket</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_95">95</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">44. <span class="smcap">No. 1 Oval Flower Basket with Round Base</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_99">99</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">45. <span class="smcap">No. 2 Oval Flower Basket (Green and Brown)</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_100">100</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">46. <span class="smcap">No. 3 Oval Flower Basket</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_101">101</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">47-53. <span class="smcap">Oval Bases</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_101">101-2</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">54. <span class="smcap">Card Tray</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_104">104</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">55. <span class="smcap">Oval Base Basket</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_105">105</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">56. <span class="smcap">No. 1 Oval Base Flower Basket</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_106">106</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">57. <span class="smcap">Small Oval Base Flower Basket</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_107">107</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">58. <span class="smcap">Pin Tray</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_111">111</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">59. <span class="smcap">Candy Tray No. 1</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_112">112</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">60. <span class="smcap">Candy Tray No. 2</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_113">113</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">61. <span class="smcap">Cake Tray</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_113">113</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">62. <span class="smcap">No. 1 Sandwich Tray</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_115">115</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">63. <span class="smcap">No. 2 Sandwich Tray</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_117">117</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">64. <span class="smcap">No. 1 Fruit Basket Tray</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_121">121</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">65. <span class="smcap">No. 2 Fruit Basket Tray</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_122">122</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">66. <span class="smcap">No. 3 Fruit Basket Tray</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_124">124</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">67. <span class="smcap">Small Serving Tray</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_126">126</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">68. <span class="smcap">Small Scrap Basket (Checker Design)</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_133">133</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">69. <span class="smcap">Large Scrap Basket (Checker Design)</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_134">134</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">70. <span class="smcap">Scrap Basket in Oval Reed</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_135">135</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">71. <span class="smcap">Rush Scrap Basket</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_136">136</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">72. <span class="smcap">Artistic Basket with Lid</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_143">143</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">73. <span class="smcap">Knitting Basket</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_144">144</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">74. <span class="smcap">Mother’s Sewing Basket</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_145">145</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">75. <span class="smcap">Lily Basket</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_145">145</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">76. <span class="smcap">Small Barrel Shaped Rush Basket</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_146">146</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">77. <span class="smcap">Large Rush Scrap Basket</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_148">148</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">78. <span class="smcap">Scrap Basket (Open Work)</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_151">151</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">79. <span class="smcap">Fancy Scrap Basket</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_153">153</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">80. <span class="smcap">Artistic Scrap Basket</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_154">154</a></span><br />
+<span style="float: left">81. <span class="smcap">Father’s Waste Paper Basket</span></span><span style="float: right"><a href="#Page_156">156</a></span>
+<span style="clear: both;">&nbsp;</span>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+<!--012.png--><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_xi" id="Page_xi">xi</a></span></p>
+
+<h2>PREFACE</h2>
+
+<p>Basketry is one of the oldest and most valuable of the crafts. As far back
+as the time of the Israelites we read of its usefulness in offering
+sacrifices. Of necessity it was born, and in its infancy was made into
+simple forms, but very soon its importance to man was so duly felt and
+appreciated that new forms took shape, and its uses were so extended that
+the early basket makers vied with one another in producing pleasing work
+and in discovering new and various kinds of materials to put into it.</p>
+
+<p>Though the Chinese and Japanese have sent us, for long years, marvelous
+things of beauty, it is to our American Indian that we owe our debt for
+beauty and artistry of this industry; for industry it is.</p>
+
+<p>It seems quite impossible to me to write on basketry without mentioning
+the Indian and his connection with it, for we can very safely call him the
+master artist of basket work. In its history, and a romantic one it is,
+the Indian figures
+first<!--013.png--><span class="pagenum">xii</span>
+and last. The Indian woman was never satisfied
+with the materials just at hand; she sought for and tried all kinds, in
+season and out of season, and she chose, unerringly, the best. Her
+patience was without limit in her experiments in materials, dyes and
+weaves, with the result that her basketry is the peer of any in the world.
+Her sample work was nature&mdash;and into every line of her basket she wove a
+meaning symbolical of something in particular.</p>
+
+<p>Serious study of Indian basketry would serve both as an inspiration and
+stimulation to better work: its intricacy, its poetry and its artistry
+would be a revelation, and give a fuller understanding of a people so
+sadly misunderstood.</p>
+
+<p>Basketry was used by the primitive Indians in carrying water. When there
+was a scarcity, and careful conservation was necessary, the basket was the
+article used as a conveyance. Some of the California Indians up to this
+day use their baskets successfully as cooking utensils, while the
+bassinet, made out of basketry, was, and is still, used by the Indian to
+hold the papoose.</p>
+
+<p>Basketry is an important factor in the promotion of education. Its wide
+influence is felt not only in the class room but in homes, settlement
+work, blind institutions, asylums, in fact in institutions of
+all<!--014.png--><span class="pagenum">xiii</span>
+kinds.
+The importance and influence of basketry is being recognized now and the
+work is being carried on in earnest. Within the past five years it has
+made a great jump and in most institutions where manual training has been
+introduced, basket making has attained a prominent place in the training
+of the child.</p>
+
+<p>Basket work is a valuable aid in the character building of the child, for,
+through it can be given lessons in patience, perseverance and
+concentration, while truth and honesty can be effectually impressed on the
+worker, resulting in the gradual though steady developing of the will
+power.</p>
+
+<p>Our reorganized school systems show what a specific educational value
+manual training has, not alone in the manual skill which the child
+attains, but also in the mental, moral and economic values which it gains.</p>
+
+<p>The desire to construct and create is strong in childhood, and here in
+basketry will be found an astonishing aid in inspiring such desire and in
+developing constructive ability. Children, especially boys, find it
+fascinating and it is a work which appeals to them in all their moods;
+frequently when they are unable to do any other kind of school work they
+turn with delight to basketry.</p><!--015.png--><p><span class="pagenum">xiv</span></p>
+
+<p>The child who works steadily over a basket, and may have it to weave and
+reweave many times before completing it satisfactorily, is not only
+receiving a valuable lesson in patience and thoroughness, and gaining much
+experience which will be of inestimable value later on in this particular
+work, but he is being trained into an efficient workman of the future.</p>
+
+<p>Basket making, which handwork the children love best to do, not only
+develops their judgment, makes keen their observation, makes them
+discriminating, but it has a stimulating effect upon their minds and
+awakens in them the desire to put forth their best efforts. Hanging
+baskets, scrap baskets, trays, etc., mean something more to them than a
+piece of basket work done merely because of its utility. Instinctively
+they recognize the true intrinsic value of the work and that they are real
+workers, but also it is the beauty and the surprises in basketry
+development that has its strong and attractive appeal for them.</p>
+
+<p>Owing to the simplicity of basketry the work is being generally accepted.
+The child of seven or eight years may make a simple mat and basket and
+find it play work, while the older child may make beautiful useful baskets
+and trays for the home.</p><!--016.png--><p><span class="pagenum">xv</span></p>
+
+<p>Originality in the child has full play and should always be encouraged
+since the field of work in this ground is abundant; and he should never be
+discouraged, no matter how loose the weaving may be nor how crude it may
+look: he will soon be able, through comparison, to discover his mistakes
+and correct the poor work.</p>
+
+<p>I would suggest that children be permitted to criticise their own and each
+other’s work.</p>
+
+<p>The celebrating of the holiday seasons can be nicely carried out in the
+manual training period when the making of birthday gifts, Christmas trays,
+Easter baskets, sewing baskets, hanging baskets and scrap baskets can be
+appropriately introduced. Try this suggestion, and watch the happiness of
+the child who makes gifts for his loved ones.</p>
+
+<p>Sequence in basketry should be followed carefully with beginners, and
+although it will be impossible to give in detail all the steps included in
+the subject, the most essential and important will be given, with many
+suggestions in models for advanced workers.</p>
+
+<p>In conclusion, just a word to the special class teacher of backward,
+defective, and the backward or defective delinquents. The course presented
+in<!--017.png--><span class="pagenum">xvi</span>
+this book may be used in the sequence given or adapted just as is
+necessary to the class of children taught. Most of the models here
+demonstrated have been successfully taught to children in the backward
+delinquent class and have been a means of promoting, mentally and morally,
+the welfare of the child; directing his miscontrolled energy into proper
+channels, besides making his school life a brighter and happier one.</p>
+
+<p>That this book may be of help to the basket maker and that it may bring
+much success and happiness to the reader is the wish of the author who has
+spent many happy hours in preparing it.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" /><!--020.png--><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">19</a></span></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER I<br />
+<br />
+EQUIPMENT</h2>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Materials</span></p>
+
+<p>The materials used in making these baskets are rattan or reed, raffia,
+rush, straw, hemp.</p>
+
+<p>Rattan is a palm which grows wild in India, Japan, China and East India
+Islands. The rattan seed is black and corresponds in size to a pea. It is
+a notable fact that, while growing, the rattan always faces the sun. The
+shoot of this seed grows four years; it is then cut close. The plant
+produces almost three hundred shoots which are cut annually. These slender
+shoots attain a length of from three to five hundred feet. They climb the
+highest trees and hang from them in graceful festoons. It is interesting
+to see how, like the selfish pumpkin vine, they crowd out any other plant
+that should happen to be in the way. By small fibres which spring from the
+joints,
+they<!--021.png--><span class="pagenum">20</span>
+fasten themselves to the trees, and they hold so tenaciously
+and have such grip or strength that it requires several men, sometimes as
+many as a half dozen, to separate and remove them.</p>
+
+<p>The reed is manufactured from the rattan. It has been manufactured in
+America for about sixty years. There are a number of such manufacturing
+plants, among which the Wakefield Rattan Company and the New England
+Company have made splendid reed. Germany and Belgium give us the best
+reed, while the least desirable quality comes from China.</p>
+
+<p>The outer surface of the rattan is glazed. It is cut in long narrow
+strips, and is familiar to everyone under the name “cane.” It is used in
+caning chairs. From the pith or inside rattan, we get the reed known as
+oval, flat and round, the latter being most extensively used.</p>
+
+<p>The round reed varies in sizes from No. 00 to No. 17; No. 00 being the
+finest, is used in making the centers of baskets, in finishing handles,
+and in making very small baskets and trays. Sizes 1 to 5 are used in
+making ordinary size baskets and trays, 5 and 6 for scrap baskets, 8 and
+10 for handle foundations.</p>
+
+<p>The reed comes only in the natural color,
+but<!--022.png--><span class="pagenum">21</span>
+may be dyed into many
+beautiful colors either before or after the article is made.</p>
+
+<p>Oval or split reed comes in sizes 5 and 7. This reed makes artistic
+hanging baskets.</p>
+
+<p>The flat <sup>3</sup>&frasl;<sub>8</sub> inch wide is often used in making foundations for sweet grass
+baskets, and it also makes durable scrap baskets.</p>
+
+<p>Raffia is the outside covering of the Madagascar palm. It is a light,
+tough material imported in the natural or straw color, but may be dyed in
+many beautiful colors. It is sold in bundles or braids of from one to four
+pounds. Care should be exercised in using this material. It is advisable
+to keep it in canvas bags or hang it in braids in the class room, as
+careless handling may cause untidiness or tend to disorder in the class
+room.</p>
+
+<p>Rush, flat or braided, is imported and sold in the natural and dull green
+colors. The flat rush is sold by the pound, the braided by bundles or
+bunches. The braided rush makes a strong scrap basket; it must be soaked
+before using to prevent cracking. The flat rush is used in making smaller
+baskets.</p>
+
+<p>Straw is used as a weaver, and can be woven either wet or dry, but it is
+better to dip it in water a few minutes before using. Round and oval
+scrap<!--023.png--><span class="pagenum">22</span>
+baskets may be made by combining different colors of the straw with the
+natural color.</p>
+
+<p>Hemp, which is imported from the Philippine Islands, may be used as a
+foundation for raffia and sweet grass baskets.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Tools</span></p>
+
+<p>Very few tools are necessary in basketry, although, to the basket maker,
+who intends doing much work the following articles are essential: pruning
+shears, awl, plier, galvanized tub and bucket, measuring stick or rule,
+knife for splicing the reed. Rubber fingers may be used. For the dyer,
+rubber gloves and large earthen pots are necessary.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" /><!--026.png--><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">25</a></span></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER II<br />
+<br />
+THE FIRST LESSON</h2>
+
+<p>Reed is a brittle material, therefore it must be soaked in water before
+using. The time required depends on the number of the reed used. No. 00
+merely dipped in water can be used successfully. Nos. 1 and 2 can be used
+after soaking in water ten minutes; Nos. 4 and 5 after fifteen or twenty
+minutes. Either cold or hot water may be used, the hot water consuming
+less time to soak the reed than the cold.</p>
+
+<p>No. 4 and No. 2 reeds are commonly used together in ordinary sized
+baskets. No. 4 for the spokes, which form the foundation upon and around
+which No. 2, as the weaver, is woven.</p>
+
+<p>The weaving of a round mat or basket is begun in the center and woven out
+toward the end. It is absolutely necessary that beginners master the
+fundamental steps, for no basket can be well made that has a poor bottom.
+In order to avoid this, the mat is practised upon until the art of weaving
+a good center is accomplished.</p>
+
+<p>The following are the commonest weaves used.</p><!--027.png--><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">26</a></span></p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Simple Weaving</span> is the commonest of all and is the continuation of under
+one spoke and over the next.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;">
+<img src="images/illo-002a.png" width="500" height="251" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Diagram No. 1.</span>&mdash;<span class="smcap">Simple Weaving</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Double Weaving</span>, the same as simple weaving only that two weavers are woven
+together as one.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;">
+<img src="images/illo-002b.png" width="500" height="276" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Diagram No. 2.</span>&mdash;<span class="smcap">Double Weaving</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Pairing.</span>&mdash;Two weavers are inserted back of two successive spokes and
+crossed between,
+then<!--028.png--><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">27</a></span>
+under weave brought forward each time and made the
+upper weave. This may be used on an even as well as odd number of spokes.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;">
+<img src="images/illo-003a.png" width="500" height="261" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Diagram No. 3.</span>&mdash;<span class="smcap">Pairing</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Double Pairing.</span>&mdash;The weave is the same as pairing but two weavers are
+woven together as one.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;">
+<img src="images/illo-003b.png" width="500" height="247" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Diagram No. 4.</span>&mdash;<span class="smcap">Double Pairing</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Two and One Weave.</span>&mdash;Simply a
+weaver<!--029.png--><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">28</a></span>
+woven in front of two spokes and back
+of one spoke. This makes a pretty effect in oval reed.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;">
+<img src="images/illo-004a.png" width="500" height="270" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Diagram No. 5.</span>&mdash;<span class="smcap">Two and One Weave</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Three and Two Weave.</span>&mdash;One weaver woven in front of three spokes and back
+of two. This weave is used with oval reed and rush, in making scrap
+baskets.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;">
+<img src="images/illo-004b.png" width="500" height="268" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Diagram No. 6.</span>&mdash;<span class="smcap">Three and Two Weave</span></span>
+</div><!--030.png--><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">29</a></span></p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Triple Twist or Three-Rod Coil</span>, sometimes called the “Wale” Weave.&mdash;Three
+weavers start back of three consecutive spokes. Beginning with the first
+spoke to the left and weaving to the right bring the left-hand weaver out
+in front of the next two spokes, back of the next and out in front. The
+second and third weavers are treated in the same way, always bringing each
+weaver in front of 2 spokes and back of the next one. This weave is used
+mostly in beginning the sides of separate bottom baskets where the spokes
+are inserted, and in the ending of baskets. It is a strong foundation for
+borders and handles.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;">
+<img src="images/illo-005.png" width="500" height="276" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Diagram No. 7.</span>&mdash;<span class="smcap">Triple Twist or Three-Rod Coil</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Four-Rod Coil or Rope Twist.</span>&mdash;Is woven in a similar manner to the three
+coil weave
+except<!--031.png--><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">30</a></span>
+that the weavers are brought in front of 3 spokes and
+back of one.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;">
+<img src="images/illo-006a.png" width="500" height="249" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Diagram No. 8.</span>&mdash;<span class="smcap">Four-Rod Coil</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Five-Rod Coil.</span>&mdash;The weavers are brought in front of 4 spokes and back of 1
+spoke.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;">
+<img src="images/illo-006b.png" width="500" height="220" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Diagram No. 9.</span>&mdash;<span class="smcap">Five-Rod Coil</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Upsetting.</span>&mdash;Simply a strong weave used in turning up a basket. Three rows
+of a three
+or<!--032.png--><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">31</a></span>
+four coil weave are usually used in making an upsetting on
+a scrap basket.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Slewing.</span>&mdash;Two or more weavers used as one in single weaving.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;">
+<img src="images/illo-007.png" width="500" height="262" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Diagram No. 10.</span>&mdash;<span class="smcap">Slewing</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">The Sixteen-Spoke Center</span> means sixteen spokes arranged in groups of fours
+in the following manner: first, four spokes are placed in a vertical
+position, the next four in a horizontal position over the first four, the
+remaining eight spokes arranged in diagonal positions, one diagonal four
+laid over the other diagonal four in an opposite direction. A weaver is
+placed under the left-hand horizontal group and simple weaving is woven
+over one group and under another until four rows are completed. The spokes
+are then separated into groups of twos by bringing the weavers over and
+under every two spokes instead of four. This may be
+finished<!--033.png--><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">32</a></span>
+either in
+simple weaving with one weaver, or by inserting another weaver, in
+pairing.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;">
+<img src="images/illo-008a.png" width="500" height="541" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Diagram No. 11.</span>&mdash;<span class="smcap">Sixteen-Spoke Center</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>In cutting the ends of spokes always cut obliquely to prevent the reed
+from splitting.</p>
+
+<p>In splitting spokes, the incision must be made carefully in the center of
+the spoke. Do not make the incision larger than is necessary.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;">
+<img src="images/illo-008b.png" width="500" height="70" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Diagram No. 12.</span>&mdash;<span class="smcap">A Split Spoke</span></span>
+</div><!--034.png--><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">33</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Half of the number of spokes needed should be split in center, and the
+other half inserted through the incision.</p>
+
+<p>In beginning a new weaver join it to the other weaver by crossing both
+ends back of a spoke.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;">
+<img src="images/illo-009.png" width="500" height="226" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Diagram No. 13.</span>&mdash;<span class="smcap">Joining Weavers</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap" /><!--040.png--><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">37</a></span></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER III<br />
+<br />
+WEAVING BEGUN</h2>
+
+<h3>MODEL 1.&mdash;FIG. 4<br />
+<br />
+MAT WITH OPEN BORDER</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 484px;">
+<img src="images/illo-014a-04.jpg" width="484" height="486" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 4</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>6 spokes No. 4 reed, 19 inches.</dt>
+<dt>1 spoke No. 4 reed, 10 inches.</dt>
+<dt>2 weavers No. 2 reed.</dt>
+<dt>1 strand raffia.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 404px;">
+<img src="images/illo-010a.jpg" width="404" height="410" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 1</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 417px;">
+<img src="images/illo-010b.jpg" width="417" height="406" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 2</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 404px;">
+<img src="images/illo-010c.jpg" width="404" height="412" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 3</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Make an incision in the center of each of 4 spokes as illustrated in Fig.
+1. Through these 4 spokes insert the other group of 4 spokes and the short
+spoke as in Fig. 1. You are now ready for the first step. Place a wet
+strand of raffia back of the 4 horizontal spokes; pass it over the group
+of 4 vertical spokes, back of the 5 horizontal spokes, over the lower 4
+vertical spokes and back of the first group of horizontal spokes. Separate
+the groups of fours into groups of twos by bringing the raffia over 2
+spokes, under 2 spokes, treating the short spoke as a separate group. Fig.
+2. When two rows have been finished, the third and last step is made by
+weaving the raffia under 1 spoke and over the
+next,<!--041.png--><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">38</a></span>
+thus separating each
+spoke. Fig. 3. After the spokes are well separated, take a piece of No. 2
+reed, place it back of a spoke and begin weaving over 1 spoke, and back of
+the next one, until thirty-two rows of weaving are completed. This will
+make the mat about 5<sup>3</sup>&frasl;<sub>4</sub> inches in diameter. You are now ready for the
+border.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Open Border No. 1</span></p>
+
+<p>Allow about 6<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches for this border. This border is made by placing
+each spoke back of the next spoke to the right, and pushing it down by the
+side of this spoke through the weaving.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;">
+<img src="images/illo-011.png" width="500" height="260" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Diagram No. 14.</span>&mdash;<span class="smcap">Open Border No. 1</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Open Border No. 2</span></p>
+
+<p>Open border No. 2 is made by bringing one spoke back of the next two
+spokes to the right and
+pushing<!--042.png--><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">39</a></span>
+it well down through the weaving, by the
+side of the spoke.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;">
+<img src="images/illo-012.png" width="500" height="272" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Diagram No. 15.</span>&mdash;<span class="smcap">Open Border No. 2</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<h3>MODEL 2.&mdash;FIG. 5<br />
+<br />
+MAT WITH CLOSED BORDER</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 498px;">
+<img src="images/illo-014a-05.jpg" width="498" height="486" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 5</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>8 spokes No. 4 reed, 19 inches.</dt>
+<dt>1 spoke No. 4 reed, 10 inches.</dt>
+<dt>1 ring No. 00 reed.</dt>
+<dt>2 rings No. 2 blue reed.</dt>
+<dt>4 rings No. 2 natural reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>After the spokes are arranged for weaving, take a short strand of 00 reed,
+fasten and separate the spokes. Weave 1<sup>3</sup>&frasl;<sub>4</sub> inches with 00 reed, then with
+No. 2 natural reed, weave six rows. Follow this with six rows of blue,
+then change to
+natural,<!--043.png--><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">40</a></span>
+and weave eleven rows natural, then with the blue
+reed, weave nine rows, change to natural, and finish the weaving with six
+rows of natural color reed. Complete the mat with the following closed
+border:</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 472px;">
+<img src="images/illo-013a.png" width="472" height="240" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Diagram No. 16.</span>&mdash;<span class="smcap">Closed Border No. 1 (Part 1)</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 494px;">
+<img src="images/illo-013b.png" width="494" height="219" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Diagram No. 17.</span>&mdash;<span class="smcap">Closed Border No. 1 (Part 2)</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Closed Border No. 1</span></p>
+
+<p>Weaving to the right, carry one spoke back of the next spoke and out to
+the front; proceed in this way until every spoke is placed in this
+position.<!--044.png--><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">41</a></span>
+The last spoke is pushed back and under the first one. For the
+second row of this border, place the first spoke, which had been brought
+back of the second, in front of the third spoke and back of the fourth
+spoke. Continue in this manner until the row is finished. Be careful to
+draw all the spokes tight, leaving just space enough for the preceding
+spoke to pass through.</p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 3.&mdash;FIG. 6<br />
+<br />
+BASKET FOR MOTHER’S BUTTONS</h3>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 279px;">
+<img src="images/illo-014a-06.jpg" width="279" height="336" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 6</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>8 spokes No. 4 reed, 16 inches.</dt>
+<dt>1 spoke No. 4 reed, 9 inches.</dt>
+<dt>2 rings tan reed.</dt>
+<dt>2 rings natural color reed.</dt>
+<dt>1 strand of raffia.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>The bottom of this basket is begun just like the mat. After the spokes are
+separated with the raffia, begin the weaving, and weave until a base three
+inches is woven, then weave two rows with a weaver of the tan reed. This
+completes the bottom of the basket. Wet the spokes well and with a plier
+press them hard and turn them up. With the same weaver continue the
+weaving until seven
+rows<!--045.png--><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">42</a></span>
+have been woven up the side. During the weaving
+hold the spokes firmly and straight. Change the weave now to the natural
+color and work twelve rows, then with another ring of tan reed complete
+the weaving of the basket with nine rows. Finish the basket with Open
+Border No. 2.</p>
+
+<p>Bands of tan, combined with the natural color and woven over brown spokes,
+make a very pretty effect.</p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 4.&mdash;FIG. 7<br />
+<br />
+BASKET FOR PENCILS</h3>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 235px;">
+<img src="images/illo-014a-07.jpg" width="235" height="310" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 7</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>The second basket for the beginner is the pencil basket, much like the
+first, with sides higher and with a closed border. This basket is woven
+all in the natural color and then painted in gold.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>6 spokes No. 4 reed, 15 inches.</dt>
+<dt>1 spoke No. 4 reed, 8 inches.</dt>
+<dt>4 No. 2 weavers.</dt>
+<dt>1 strand of raffia.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>In a similar manner, as illustrated in Fig. 4, make a base 2<sup>3</sup>&frasl;<sub>4</sub> inches.
+Turn the sides up sharply and weave 3<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches. Complete with Closed
+Border No. 1.</p><!--048.png--><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">43</a></span></p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 5.&mdash;FIG. 8<br />
+<br />
+BASKET FOR SPOOLS</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 333px;">
+<img src="images/illo-014a-08.jpg" width="333" height="277" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 8</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>This basket is woven in the natural color and afterwards dipped in brown
+dye. It makes a useful holder for spools.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>8 spokes No. 3 reed, 14 inches.</dt>
+<dt>1 spoke No. 3 reed, 8 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 1 and No. 2 Reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>With No. 1 reed, weave a base four inches. Press the spokes with the plier
+until soft. Turn them sharply upward and hold them straight. With No. 2
+reed weave the sides 1<sup>3</sup>&frasl;<sub>4</sub> inches. With the spokes well soaked, press and
+hold them in towards the center of the basket. Continue the weaving,
+drawing the weaver tightly, until five rows are woven. Complete basket
+with the following border:</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Closed Border No. 2</span></p>
+
+<p>For the first row of this border, place each spoke back of the next one,
+weaving to the right, and bring it out to the front. For the second row,
+each weaver is brought in front of the next 2 spokes and back of the next
+spoke or&mdash;numbering the
+spokes<!--049.png--><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">44</a></span>
+1, 2, 3, 4, 5:&mdash;No. 1 spoke is brought
+back of No. 2 spoke, in front of the third and fourth spokes, and back of
+the fifth spoke, where it rests. Continue in this manner until all the
+spokes are woven in position. This border makes a decidedly pretty effect.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;">
+<img src="images/illo-015.png" width="500" height="210" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Diagram No. 18.</span>&mdash;<span class="smcap">Closed Border No. 2</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<h3>MODEL 6.&mdash;FIG. 9<br />
+<br />
+TOOTH-BRUSH HOLDER</h3>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 285px;">
+<img src="images/illo-014a-09.jpg" width="285" height="326" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 9</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>This little curved basket is woven with brown reed over natural color
+spokes. The border is of the natural color reed being a continuation of
+the spokes.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>8 spokes No. 3 reed, 15 inches.</dt>
+<dt>1 spoke No. 3 reed, 8 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Several rings No. 2 brown reed.</dt>
+<dt>1 strand brown raffia.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<!--052.png--><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">45</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Weave the center of this basket with brown raffia to carry out the same
+effect as the brown reed.</p>
+
+<p>Weave 1<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>4</sub> inches with raffia. With a No. 2 brown weaver continue the
+weaving until a base 2<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches is woven. After the sides are turned up,
+continue weaving up the sides, drawing the spokes gradually outward toward
+the weaver, until the basket measures 2<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches high. Continue the
+weaving, drawing the weaver tightly and pressing the spokes in toward the
+center, until 1<sup>3</sup>&frasl;<sub>4</sub> inches more are woven. The basket should now have a
+slightly rounded effect. The diameter of basket should now be about three
+inches. The basket is curved outward in the following manner. Work the
+spokes outward and press them down toward the side of basket; hold firmly
+and continue the weaving in an easy manner. When nine rows of weaving are
+finished, complete the basket with Closed Border No. 1.</p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 7.&mdash;FIG. 10<br />
+<br />
+BARREL SHAPED FANCY BASKET</h3>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 321px;">
+<img src="images/illo-014a-10.jpg" width="321" height="342" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 10</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>This basket is woven over green spokes, with green bands about an inch
+from the top and
+bottom<!--053.png--><span class="pagenum">46</span>
+of basket. Green rings may be made for handle.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>8 spokes No. 4 green reed, 20 inches.</dt>
+<dt>1 spoke No. 4 green reed, 11 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 natural.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 green.</dt>
+<dt>1 strand green raffia.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Weave a center, and separate the spokes with green raffia. With No. 2
+natural reed weave a base 3<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches. Turn the sides up and drawing them
+outward weave ten rows. Change the reed to No. 2 green and holding the
+spokes in the same manner, weave a band of green <sup>7</sup>&frasl;<sub>8</sub> inch wide, then a
+band of the natural color 1<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches wide.</p>
+
+<p>Change the reed now to green. Hold the spokes well in toward the center
+and draw the weaver tightly. Work a band of green one inch and finish the
+weaving with one inch of natural reed. Complete the basket with the
+following closed border:</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Closed Border No. 3</span></p>
+
+<p>As in the Closed Border No. 1 and No. 2, run each spoke back of the next
+spoke on the right and out to the front. The second row is woven by
+placing each spoke in front of the next
+three<!--054.png--><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">47</a></span>
+spokes to the right and
+back of the sixth. Weave each spoke in this way until the row is
+completed.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;">
+<img src="images/illo-016.png" width="500" height="275" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Diagram No. 19.</span>&mdash;<span class="smcap">Closed Border No. 3</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<h3>MODEL 8.&mdash;FIG. 11<br />
+<br />
+NO. 1 JARDINIERE</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 394px;">
+<img src="images/illo-014a-11.jpg" width="394" height="383" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 11</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>This flower pot covering basket is made of the natural reed. It may either
+be dipped in any shade of dye or stained. The one illustrated was dipped
+in dye when completed.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>8 spokes No. 4 reed, 18 inches.</dt>
+<dt>1 spoke No. 4 reed, 10 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Weave a bottom 4<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>4</sub> inches. The sides are made by holding the spokes
+outward until 4<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches are woven. This makes the diameter of
+the<!--055.png--><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">48</a></span>
+basket 4<sup>3</sup>&frasl;<sub>4</sub> inches. To obtain the outward slanting effect point the
+spokes straight out towards the weaver, and, after weaving four rows turn
+and hold the spokes slantingly upward. Finish this weave with six more
+rows. Complete the basket with the Closed Border No. 2.</p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 9.&mdash;FIG. 12<br />
+<br />
+MATCH TRAY</h3>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 146px;">
+<img src="images/illo-014a-12.jpg" width="146" height="212" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 12</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>This little basket may either be used for holding matches or tooth picks.
+It is woven in No. 2 natural reed over a small drinking glass, with No. 00
+as weaver. When finished, stain in old rose “Easy Dye” diluting the dye to
+get the tint desired.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>5 spokes No. 2 reed, 10<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches.</dt>
+<dt>1 spoke No. 2 reed, 6 inches.</dt>
+<dt>2 Weavers No. 00 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Handle&mdash;2 strands No. 00 reed, 24 inches.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Weave a base 1<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>8</sub> inches with No. 00 reed. Turn sharply upward and
+continue weaving until fifty-one rows of single weaving are woven. Be
+careful to keep the spokes straight and to weave closely. Complete the
+tray with Closed Border No. 1.</p>
+
+<p>Make the ring handles one inch in diameter and attach to the basket under
+the border.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" /><!--058.png--><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">51</a></span></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER IV<br />
+<br />
+SEPARATE BOTTOM BASKETS</h2>
+
+<p>Separate bottom basket: the bottom of the basket is made separate from the
+sides, the latter being made by inserting spokes between the weaving,
+after the bottom is finished, and attaching them with an upsetting of
+three, four, or five rod coils. A bottom with an even number of spokes is
+woven with two weavers in pairing, or with three in triple twist.</p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 10.&mdash;FIG. 13<br />
+<br />
+DESK UTILITY BASKET</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 415px;">
+<img src="images/illo-016a-13.jpg" width="415" height="359" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 13</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>8 spokes No. 4 reed, 5 inches.</dt>
+<dt>31 spokes No. 2 reed, 10 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 Natural and No. 2 Green.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Make a bottom five inches. For the sides insert the thirty-one spokes in
+the bottom, one inch from edge. Place each spoke by the side of a base
+spoke. Turn up sharply and with three green weavers, make two rows of
+triple twist in this manner.</p><!--059.png--><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">52</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Place each of the three weavers back of a consecutive spoke, and beginning
+with the first weaver to the left, place it in front of the next two
+spokes to the right, back of the next spoke and then out to the front.
+Treat the other two weavers the same way, bringing each weaver in front of
+two spokes, back of one and out to the front. Continue this until two rows
+are woven.</p>
+
+<p>With No. 2 natural reed weave 2<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches, holding the spokes so as to
+get a very slight outward effect, then with thirteen rows of weaving, draw
+the spokes inward to obtain the rounded effect. Finish the weaving with
+two rows of triple twist in green, and complete the basket with the
+following border: First row, each spoke is placed back of the next spoke
+to the right and out; second row, each spoke is placed in front of three
+spokes to the right and in back of the next spoke, where it rests.</p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 11.&mdash;FIG. 14<br />
+<br />
+COVERING FOR SMALL FLOWER POT</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 353px;">
+<img src="images/illo-016a-14.jpg" width="353" height="340" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 14</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>8 spokes No. 4 reed, 5 inches.</dt>
+<dt>34 spokes No. 2 reed, 18 inches.</dt>
+<dt>No. 2 natural reed used as weavers.</dt>
+<dt>No. 3 natural reed used in triple twist.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<!--060.png--><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">53</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Over the 8 spoke center weave a base in pairing, 4<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches in diameter.
+Separate 34 spokes in groups of twos, and considering each group of spokes
+as one spoke, insert them in base. One spoke in base will have a group
+placed each side of it, making 17 spokes. Attach the sides to base with an
+upset of two rows of rope twist. Work eighteen rows in double weave. The
+spokes are now flared slightly outward and five more rows complete the
+weaving.</p>
+
+<p>The basket is finished off with No. 2 Closed Border. Continue the use of
+the two spokes as one throughout the border.</p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 12.&mdash;FIG. 15<br />
+<br />
+STRIPED SEWING BASKET</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 458px;">
+<img src="images/illo-016a-15.jpg" width="458" height="392" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 15</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>The following three baskets are given to show how colored reed may be
+introduced and the effective result.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>10 spokes No. 4 brown reed, 5<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches.</dt>
+<dt>21 spokes No. 4 natural reed, 15 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 natural reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 brown reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 4 brown reed.</dt>
+<dt>Handle&mdash;2 pieces No. 5 brown reed, 8 inches.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<!--061.png--><p><span class="pagenum">54</span></p>
+
+<p>Over a 10 spoke center, weave in pairing, six rows in natural color,
+change to brown and white, and weave four rows in pairing, change the
+weave to natural and complete the bottom which should be five inches in
+diameter. After inserting spokes for the sides, weave an upset in two rows
+of wale weave. Place a natural color weaver back of one spoke and weave
+one row around, stopping at the spoke where the weaving was begun; back of
+the spoke, to the right of the one where the first weaver was placed,
+insert the brown weaver and weave around until the first weaver is
+reached. Continue this weave, first the natural then the brown, holding
+the spokes all the time slightly up and outward. Do this until
+thirty-eight rows of weaving are finished, nineteen of each color,
+alternating white and brown stripes. Finish the basket with two rows of
+triple twist and the following border. First row, each spoke is brought
+back of the one to the right and out, second row each spoke is brought in
+front of next three to the right and in back of the fourth spoke.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Handle</span></p>
+
+<p>Place one end of an 8 inch spoke well down by the side of one of the
+spokes in the
+basket.<!--064.png--><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">55</a></span>
+Place the other end down the basket leaving about a
+three inch space between the ends. To the left of the handle place a brown
+weaver by the side of the inserted end of handle, bring it up over the
+handle on the outside, and weave three twists around the handle about an
+inch apart; bring the weaver over the handle to the inside of basket, down
+under the triple and out to the front. Follow the twist around the handle
+with the weaver until the handle is completely covered. End the weaver by
+bringing it up from the inside of the basket between the handle and down
+through the border and triple twist where it is lost amid the weaving.</p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 13.&mdash;FIG. 16<br />
+<br />
+SEWING BASKET IN DOUBLE WEAVING</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 574px;">
+<img src="images/illo-016a-16.jpg" width="574" height="347" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 16</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>10 spokes No. 4 natural reed, 5<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches.</dt>
+<dt>21 spokes No. 4 natural reed, 18 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 natural reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 brown reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 4 brown reed.</dt>
+<dt>Handle&mdash;2 pieces No. 5 brown reed, 8 inches.</dt>
+<dt>3 weavers No. 2 brown reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Make a five inch base. Fasten the sides with an upset of two rows brown
+triple. The sides of
+this<!--065.png--><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">56</a></span>
+basket are woven in double weaving, one weaver
+of brown, the other of natural color. Eighteen rows of slewing with two
+rows of brown triple finish the weaving of the basket. Hold the spoke
+slightly out and up while weaving. Complete the basket with border
+described in preceding sewing basket. Handle is made as in preceding
+basket.</p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 14.&mdash;FIG. 17<br />
+<br />
+SEWING BASKET IN CHECK EFFECT</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 541px;">
+<img src="images/illo-016a-17.jpg" width="541" height="539" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 17</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>8 spokes No. 4 reed, 7 inches.</dt>
+<dt>32 spokes No. 4 reed, 17 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 4 natural reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 natural reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 blue reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Make a base 6<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches. Insert the spokes for sides and weave two rows
+of triple twist in No. 4 natural reed. The sides of this basket are woven
+in blue and white in the checker design, in the following way:</p>
+
+<p>With No. 2 light blue reed, weave one row, stopping at the spoke to the
+left of where the weaver was inserted; back of this spoke, insert a
+natural color weaver and weave one row around meeting the first weaver.
+Continue the weaving now
+with<!--066.png--><span class="pagenum">57</span>
+the blue weaver, work in this way, first
+with blue reed, then with natural color, until eight rows are woven&mdash;you
+now have a striped effect of four rows in blue and four in white. In order
+to get the checker effect, the weave must now change. Bring each weaver
+back of two spokes at the end of the eighth row of weaving. If the weaving
+is correct the ninth row of weaving, which is in blue, will be woven under
+and over the same spokes as the eighth row, which is white. The ninth row
+is the beginning of the new group of weaving. Continue this weaving until
+you make five or six checks. The weaving should now be four rows of blue,
+four of white, four blue, four white, four blue, which gives a prominence
+to the blue, and makes a decidedly artistic piece of work.</p>
+
+<p>During the weaving the spokes should be held in an outward direction.
+Follow this with two rows of triple twist and border described as follows:</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Plaited Border</span></p>
+
+<p>This border is especially appropriate for large baskets and trays. Allow
+thirteen inches for this border, spokes <sup>3</sup>&frasl;<sub>4</sub> inch apart.</p>
+
+<p>Insert 4 spokes which should be one inch longer than the spokes of the
+basket. Place
+each<!--067.png--><span class="pagenum">58</span>
+spoke by the side of each of 4 border spokes. This
+makes four groups of 2 spokes each. Number these groups 1, 2, 3, 4. Bend
+down towards the outside of basket No. 1, 2, 3 groups. Take No. 1 group
+pass it over Nos. 2 and 3 groups, in front of No. 4 group, and back of the
+next spoke which is No. 5 spoke. Bend down No. 4 group towards the outside
+of basket. Place No. 2 group over No. 3 and 4 groups, and back of No. 6
+spoke. Bring No. 1 group, which is back of No. 5 spoke, to the outside of
+basket, by crossing it over No. 2 group between No. 5 and No. 6 spokes.
+Now bend down No. 5 spoke by the side of this group. Pass No. 3 group over
+the two groups on the outside of basket, and up between the two upright
+spokes. No. 2 group is brought to the outside of basket by crossing it
+over No. 3 group between No. 6 and No. 7 spokes. Bend down No. 6 spoke by
+the side of this group. No. 4 group is woven in same manner as No. 2 and
+3. After the fourth group is woven, you should have one group of 2 spokes
+on the inside of basket and three groups of 3 spokes each on the outside
+of basket. Continue the border by weaving two of each group of 3 spokes,
+lying on outside of basket, over the next two groups on the outside of
+basket, in front of the first upright spoke, and back of the second where
+it rests until next
+group<!--068.png--><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">59</a></span>
+is woven. The first inside group now is drawn
+to the outside of the basket by crossing it over this group between the
+two upright spokes. The first upright spokes are always bent down to the
+outside of basket by the side of this group. When all the groups are woven
+in this manner, there should be 1 spoke from each group facing the outside
+of basket, and four groups of 2 spokes each on the inside of basket where
+the border is completed. Cut all the spokes closely.</p>
+
+<p>The first three groups of spokes at the beginning of the border should not
+be drawn tight, enough space should be left to allow the last three groups
+of the border to pass through them easily. The remainder of border should
+be woven tightly and close to the basket.</p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 15.&mdash;FIG. 18<br />
+<br />
+GREEN AND WHITE BASKET</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 374px;">
+<img src="images/illo-016b-18.jpg" width="374" height="371" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 18</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>This little basket is a very convenient receptacle for holding loose
+threads or scraps while sewing.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>8 spokes No. 4 natural reed, 5<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches.</dt>
+<dt>31 spokes No. 2 natural reed, 10 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 3 green reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 green reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 natural reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<!--071.png--><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">60</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Through an 8 spoke base, five inches wide, insert the 31 spokes. Weave two
+rows green triple, follow this in double weave using green and natural
+reed. Weave seven rows. Change to single weaving, using two weavers, and
+weave fourteen rows in the striped effect showing green and white stripe.
+Complete the weaving with two rows green in triple effect and the
+following border:</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Reversed Rope Border</span></p>
+
+<p>Each spoke of the first row is brought back of the next spoke to the right
+and out. In the second row each spoke is brought back of the next spoke
+and out, showing a rope effect with spokes on outside.</p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 16.&mdash;FIG. 19<br />
+<br />
+FANCY SEWING BASKET, NO. 1</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 392px;">
+<img src="images/illo-016b-19.jpg" width="392" height="382" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 19</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>The basket is woven, over a 16 spoke center, entirely of No. 2 reed. The
+spokes and triple twist are of brown reed while the remainder of the
+basket is woven in the natural color.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>16 spokes No. 2 brown reed, 26 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 brown reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 natural reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<!--072.png--><p><span class="pagenum">61</span></p>
+
+<p>Over the 16 spokes weave a base in pairing four inches in diameter. In the
+first three rows, consider each group of fours as one spoke, then separate
+the group of fours into groups of twos with seven rows of pairing.
+Consider each group of 2 spokes as 1 spoke throughout the base. The base
+should now be four inches in diameter. Turn the spokes with an upset of
+three rows of triple twist No. 2 brown reed.</p>
+
+<p>Holding the spokes slightly up and outward, weave the basket two inches
+high. Now drawing the weaver tightly and pushing spokes inward toward
+center of basket weave twelve rows of single weaving. Finish with three
+rows of triple twist No. 2 brown reed. When this is completed take each
+spoke, and bring it out back of the next spoke to the right and down
+through the three rows of triple twist. Holding the spoke firmly, pass it
+through the three rows of triple twist at the base of the basket. Continue
+this with each group of spokes, which will show the striped effect on
+outside of basket. When all the spokes have been pulled through the triple
+twist at bottom of base, turn the basket upside down, and if the open
+border at the top of the basket is even, you are ready to
+complete<!--073.png--><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">62</a></span>
+the
+border at base of the basket. This border serves as a little stand for the
+basket.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Border</span></p>
+
+<p>Weaving to the right, each spoke is woven in front of the next spoke and
+back of the second spoke to the right where the end is cut off.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 358px;">
+<img src="images/illo-016b-20.jpg" width="358" height="350" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 20</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap" /><!--076.png--><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">65</a></span></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER V<br />
+<br />
+HANDLES AND LIDS</h2>
+
+<h3>MODEL 17.&mdash;FIG. 21<br />
+<br />
+SMALL CARRYING BASKET IN STRIPED EFFECT</h3>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 234px;">
+<img src="images/illo-017-21.jpg" width="234" height="286" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 21</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>This little basket, in the striped design of blue and white with blue
+handle, was made by a little 10-year-old boy of the defective delinquent
+class.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>6 spokes No. 4 natural reed, 20 inches.</dt>
+<dt>1 spoke No. 4 natural reed, 11 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 blue reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 natural reed.</dt>
+<dt>Handle&mdash;1 spoke No. 4 natural reed, 20 inches.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Weave a base, with the striped design carried out, 2<sup>3</sup>&frasl;<sub>4</sub> inches. Two
+weavers are necessary to get this effect&mdash;one blue, the other of natural
+color. Weave these two colors in pairing. With the spokes slightly flared
+outward, weave the sides, in the striped effect, 3<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches. With two
+weavers of blue and one of natural, weave two rows of “Wale.” Finish with
+Open Border No. 2.</p><!--077.png--><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">66</a></span></p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Handle</span></p>
+
+<p>Insert one end of the 20 inch spoke of No. 4 reed down through the
+weaving, to the right of one of the spokes of the basket. Insert the other
+end on the opposite side of basket in the same way. Place the end of a
+blue weaver down, through the weaving, by the side of inserted spoke,
+twist it over the handle, then under, then over, next under, over, until
+the end of the handle is reached, thus making nine twists around the
+handle. The last twist is passed back of the handle, over the triple twist
+to the inside of the basket, then it is brought to the outside of basket
+under the triple twist. Following the twists around the handle, the weaver
+is twirled in this way until the handle is completely covered by the blue
+weaver. Four rows of this weaving around the basket will cover the entire
+handle. To fasten the end of the weaver, carry it back of the spoke,
+between the woven handle, and down through the triple twist, where it is
+made secure and then cut off.</p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 18.&mdash;FIG. 22<br />
+<br />
+LITTLE MARKETING BASKET IN GREEN</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 315px;">
+<img src="images/illo-017-22.jpg" width="315" height="459" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 22</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>This may be used in gathering eggs from the chicken yard or in doing
+little marketing. It is
+all<!--078.png--><span class="pagenum">67</span>
+woven in natural color reed and after the
+basket is completed is dyed.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>10 spokes No. 4 reed, 23 inches.</dt>
+<dt>1 spoke No. 4 reed, 12 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 4 natural reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 natural reed.</dt>
+<dt>Handle&mdash;1 spoke No. 5 reed, 26 inches.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Over 10<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> spokes weave a base five inches in diameter. Turn up with
+three rows of No. 4 reed in triple twist. In single weaving, work the
+sides five inches high giving a slightly rounded effect and widening
+toward the top. Finish with three rows of triple and the following border.</p>
+
+<p>Numbering the spokes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, take No. 1 spoke back of No. 2,
+in front of No. 3, back of No. 4, in front of No. 5, back of No. 6 where
+it rests; then No. 2 spoke follows in the same way, back of No. 3, in
+front of No. 4, back of No. 5, in front of No. 6, back of No. 7, where it
+rests. Each spoke is woven in the same manner until all spokes have
+disappeared amid the weaving.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Handle</span></p>
+
+<p>To make the handle firm and strong, insert the ends four and a half inches
+through the
+weaving<!--079.png--><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">68</a></span>
+of the basket. The handle is entirely covered with
+No. 2 reed as described in preceding basket.</p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 19.&mdash;FIG. 23<br />
+<br />
+LUNCH BASKET WITH LID</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 316px;">
+<img src="images/illo-017-23.jpg" width="316" height="396" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 23</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>10 spokes No. 4 reed, 4 inches.</dt>
+<dt>19 spokes No. 4 reed, 13 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Handle&mdash;1 strand No. 5 reed, 20 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Lid&mdash;8 spokes No. 4 reed, 18 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 4 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Weave a base four inches. Work the sides four inches high. Both the top
+and bottom of the sides are woven with two rows No. 4, triple twist.
+Finish with the following border. Number the spokes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,
+8. Turn down the first four toward the outside of the basket. Place No. 1
+spoke back of No. 2, No. 2 spoke back of No. 3, No. 3 spoke back of No. 4,
+No. 4 spoke back of No. 5; now bring No. 1 spoke over No. 2 and No. 3
+spokes, in front of No. 5 spoke, over No. 4 spoke, back of No. 6 spoke.
+Carry No. 5 spoke back of No. 6 spoke and place it by the side of No. 1
+spoke. In like manner, run No. 2 spoke over No. 3 and No. 4 spokes, in
+front of No. 6 spoke, over No. 5
+spoke<!--082.png--><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">69</a></span>
+and back of No. 7 spoke. Place No.
+6 spoke back of No. 7 spoke and bring it out to the front by the side of
+No. 2 spoke. Continue in this manner until all the spokes are woven in the
+proper position. Be careful to make the border uniform throughout. The
+diameter of the top of basket should now measure 6<sup>3</sup>&frasl;<sub>4</sub> inches.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;">
+<img src="images/illo-018-20.png" width="500" height="226" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Diagram No. 20.</span>&mdash;<span class="smcap">Heavy Border</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>The handle is not completely covered, like the preceding basket, but a
+small part of the foundation is shown between the twists.</p>
+
+<p>The lid is made similar to that in the preceding lesson except on a larger
+scale. It should fit closely within the basket. The base when finished
+should measure 6<sup>3</sup>&frasl;<sub>4</sub> inches. It is finished off with a Rope Twist Border.
+The handle of the lid is a twisted ring made as described in the preceding
+chapter.</p><!--083.png--><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">70</a></span></p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 20.&mdash;FIG. 24<br />
+<br />
+OVAL BASKET WITH LID</h3>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 219px;">
+<img src="images/illo-017-24.jpg" width="219" height="291" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 24</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>6 spokes No. 3 reed, 21 inches.</dt>
+<dt>1 spoke No. 3 reed, 11 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Lid&mdash;6 spokes No. 3 reed, 12 inches.</dt>
+<dt>1 spoke No. 3 reed, 7 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>On a three inch base, weave a slightly rounded basket five inches high.
+Finish with Closed Border No. 2.</p>
+
+<p>In making a lid for a basket the first thing to be decided on is its
+shape; if the basket is barrel shaped, the lid to harmonize should have
+the curved effect. The lid of this basket is rounded to correspond with
+the basket.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Lid</span></p>
+
+<p>Weave a good center, over the 6<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> spokes, with either raffia or No. 00
+reed. After <sup>3</sup>&frasl;<sub>4</sub> inch is woven, begin with fine No. 2 reed, and weave two
+rows, drawing the spokes in with the weaver. After two rows are woven,
+hold the spokes slightly outward and weave fourteen rows. Complete the
+basket<!--084.png--><span class="pagenum">71</span>
+with the following border which is suitable for lids of baskets:</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Rope Twist Border</span></p>
+
+<p>Each spoke is passed in front of the next spoke to the right and brought
+inside the lid. For the second row, each spoke is passed to the outside of
+the lid over the next spoke to the right, and to the inside of the lid
+where it is cut off carefully.</p>
+
+<p>The ring handle is made in the following way:</p>
+
+<p>With a strand of No. 2 reed, 17 inches long, make a ring about one inch;
+then weaving alternately with one end and then the other, pass the ends in
+and out around the ring&mdash;two rows complete the ring. When the ring is
+finished you should have ends about 3<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches long. These ends are
+fastened above two rows of the weaving in the lid, thus securing the ring
+to the lid.</p>
+
+<p>After the lid is placed in proper position on the basket, it is fastened
+by holding the ring down by side of the basket and placing the center of a
+strand of No. 2 reed back of a spoke in the basket. Draw both ends out,
+and in the form of a cross, pass them over the lower part of ring, draw
+them under the weaving to the inside of the basket where they are woven in
+and out to make them secure.</p><!--085.png--><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">72</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The rings for the front of basket and lid are made in a similar way, the
+ends being woven in and out amid the weaving of the basket and lid. One
+ring should be smaller than the other to keep the larger ring from
+slipping out.</p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 21.&mdash;FIG. 25<br />
+<br />
+CANDY BASKET</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 292px;">
+<img src="images/illo-017-25.jpg" width="292" height="295" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 25</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>10 spokes No. 5 reed, 6 inches.</dt>
+<dt>20 spokes No. 5 reed, 8 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Lid&mdash;10 spokes No. 5 reed, 15 inches.</dt>
+<dt>1 spoke No. 5 reed, 8 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers Nos. 00, 2, 5 round reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 5 oval reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Weave a 6 inch base. Turn the sides with three rows of No. 5, triple
+twist. With oval reed No. 5, weave 7 rows in the two and one weave, change
+to No. 5 reed and finish with three rows triple. While weaving, the spokes
+should be slightly drawn in. The following border is used: first row each
+spoke is run back of one spoke and out to the front; second row, each
+spoke is passed in front of the next two spokes and in back of the third
+where it is cut off. Diameter of top of base should be almost five and a
+half inches.</p><!--088.png--><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">73</a></span></p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Lid</span></p>
+
+<p>The center of lid corresponding to center in the base of the basket is
+woven and separated with No. 00 reed. Weave twelve rows of No. 2 reed
+next. Then with oval reed No. 5, weave in single weaving, five rows. Hold
+the spokes, to get a slightly rounded effect. Turn down the spokes with
+four rows of triple twist. Finish the basket with the Rope Twist Border,
+described under Model 20. The diameter of the lid should be a little over
+6 inches. It should fit the basket so as to slide off and on easily. The
+ring handle in the center completes the lid.</p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 22.&mdash;FIG. 26<br />
+<br />
+FANCY SEWING BASKET WITH LID</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 599px;">
+<img src="images/illo-019-26.jpg" width="599" height="278" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 26</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>10 spokes No. 4 reed, 5<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches.</dt>
+<dt>21 spokes No. 4 reed, 16 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Lid&mdash;16 spokes No. 4 reed, 18 inches.</dt>
+<dt>1 spoke No. 4 reed, 7 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 reed and No. 4 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Handle&mdash;1 spoke No. 2 reed, 21 inches.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Over the 10 spokes, weave a base 5<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches. Insert the 21 spokes and
+turn them up with two rows of triple twist. Hold the spokes
+slantingly<!--089.png--><span class="pagenum">74</span>
+outward and weave the sides 4<sup>3</sup>&frasl;<sub>4</sub> inches high. Finish with three rows
+triple twist and the following border:</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Border</span></p>
+
+<p>Numbering the spokes 1 to 7 and weaving to the right, place No. 1 spoke
+back of No. 2, No. 2 spoke back of No. 3, No. 3 spoke back of No. 4, No. 4
+spoke back of No. 5. Now take No. 1 spoke, place it in front of Nos. 3 and
+4 spokes and back of No. 5. Place No. 2 spoke in front of Nos. 4 and 5
+spokes and back of No. 6 spoke. No. 3 spoke is passed in front of Nos. 5
+and 6 spokes and back of No. 7. Continue this weaving until border is
+finished.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Lid</span></p>
+
+<p>Arrange the 16 spokes as described in Chapter II.</p>
+
+<p>Weave three rows in pairing, and separate the spokes into groups of twos.
+Hold the spokes slightly curved and weave twelve rows in pairing. Insert
+the one seven inch spoke and weave one row triple twist. Now hold the
+spokes almost straight and continue weaving until a diameter of 9<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>4</sub>
+inches is obtained. Complete the lid with a rope border.</p>
+
+<p>Attach a ring handle to the lid as shown in the model.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" /><!--092.png--><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">77</a></span></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER VI<br />
+<br />
+HANGING BASKETS</h2>
+
+<p>If it is possible to add more beauty to nature in the arranging of flowers
+and vines, etc., the use of the various and wonderfully attractive hanging
+baskets that can easily be made will afford the opportunity. The
+harmonious selection of flowers to combine harmoniously with the color of
+the basket is open to the artist and craftsman. The opportunity is wide
+for originality in the making of these baskets. The basket maker finds
+himself flooded with so many ideas that it is impossible to put them in
+book form. The following are a few suggestions.</p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 23.&mdash;FIG. 27<br />
+<br />
+SMALL GREEN HANGING BASKET</h3>
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 127px;">
+<img src="images/illo-020-27.jpg" width="127" height="296" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 27</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>8<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> spokes No. 4 reed, 27 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Handle&mdash;1 spoke No. 5 reed, 27 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Weave a four inch base. Turn up with three rows 3 coil weave. Holding the
+sides slightly outward weave twenty-six rows, then holding
+the<!--093.png--><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">78</a></span>
+spokes
+slightly inward and drawing the weaver tight, work twenty-six rows.
+Complete the basket with three rows of triple twist and the following
+border: First row, each spoke passes back of one spoke and out to the
+front; second row, each spoke is brought in front of two spokes and in
+back of the next spoke.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Handle</span></p>
+
+<p>Place an end of the No. 5-27 inch spoke through the triple twist at bottom
+of basket, bring it up through the triple twist at top of basket; do the
+same on the opposite side of the basket. When the handle is thus arranged,
+with two rows of No. 2 reed make a twisted handle. Arrange the twists
+about an inch and a half apart.</p>
+
+<p>Figs. 28 and 29 are small flower receptacles. They are both woven over No.
+4 reed.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 126px;">
+<img src="images/illo-020-28.jpg" width="126" height="202" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 28</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 105px;">
+<img src="images/illo-020-29.jpg" width="105" height="252" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 29</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<h3>MODEL 24.&mdash;FIG. 30</h3>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 139px;">
+<img src="images/illo-020-30.jpg" width="139" height="249" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 30</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>NO. 2 BOWL SHAPED HANGING BASKET</p>
+
+<p>This basket is worked with No. 2 reed as foundation and No. 1 reed as the
+weaver.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>8<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> spokes No. 2 reed, 21 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Handle&mdash;1 spoke No. 5 reed, 28 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<!--094.png--><p><span class="pagenum">79</span></p>
+
+<p>This little basket has a three inch base. Hold the spokes straight and
+weave the sides about one inch, single weaving. Bend the spokes out and
+weave two inches. Hold the spokes in toward the center of basket and draw
+the weaver tight; in this position weave two more inches. Follow this with
+two rows of triple twist in No. 2 reed, and the border described under
+Model 20.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Handle</span></p>
+
+<p>Insert the ends of the handles two inches below the top of basket. Bring
+them inside the basket back of eighteen rows of weaving, draw them to the
+outside of basket and down in front of sixteen rows of weaving. Bring the
+ends through the weaving to the inside of basket. Fasten the ends securely
+to the basket by weaving a strand of No. 2 reed in and out in the form of
+a cross. With one ring of No. 1 reed, make a twisted handle, allowing two
+inch space between each twist; the second row of handle is made by making
+another twist around the handle, the twist being made in the middle of the
+intervening spaces, showing a separate woven twist all way around and
+having a spacing of one inch between each twist.</p><!--095.png--><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">80</a></span></p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 25.&mdash;FIG. 31<br />
+<br />
+NO. 3 HANGING BASKET</h3>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 315px;">
+<img src="images/illo-020-31.jpg" width="315" height="602" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 31</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>This basket is made large enough to allow a large glass to slip in and out
+easily.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>10<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> spokes No. 5 reed, 24 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Handle&mdash;1 piece No. 6 reed, 39 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 4 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 5 oval reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 00 reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>A base 4<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches is woven in the following manner: six rows of single
+weaving of No. 00 reed separate the spokes. Follow this with five rows of
+triple twist in No. 00 reed, four rows of single weaving in oval reed and
+one row No. 4 reed in triple twist. Turn the sides up with four more rows
+of triple twist. With oval reed, weave twelve rows of single weaving. Hold
+the spokes well in and draw the weaver tightly. The diameter of basket
+should now be 2<sup>3</sup>&frasl;<sub>4</sub> inches wide. Continue the weaving, drawing the spokes
+well out and holding the weaver loosely. The basket should have eighteen
+rows of oval weaving. Follow this with three rows of triple twist and the
+following border: first row, each spoke is passed back of one spoke and
+out;
+second<!--098.png--><span class="pagenum">81</span>
+row, each spoke is brought in front of three spokes and in
+back of the next one.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Handle</span></p>
+
+<p>Insert the ends of handle through the four rows of triple twist at the
+base of basket. The ends must be inserted just opposite to each other.
+Place a strand of oval reed to the right of inserted handle and between
+the third and fourth rows of triple weave. Draw the weaver first over the
+handle, then under the handle. About two inches above where the handle is
+inserted, pass the weaver over the handle and carry it to inside of
+basket, under the border. Twist the weaver around the handle twenty-one
+times. Pass it down under the border to the outside of basket; three more
+twists complete one row of the handle.</p>
+
+<p>Now run the weaver to inside of basket, between the third and fourth rows
+of triple twist, cross, and bring to outside of basket at the left of
+handle. The weave is continued around the handle, forming a cross at every
+twist in the handle.</p><!--099.png--><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">82</a></span></p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 26.&mdash;FIG. 32<br />
+<br />
+BASKET WITH BRAIDED HANDLE</h3>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 152px;">
+<img src="images/illo-021-32.jpg" width="152" height="378" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 32</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>8 spokes No. 4 reed, 5 inches.</dt>
+<dt>17 spokes No. 3 reed, 11 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Handle&mdash;3 pieces No. 4 reed, 40 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 4 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Through a five-inch base, insert 17 spokes. Weave an upset of three rows
+of triple twist. To get the desired shape weave twenty-two rows, single
+weaving, holding the spokes inward. Now hold the spokes out and weave
+twenty-eight rows. With four weavers, placing each weaver back of a
+corresponding spoke, weave two rows; each weaver in turn is brought in
+front of three spokes and back of one. Finish with the following border:</p>
+
+<p>First row, pass each spoke back of one spoke and out; second row, each
+spoke is carried in front of three spokes and in back of the next one.</p>
+
+<p>For the handle, insert the three pieces No. 4 reed just above the triple
+twist at the base of basket. Make two twists and pass remainder of reed
+through the upper eight rows of weaving and lower two rows of triple
+weave. Braid the reed
+twenty-four<!--102.png--><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">83</a></span>
+inches. The ends are now inserted
+through the lower two rows of triple weaving and the upper eight rows of
+single weaving. With two more twists the ends are carried inside the
+basket just above the triple weave, and there made secure.</p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 27.&mdash;FIG. 33<br />
+<br />
+BOWL SHAPED WITH FLARED TOP</h3>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 173px;">
+<img src="images/illo-021-33.jpg" width="173" height="421" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 33</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>10<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> spokes No. 4 reed, 27 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Handle&mdash;2 pieces No. 5 reed, 35 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 4 reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>The base of this basket is four inches. The sides are woven in double
+weaving, having a decided rounded effect. The flare at the top is made by
+bending the spokes down the outside of basket. An inch and a half of flare
+is woven. Complete with two rows of triple and the following border: Hold
+the basket upside down and weave to right, in front of one spoke and over
+two spokes. The sides of this basket are 2<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches high.</p>
+
+<p>About half way down the sides of the basket, insert the ends of the handle
+through four rows of weaving, the ends to be 1<sup>3</sup>&frasl;<sub>4</sub> inches apart.
+The<!--103.png--><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">84</a></span>
+ends
+are fastened securely by weaving in and out and across the spokes; the
+weaving is continued under and over the handle until the top of basket is
+reached; here the handle is made secure by carrying a weaver over the
+handle, and working it in and out through the weaving of the basket. Make
+twenty-eight inches of coil with the two spokes. Fasten the handle, in a
+similar manner, on the opposite side.</p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 28.&mdash;FIG. 34<br />
+<br />
+FUNNEL SHAPED HANGING BASKET</h3>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 192px;">
+<img src="images/illo-021-34.jpg" width="192" height="359" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 34</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>8<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> spokes No. 2 reed, 31 inches.</dt>
+<dt>1 piece No. 6 reed, 36 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 00 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 4 reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>After fastening the spokes with No. 00 reed, weave five rows of single
+weaving. Change the weaver to No. 2 reed and work twenty-three rows in
+single weaving, holding the spokes in towards center. Continue the weaving
+until fifty-seven rows are woven. With No. 4 reed, make four rows triple
+twist and complete the basket with border described under Model 22.</p><!--104.png--><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">85</a></span></p>
+
+<p>When finished, the diameter at top of basket should measure 5<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Handle</span></p>
+
+<p>Insert the ends of handle two inches from bottom. With No. 00 reed fasten
+the ends to basket with the tie bow effect, then finish the handle in a
+twisted design.</p>
+
+<h3>FIG. 35</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 238px;">
+<img src="images/illo-021-35.jpg" width="238" height="429" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 35</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>The funnel basket under Fig. 35 is dyed in dark green. It makes an
+attractive basket for cut flowers and vines. It is made of No. 4 and No. 2
+reed. The handle from No. 5 reed.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" /><!--108.png--><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">89</a></span></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER VII<br />
+<br />
+FLOWER RECEPTACLES</h2>
+
+<h3>MODEL 29.&mdash;FIG. 36<br />
+<br />
+VASE WITH HANDLES</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 485px;">
+<img src="images/illo-022-36.jpg" width="485" height="363" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 36</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>8 spokes No. 2 reed, 22 inches.</dt>
+<dt>1 spoke No. 2 reed, 12 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Handle&mdash;2 spokes No. 2 reed, 20 inches.</dt>
+<dt>2 spokes No. 4 reed, 20 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>This covering may be woven over a small vase or a pint jar.</p>
+
+<p>Over the 8<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> spokes weave a base 2<sup>3</sup>&frasl;<sub>4</sub> inches. Pinch the spokes sharply
+and turn up with three rows of triple twist in No. 2 reed. Weave around
+the jar in single weaving, until forty-four rows are completed. For the
+handle place the centers of one piece of No. 4 reed and one piece No. 2
+reed between the 42nd and 43rd rows of weaving, twist the No. 4 reed
+around in a plain coil and carry the No. 2 reed around this coil. Do the
+same on the opposite side for the other handle. Form the
+oval<!--109.png--><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">90</a></span>
+handle, as
+seen in picture, and secure the four ends of each handle in place by
+fastening them to jar with a fine cord which may be pulled out later.
+Weave twenty-nine more rows in single weaving. Complete and fasten the
+handle with five rows triple twist. To prevent the handle from loosening
+or falling out, the triple twist should be woven over and under the ends
+of the handles. The following border completes the vase:</p>
+
+<p>First row, each spoke is placed back of the spoke to the right and out.</p>
+
+<p>Second row, each spoke is brought in front of the spoke to the right and
+in where it is cut off closely.</p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 30.&mdash;FIG. 37<br />
+<br />
+NO. 2 GREEN JARDINIERE</h3>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 232px;">
+<img src="images/illo-023-37.jpg" width="232" height="220" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 37</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>8 spokes No. 4 reed, 5<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches.</dt>
+<dt>34 spokes No. 2 reed, 17 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 4 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Over an 8 spoke foundation, weave a base five inches. Insert the 34
+spokes, considering two spokes as one, making 17 spokes. Turn up with
+three rows triple twist. In double weaving,
+work<!--112.png--><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">91</a></span>
+fifteen rows, holding
+the spokes outward toward the weaver. This will make the basket three
+inches high. Now holding the spokes well inward, weave fifteen rows in
+double weaving. The basket is now 5<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>4</sub> inches high. Complete the sides of
+the basket with three rows triple twist. Finish with the following border:</p>
+
+<p>First row, each spoke is brought back of next spoke and out.</p>
+
+<p>Second row, each spoke is brought in front of next two spokes and in.</p>
+
+<p>Third row, each spoke is brought over next spoke and in back of the next
+where it rests.</p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 31.&mdash;FIG. 38<br />
+<br />
+NO. 3 JARDINIERE, IN OVAL REED</h3>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 202px;">
+<img src="images/illo-023-38.jpg" width="202" height="206" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 38</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>10 spokes No. 5 reed, 25 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 00 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 1 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 5 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 5 oval reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>After inserting 5 spokes through the other 5 spokes, fasten in cross form
+with No. 00 reed. Weave seven rows with No. 00 reed, separating
+the<!--113.png--><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">92</a></span>
+spokes. With No. 1 reed, weave seven more rows. Follow this with six rows
+of No. 5 split reed. Work one coil of triple twist with No. 5 reed. This
+makes a base six inches. Pinch the spokes sharply and turn up with four
+rows of No. 5 triple. Hold the spokes slantingly inward and weave
+seventeen rows of No. 5 oval reed. The diameter should be 5<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches.
+Bend the spokes outward in a curved effect and weave four rows in No. 5
+triple. Complete with the following border:</p>
+
+<p>First row, each spoke is passed back of one spoke and out. Second row,
+carry each spoke in front of three spokes and in.</p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 32.&mdash;FIG. 39<br />
+<br />
+JARDINIERE FOR RUBBER PLANT</h3>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 242px;">
+<img src="images/illo-023-39.jpg" width="242" height="243" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 39</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>8 spokes No. 5 reed, 6 inches.</dt>
+<dt>31 spokes No. 5 reed, 18 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 4 reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Weave a base 5<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches. Insert spokes and turn up with four rows of
+triple twist No. 4 reed. Follow this with twelve rows of double weaving,
+three rows of three-rod coil in No. 2 reed, ten
+rows<!--116.png--><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">93</a></span>
+of double weaving,
+four rows of three-rod coil No. 2 reed, nine rows of double weaving and
+three rows of three-rod coil. Complete with border described under Model
+22.</p>
+
+<p>After the basket is finished, dye it a dark brown or green.</p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 33.&mdash;FIG. 40<br />
+<br />
+OVAL REED JARDINIERE</h3>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 274px;">
+<img src="images/illo-023-40.jpg" width="274" height="284" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 40</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>8 spokes No. 5 reed, 8 inches</dt>
+<dt>31 spokes No. 5 reed, 25 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 4 brown reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 5 oval reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Over an 8 spoke foundation, weave a base 7<sup>3</sup>&frasl;<sub>4</sub> inches. Insert 31 spokes
+and set up three rows of No. 4 brown reed in triple twist. The spokes are
+held slantingly outward until twenty-five rows of No. 5 oval or split reed
+are woven. Weave seventeen rows in No. 5 oval reed, holding the spokes
+curved in towards the center of basket. Complete the basket with three
+rows triple twist No. 4 brown reed, and the plaited border.</p><!--117.png--><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">94</a></span></p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 34.&mdash;FIG. 41<br />
+<br />
+FERN DISH</h3>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 197px;">
+<img src="images/illo-022-41.jpg" width="197" height="152" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 41</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>8 spokes No. 2 reed, 5<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches.</dt>
+<dt>61 spokes No. 2 reed, 16 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>This fern dish basket is woven over a small white enamel dish:</p>
+
+<p>Weave a base 5<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches. Insert 2 spokes by the side of each base spoke.
+Consider each group of 2 spokes as 1 spoke. Turn up with two rows of
+triple twist. Place the dish in the basket and, while weaving around the
+dish, hold the spokes straight and draw the weaver tight. Weave
+twenty-nine rows. Curve the spokes over the dish and weave four more rows,
+single weaving, and two rows of triple twist in No. 2 reed.</p>
+
+<p>Now bring each group of spokes back of the next two groups, out to the
+front, through the triple twist and down through the triple twist at the
+base of basket. When all the groups have been brought through the triple
+twist at the base, turn the basket upside down, and weave the following
+border for a stand for the dish:</p>
+
+<p>Weaving to the right, each group is brought
+back<!--118.png--><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">95</a></span>
+of the next two groups
+and out to the front; second row, each group is placed in front of the
+next spoke and in back of the next where it is clipped off.</p>
+
+<h3>FIG. 42</h3>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 223px;">
+<img src="images/illo-022-42.jpg" width="223" height="155" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 42</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>This basket is woven in a similar manner to Fig. 41. The spokes are of No.
+2 natural reed, while the weavers are No. 2 light brown reed. The border,
+the outside spokes and the stand are of natural reed. This combination
+makes a strikingly attractive basket.</p>
+
+<h3>FIG. 43</h3>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 202px;">
+<img src="images/illo-022-43.jpg" width="202" height="169" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 43</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>This flower basket is dyed after it is made and then waxed. The shape may
+be molded to accommodate any purpose.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" /><!--122.png--><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">99</a></span></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER VIII<br />
+<br />
+OVAL BASKETS</h2>
+
+<h3>MODEL 35.&mdash;FIG. 44<br />
+<br />
+NO. 1 OVAL BASKET WITH ROUND BASE</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 264px;">
+<img src="images/illo-024-44.jpg" width="264" height="355" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 44</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>8 spokes No. 5 reed, 5<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches.</dt>
+<dt>39 spokes No. 5 reed, 26 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Handle&mdash;2 spokes No. 5 reed, 35 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 5 reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Weave a base five inches. Insert the 39 spokes, pinch sharply and turn
+upward. Make secure with three rows No. 5 reed in triple twist. Weave an
+inch with No. 2 reed, holding all spokes straight. Now continue the
+weaving by holding the side spokes straight and the end spokes down and
+out towards the weaver. Continue the weaving in this manner until seventy
+rows of simple weaving, and three rows triple twist No. 5 reed, are made.
+Finish with the following border:</p>
+
+<p>First row, each spoke is placed back of two spokes and out.</p><!--123.png--><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">100</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Second row, each spoke is placed in front of two spokes and in.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Handle</span></p>
+
+<p>Insert the two pieces No. 5 reed and weave a twisted handle as shown in
+Fig. 44.</p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 36.&mdash;FIG. 45<br />
+<br />
+NO. 2 OVAL BASKET (IN GREEN AND BROWN)</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 367px;">
+<img src="images/illo-024-45.jpg" width="367" height="292" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 45</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>10 spokes No. 5 reed, 5<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches.</dt>
+<dt>20 spokes No. 5 brown reed, 28 inches.</dt>
+<dt>19 spokes No. 5 brown reed, 15 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Handle&mdash;1 spoke No. 8 brown reed, 32 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 green reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 4 brown reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 brown reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Weave a five inch base. Insert the spokes, pinch, and turn sharply upward
+with three rows of brown No. 4 triple. In pairing, weave with No. 2 green
+reed, twenty-three rows. Insert 19 spokes and weave three rows triple No.
+3 green. Follow this with forty-one rows green reed, in single weaving,
+and three rows No. 4 brown reed, in triple. Complete with the rope border.</p>
+
+<p>The spokes should be held straight and firm
+until<!--126.png--><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">101</a></span>
+three inches of weaving
+are finished; then the ends are spread out and bent down towards the base
+of basket until the rest of the weaving is completed, Fig. 45.</p>
+
+<p>When completed the sides should measure seven inches.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Handle.</span></p>
+
+<p>Push the ends of handle well down amid the weaving. Weave six rows of
+coil, with No. 2 brown reed, around the handle.</p>
+
+<h3>FIG. 46</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 278px;">
+<img src="images/illo-024-46.jpg" width="278" height="474" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 46</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>This basket is made from the natural reed. A rounded effect is woven for
+about three inches up the sides, the end spokes are then flared out. A
+single spoke of No. 6 reed is used for the handle.</p>
+
+<p>OVAL BASES</p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 37.&mdash;FIG. 49<br />
+<br />
+NO. 1 OVAL BASE</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 311px;">
+<img src="images/illo-025-47.jpg" width="311" height="486" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 47</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 331px;">
+<img src="images/illo-025-48.jpg" width="331" height="493" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 48</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 308px;">
+<img src="images/illo-025-49.jpg" width="308" height="473" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 49</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>3 spokes No. 4 reed, 7 inches.</dt>
+<dt>5 spokes No. 4 reed, 5 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Split each of the five spokes in the center and pass the 3 spokes through
+them&mdash;Fig. 47.</p><!--127.png--><p><span class="pagenum">102</span></p>
+
+<p>The 5 spokes should be arranged in horizontal positions about <sup>3</sup>&frasl;<sub>4</sub> inch
+apart, the end spokes about two inches from the end of the base spokes.
+Fig. 47. The base is woven in pairing. Place No. 1 weaver back of No. 1
+spoke, No. 2 weaver back of No. 2 spoke. Fig. 48. Pass No. 1 weaver over
+No. 2 spoke, back of No. 3 spoke; No. 2 weaver crosses over No. 1 weaver
+to the front of base, which is the side facing the weaver, passes in front
+of No. 3 spoke and out back of No. 4. Fig. 48. No. 1 weaver crosses No. 4
+spoke and out back of No. 5 spoke and so on around the base. The group of
+three base spokes are treated as one spoke until two rows have been woven.
+They are then separated and woven as single spokes. Fig. 49.</p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 38.&mdash;FIG. 53<br />
+<br />
+NO. 2 OVAL BASE</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 310px;">
+<img src="images/illo-025-53.jpg" width="310" height="497" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 53</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>3 spokes No. 4 reed, 8 inches.</dt>
+<dt>7 spokes No. 4 reed, 5 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 brown reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 natural reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Arrange the seven spokes in a horizontal position on the three base
+spokes. The spokes arranged <sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inch apart. The end spokes double. Fig.
+50.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 700px;">
+<img src="images/illo-025-50-51-52.jpg" width="700" height="369" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Figs. 50, 51 and 52</span></span>
+</div><!--130.png--><p><span class="pagenum">103</span></p>
+
+<p>Take the center of a single weaver, or using two strands of different
+colors, place it or them under the upper three base spokes and back of the
+upper end spokes. Take the left-hand weaver, or the natural one, over the
+end spokes, down under F, up over B-E, under C and up over to the right
+where it crosses over the end spokes. Fig. 50.</p>
+
+<p>Now take the brown weaver, which is back of the upper base spokes, bring
+it over the upper end spokes under A, over B-E, under D, over the lower
+end spokes. Fig. 50.</p>
+
+<p>Return to weaver No. 1, cross it over C-D, under B, cross over A-F, and
+under the upper left end spokes. Fig. 51. Bring No. 2 or brown weaver,
+under the lower left end spokes, cross over C-D, under E, cross over A-F,
+under the upper end spokes over the upper three base spokes. Fig. 52.
+Finish your base in pairing, as shown in Fig. 53.</p><!--131.png--><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">104</a></span></p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 39.&mdash;FIG. 54<br />
+<br />
+CARD TRAY</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 436px;">
+<img src="images/illo-027-54.jpg" width="436" height="312" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 54</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>This tray is made by combining blue and natural color reed.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>3 spokes No. 4 reed, 7 inches.</dt>
+<dt>5 spokes No. 4 reed, 4 inches.</dt>
+<dt>32 spokes No. 4 reed, 14 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 blue reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 natural reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Through the five spokes place the three 7-inch spokes. Arrange each of the
+five spokes <sup>3</sup>&frasl;<sub>4</sub> inch apart. Fasten the spokes in place with two rows of
+pairing, combining the blue and natural reed. Separate the end spokes with
+eight rows of pairing, carrying the striped effect throughout. Insert 32
+spokes No. 4 reed, placing a spoke by the side of each spoke in the base.
+Turn sharply upward and weave one row of triple twist in No. 4 reed. With
+blue and white weavers, weave nine rows in pairing, carrying the striped
+effect up the sides. Hold the spokes while weaving slightly outward.
+Finish with one row of triple twist and plaited border.</p><!--132.png--><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">105</a></span></p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 40.&mdash;FIG. 55<br />
+<br />
+OVAL BASE BASKET</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 307px;">
+<img src="images/illo-026-55.jpg" width="307" height="376" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 55</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>4 spokes No. 5 reed, 7 inches.</dt>
+<dt>7 spokes No. 5 reed, 4 inches.</dt>
+<dt>29 spokes No. 4 reed, 16 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Handle&mdash;1 piece No. 5 reed, 20 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 natural reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 4 brown reed.</dt>
+<dt>3 yards braided straw.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Slip the four spokes through the seven spokes. Arrange the seven spokes
+<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inch apart.</p>
+
+<p>Weave a base over this 7 inches long, 4 inches wide. Insert the
+twenty-nine spokes. Pinch and turn sharply upward. Set up two rows triple
+twist in No. 4 brown reed. Weave seven rows of braided straw and complete
+the sides with two rows of triple twist in No. 4 brown reed. The following
+border is used:</p>
+
+<p>First row, each spoke is placed back of next spoke to right. Second row,
+each spoke is placed in front of next two spokes to right and in back of
+the next spoke. The ends of handle are inserted between the border,
+through the triple twist and down between the braiding. The handle is
+woven as described under Model 18.</p><!--133.png--><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">106</a></span></p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 41.&mdash;FIG. 56<br />
+<br />
+NO. 1 OVAL BASE FLOWER BASKET</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 396px;">
+<img src="images/illo-026-56.jpg" width="396" height="364" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 56</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>3 spokes No. 5 reed, 6<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches.</dt>
+<dt>7 spokes No. 5 reed, 4 inches.</dt>
+<dt>27 spokes No. 4 reed, 14 inches.</dt>
+<dt>27 spokes No. 4 reed, 20 inches.</dt>
+<dt>4 spokes No. 4 reed, 12 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 4 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Handle&mdash;3 spokes No. 6 reed, 33 inches.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>In pairing, weave a base 6 inches long 3<sup>3</sup>&frasl;<sub>4</sub> inches wide. Insert the 27
+20-inch spokes, and turn up with four rows of triple twist. While weaving
+the basket, hold the end spokes out toward the weaver, the side spokes
+straight.</p>
+
+<p>Work the basket 3<sup>3</sup>&frasl;<sub>4</sub> inches in single weaving with No. 3 reed. Now insert
+the 27 14-inch spokes, placing a spoke by the side of each spoke in the
+basket. Weave five rows of 3-coil weave in No. 5 reed.</p>
+
+<p>Place the four spokes for the border. Complete the basket with the plaited
+border.</p><!--136.png--><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">107</a></span></p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Handle</span></p>
+
+<p>Place the ends of the handle through the border, down about 2<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> or 3
+inches in the weaving. Measure 7 inches, from the border of the basket, up
+the handle. Beginning here, with fine No. 1 reed, make a continuation coil
+around the handle of basket until it is 7 inches from the end of the
+handle on the opposite side. Now separate each piece of reed, and in
+simple weaving, weave the remainder of the handle over one spoke, under
+one, until it is 1<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches from border of basket. Fasten the end of the
+weaver up between the weaving.</p>
+
+<p>To make the handle secure, fasten, in double cross form, each end of the
+handle to the sides of basket.</p>
+
+<h3>FIG. 57</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 278px;">
+<img src="images/illo-026-57.jpg" width="278" height="303" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 57</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>This little basket is useful when gathering flowers. It is made entirely
+of No. 2 reed, and is finished with a braided handle.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" /><!--140.png--><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">111</a></span></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER IX<br />
+<br />
+TRAYS</h2>
+
+<h3>MODEL 42.&mdash;FIG. 58<br />
+<br />
+PIN TRAY</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 435px;">
+<img src="images/illo-026a-58.jpg" width="435" height="218" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 58</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>16 spokes No. 2 reed, 15 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Over the 16 spoke foundation weave four rows in pairing. Separate the
+groups of fours into groups of twos and weave six rows in pairing. The
+base should measure four inches. Turn the spokes sharply upward. Consider
+throughout the weaving each group of twos as one spoke.</p>
+
+<p>Weave two rows No. 2 reed in three-rod coil. Hold the spokes to secure a
+slight outward slant and weave seven rows in pairing. Finish the tray with
+following border:</p>
+
+<p>First row, each spoke is passed back of next spoke and out.</p>
+
+<p>Second row, each spoke is passed in front of next spoke and in.</p><!--141.png--><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">112</a></span></p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 43.&mdash;FIG. 59<br />
+<br />
+CANDY TRAY NO. 1</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 392px;">
+<img src="images/illo-026a-59.jpg" width="392" height="481" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 59</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>16 spokes No. 2 reed, 24 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Handle&mdash;1 spoke No. 5 reed, 18 inches.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Weave a base over the 16 spoke center 3<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>4</sub> inches. Turn up with two rows
+of No. 2 reed in triple twist. Hold the spokes in an outward slant and
+weave six rows of pairing. Draw the weavers tightly and hold the spokes in
+toward the center of base. Weave four rows of pairing.</p>
+
+<p>Take each spoke now, pass it back of the next spoke to right, bring it
+down the side of the basket to the base, pass it through the two rows of
+triple twist.</p>
+
+<p>Turn the basket upside down. Make the base stand as follows.</p>
+
+<p>Working to the right, No. 1 spoke is passed in front of No. 2 spoke and
+back of No. 3 spoke. Each spoke is treated likewise, in front of the first
+to the right, and back of the second.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Handle</span></p>
+
+<p>Insert the ends of the 18 inch spoke well down the sides of the tray. In
+coil effect, weave
+eight<!--142.png--><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">113</a></span>
+rows of No. 2 reed around the handle, covering
+it entirely, as illustrated in Model No. 18. In this tray the size should
+be just large enough to allow the dish to be removed easily.</p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 44.&mdash;FIG. 60<br />
+<br />
+CANDY TRAY NO. 2</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 440px;">
+<img src="images/illo-026a-60.jpg" width="440" height="366" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 60</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>16 spokes No. 2 reed, 25 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Handle&mdash;2 spokes No. 5 reed, 20 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>This tray is woven similar to the preceding one, excepting the top, where
+the weaving is continued over the dish until five rows are finished. While
+weaving the last five rows, the spokes are bent in towards the dish, and
+the weaver pulled tight. Working in this manner holds the dish from
+slipping out and makes a rounded effect at the top. The handle is made of
+two spokes, which are pressed into an oval shape and it is finished by
+twisting No. 2 reed around it as shown in Fig. 60.</p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 45.&mdash;FIG. 61<br />
+<br />
+CAKE TRAY</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 515px;">
+<img src="images/illo-026a-61.jpg" width="515" height="471" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 61</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>The tray is first made and then painted with white enamel.</p><!--143.png--><p><span class="pagenum">114</span></p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>8 spokes No. 5 reed, 7 inches.</dt>
+<dt>64 spokes No. 2 reed, 16 inches.</dt>
+<dt>2 spokes No. 6 reed, 26 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 3 reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>With No. 2 reed, weave three rows around the 8 spoke center; separate the
+spokes with ten rows of pairing. Insert the 64 spokes. Place two each side
+of the base spokes. Weave two rows in triple twist with No. 3 reed,
+holding the No. 5 spokes with one group of twos. Now in double weaving,
+weave six rows, over two groups of spokes and under two groups, holding
+the No. 5 spoke by the side of one group of twos to the end of the base.
+Weave three rows No. 3 reed in triple twist, holding the spokes slightly
+upward while weaving. Complete with two rows of triple. First row of
+triple should rest on the base of basket, while the other two rows should
+be slightly upward on the sides. Finish with following border: Holding the
+under side of basket or bottom of tray toward you and weaving to right,
+place one group of spokes in front of next group, back of second group to
+the right, front of third group, back of fourth group, in front of fifth
+group to the right.
+Bring<!--146.png--><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">115</a></span>
+the spokes out to the front and down through
+the two rows of triple weave. Each group is worked out in same manner,
+until all groups are facing the weaver.</p>
+
+<p>The stand for basket is woven in two rows; first row, each spoke is
+brought in front of two spokes and in; second row, each spoke is placed in
+front of one and back of the next spoke where the ends are cut off closely
+and carefully.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Handle</span></p>
+
+<p>Place the ends of the spokes of handle through the triple weaving and in
+back of the weaving of base border. Have the spokes about 2 inches apart.
+The tray is completed with a coiled handle as shown in Fig. 61.</p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 46.&mdash;FIG. 62<br />
+<br />
+SANDWICH TRAY</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 537px;">
+<img src="images/illo-026a-62.jpg" width="537" height="453" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 62</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>This tray is worked out in the natural reed and when completed dyed brown.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>8 spokes No. 4 reed, 5 inches.</dt>
+<dt>96 spokes No. 2 reed, 20 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Handle&mdash;2 spokes No. 6 reed, 31 inches.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<!--147.png--><p><span class="pagenum">116</span></p>
+
+<p>After fastening the center with two rows of weaving, weave three rows,
+separating the spokes in twos; then weave fourteen rows in pairing. Insert
+the 96 spokes, placing three spokes by the side of each spoke of No. 4
+reed. After all the spokes are inserted, weave three rows of triple twist,
+No. 2 reed; considering each group of three spokes as one spoke, weave
+five rows in double weaving. With No. 2 reed, weave three rows of triple,
+separating the spokes in groups of twos. Complete with the following
+border. Consider each group of twos as one spoke. Take one group and place
+it over the next two groups, under the next two, over the next two, under
+the next two, over the next two, under the next two and out in front. Do
+the same with each group of spokes. Allow the first groups to be woven
+loosely until all the groups are woven; then draw the loose groups tight.
+Make the border uniform throughout. You are now ready for the border on
+the base of the tray. Two rows are woven to make the stand for the tray.
+First row, each spoke is brought in front of next three spokes and back of
+next three. Second row, each spoke is brought in front of the next three
+spokes where they are cut off inside the weaving.</p><!--148.png--><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">117</a></span></p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Handle</span></p>
+
+<p>Insert the two pieces No. 6 reed between the border and triple twist.
+Leave about a two inch space between the inserted spokes. Fasten securely
+with No. 00 reed. With No. 2 weavers, weave three rows in twirl effect
+around one spoke, until about 4<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches are woven up on the spokes,
+then considering both spokes of handle as one, continue the weaving until
+you are opposite to where the spokes are joined. Now coil the weaver
+around one spoke to the end of the handle, bringing the weaver each time
+down under the tray and up on the other side of spoke. Treat the other
+spoke in the same manner until both spokes are uniform. Hold the weaver
+tightly throughout the weaving of the handle. A loosely twisted coil makes
+a very poor handle.</p>
+
+<p>If the handle is woven correctly, groups of three coils around the handle,
+with a space of about <sup>3</sup>&frasl;<sub>4</sub> inch apart, will be the result.</p>
+
+<h3>FIG. 63</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 611px;">
+<img src="images/illo-026a-63.jpg" width="611" height="478" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 63</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>The tray is made of natural reed No. 4 and No. 2. The inner base spokes
+are No. 4 reed, the inserted spokes No. 2 reed. Two spokes of No. 5 reed,
+twenty-eight inches long, are required for the handle&mdash;the weavers, No. 00
+reed.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" /><!--152.png--><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">121</a></span></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER X<br />
+<br />
+FRUIT BASKET TRAYS</h2>
+
+<h3>MODEL 47.&mdash;FIG. 64<br />
+<br />
+NO. 1 FRUIT BASKET TRAY</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 356px;">
+<img src="images/illo-026b-64.jpg" width="356" height="372" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 64</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>8 spokes No. 5 reed, 8 inches.</dt>
+<dt>31 spokes No. 5 reed, 16 inches.</dt>
+<dt>1 spoke No. 8 reed. 32 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 4 reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Insert and fasten the spokes in position with the cross weave. Weave four
+rows of No. 2 reed. Follow this with twelve rows of pairing and nine rows
+of double weaving.</p>
+
+<p>Insert the 31 spokes and weave with No. 4 reed, four rows of three-rod
+coil. Pinch the spokes and set up three rows of triple twist. Weave eight
+rows of double weaving, holding the spokes slantingly outward. Finish with
+three rows of triple twist and the plaited border.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Handle</span></p>
+
+<p>Insert the piece of No. 8 reed down through the border, through the
+weaving to the lower
+triple<!--153.png--><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">122</a></span>
+twist. With No. 2 reed, coil eight rows
+around the handle making ten twists.</p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 48.&mdash;FIG. 65<br />
+<br />
+NO. 2 FRUIT BASKET TRAY</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 360px;">
+<img src="images/illo-026b-65.jpg" width="360" height="308" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 65</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>16 spokes No. 2 tan reed, 46 inches.</dt>
+<dt>30 spokes No. 2 tan reed, 16 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 3 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Tan colored dish.</dt>
+<dt>Handle&mdash;2 spokes No. 5 reed, 25 inches.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Over a 16 spoke center weave a base 3<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches, separating the spokes
+into groups of twos. Insert the 30 spokes. This will make groups of fours.</p>
+
+<p>Turn up with two rows of No. 3 reed in triple twist. While weaving, curve
+the spokes to correspond to the curve of dish, draw the weavers tightly to
+hold the dish securely.</p>
+
+<p>Follow the upset with eleven rows simple weaving. Consider every group of
+fours as one spoke. With two rows of triple twist in No. 3 reed, separate
+the groups of fours into groups of twos. Weave twenty-eight rows in simple
+weaving.</p>
+
+<p>For the sides, take one spoke of each group,
+pass<!--154.png--><span class="pagenum">123</span>
+it back of next two
+groups, bring it down the outside of basket and through the triple twist
+at base. The spokes will run singly on the outside of the basket, but will
+pass through the triple twist at the base in groups of twos. After all the
+groups have been passed through the triple twist the border is made as
+follows:</p>
+
+<p>First row, each group is passed back of the next two groups to the right.</p>
+
+<p>Second row, each group is passed in front of the next two groups, back of
+the third group where the ends are cut off closely.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Border for Top of Basket</span></p>
+
+<p>First row, each single spoke is brought back of next two spokes.</p>
+
+<p>Second row, each group is passed in front of next two groups and back of
+third group where the ends are cut closely.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Handle</span></p>
+
+<p>Insert the ends of handle through the weaving about 1<sup>3</sup>&frasl;<sub>4</sub> inches apart.
+Coil six rows around the handle and fasten ends securely.</p><!--155.png--><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">124</a></span></p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 49.&mdash;FIG. 66<br />
+<br />
+NO. 3 FRUIT BASKET TRAY</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 275px;">
+<img src="images/illo-026b-66.jpg" width="275" height="261" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 66</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>8 spokes No. 5 reed, 36 inches.</dt>
+<dt>9 spokes No. 5 reed, 15 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 3 reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Make a four inch base in pairing. Turn sharply upward and slant inward
+with four rows of No. 3 reed in three-rod twist. Weave eight rows in No. 2
+reed, over two, under one. Change the reed to No. 00. Weave six rows, over
+two spokes, under one, with three stands of No. 00 reed in slewing. The
+weaver must constantly keep drawing the reed tight and holding the spokes
+well in towards the center. With a strand of No. 00 reed, make eighteen
+rows in the plain weave. The diameter should be now 1<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>4</sub> inches. Hold the
+spokes slightly outward and with three weavers in slewing, make seven
+rows, weaving in front of 2 spokes, back of 1 spoke. The diameter should
+now be almost two inches.</p>
+
+<p>Insert the 9 spokes, placing a single spoke by the side of every other
+spoke. Soak all the spokes well, pinch with pliers and bend the spokes
+straight
+outward.<!--158.png--><span class="pagenum">125</span>
+Hold them in this position until three rows of pairing,
+three rows of triple twist No. 2 reed and five rows of single weaving are
+completed.</p>
+
+<p>Bend the spokes in a curved effect, hold them slightly outward and upward.
+In this position weave ten rows double weaving. Holding the spokes now in
+a pronounced upward curve, weave five rows of triple twist in No. 4 reed.</p>
+
+<p>The following border completes the tray: Turn down three spokes&mdash;No. 1
+spoke back of No. 2, No. 2 spoke back of No. 3, No. 3 spoke back of No. 4.
+Now place No. 1 spoke in front of the third and fourth spokes and back of
+the fifth spoke; likewise place No. 2 spoke in front of the fourth and
+fifth spokes and back of the sixth spoke. Continue this around the basket
+until all the spokes are woven in the border.</p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 50.<br />
+<br />
+DESK TRAY</h3>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>Board 12 inches by 10 inches.</dt>
+<dt>45 spokes No. 5 reed, 19 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 4 reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>A desk tray is a very useful article and is made as follows:</p><!--159.png--><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">126</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Bore 45 holes through the board about <sup>3</sup>&frasl;<sub>8</sub> inch in from the edge of the
+board. Insert the 45 spokes through these holes allowing 3<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches for
+the bottom. Make a foundation stand by weaving these end spokes in front
+of 2 spokes and back of the third spoke.</p>
+
+<p>The sides are woven with two rows of three rod coil, then in double
+weaving until the tray is 2<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches high. Follow this with two rows of
+triple twist and the plaited border.</p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 51.&mdash;FIG. 67<br />
+<br />
+SMALL SERVING TRAY</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 387px;">
+<img src="images/illo-027-67.jpg" width="387" height="249" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 67</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>Board 9<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches by 6<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>4</sub> inches.</dt>
+<dt>Glass 8<sup>3</sup>&frasl;<sub>4</sub> inches by 5<sup>3</sup>&frasl;<sub>4</sub> inches.</dt>
+<dt>Cretonne 8<sup>3</sup>&frasl;<sub>4</sub> inches by 5<sup>3</sup>&frasl;<sub>4</sub> inches.</dt>
+<dt>60 spokes No. 2 reed, 15 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Bore 60 holes through the board large enough for No. 2 reed to slip
+through easily. The holes should be one-half inch apart&mdash;19 holes on each
+of the lengthwise sides and 12 on each end.</p>
+
+<p>Pass the spokes through each hole. Allow 1<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches for the bottom of
+tray. For the base border weave one row of pairing and the following
+border: Each spoke is passed in front of the first spoke
+to<!--160.png--><span class="pagenum">127</span>
+right and
+back of the second spoke. When all the spokes are woven in this way, place
+the tray on a flat surface and make sure the base border is perfectly even
+and level.</p>
+
+<p>The cretonne and glass should be identical in size. Lay the cretonne on
+the board flat and even, and place the glass over it. The glass must fit
+snugly and tightly to make a perfect tray. Keep the spokes moist to allow
+easy weaving. The weavers must be soaked until very pliable. Weave <sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub>
+inch of pairing with No. 2 reed or nine rows. Follow this with one row of
+triple twist in No. 3 reed. The plaited border completes the tray.</p>
+
+<p>A very pretty effect may be obtained by having a pale pink flowered
+cretonne and natural color reed. The cretonne and color of reed should
+always harmonize.</p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 52.<br />
+<br />
+OBLONG SERVING TRAY</h3>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>Board 17 inches by 12 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Cretonne 16<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>4</sub> inches by 11<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches.</dt>
+<dt>Glass 16<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>4</sub> inches by 11<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches.</dt>
+<dt>99 spokes No. 5 brown reed, 19 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 4 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Brown stain.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<!--161.png--><p><span class="pagenum">128</span></p>
+
+<p>Bore 99 holes through board equal distance apart. Stain the board brown.
+Insert the spokes and allow 3<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches for the bottom stand. Make a
+border for this stand in the following manner:</p>
+
+<p>First row, each spoke is brought back of next spoke to right.</p>
+
+<p>Second row, each spoke is passed in front of the next spoke and in back of
+the next where the end is cut off.</p>
+
+<p>The sides are now woven. A 4-rod coil No. 4 reed holds the glass firmly in
+place. Follow this with seven rows double weaving No. 2 brown reed and one
+row No. 4 reed in 4-rod coil. Complete the tray with the plaited border.</p>
+
+<p>After the tray is finished, singe it to get rid of all the loose bits of
+reed&mdash;then polish the board with two or three coats of wax. The cretonne,
+reed and stain should harmonize in color. A soft brush produces best
+results in polishing the basket.</p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 53.<br />
+<br />
+OVAL SERVING TRAY</h3>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>Board 20 inches by 14 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Glass 19 inches by 13 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Cretonne 19 inches by 13 inches.</dt>
+<dt>52 spokes No. 5 brown reed, 20 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 4 reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<!--164.png--><p><span class="pagenum">129</span></p>
+
+<p>The holes should be made about one inch apart. Insert the 52 spokes and
+make foundation stand as described under preceding model. Be careful that
+the board is perfectly dry before placing the cretonne upon it. Keep the
+spokes moist by using a wet sponge; be careful not to allow any water to
+get under the glass while weaving. Best results are obtained by staining
+the board first and then weaving a dyed reed; good results, however, may
+be obtained by making the tray in natural reed first and then staining the
+board and reed. Great care must be exercised in painting the tray after it
+is made.</p>
+
+<p>The sides of the oval tray are woven two inches high. First weave one row
+of 4-rod coil then seven rows of double weaving in pairing. One row of
+4-rod coil and the plaited border completes the tray. Polish as described
+under preceding model.</p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 54.<br />
+<br />
+ROUND SERVING TRAY</h3>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>Diameter of board 10 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Diameter of glass 9<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>4</sub> inches.</dt>
+<dt>Diameter of cretonne 9<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>4</sub> inches.</dt>
+<dt>39 spokes No. 4 reed, 20 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 4 reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<!--165.png--><p><span class="pagenum">130</span></p>
+
+<p>Prepare the board by making 39 holes <sup>5</sup>&frasl;<sub>8</sub> of an inch from edge of board,
+<sup>3</sup>&frasl;<sub>4</sub> inch spacing between each hole. Insert the 39 spokes. Weave an under
+base stand in the following manner: First row, each spoke is brought back
+of next spoke to right and out in front. Second row, each spoke is passed
+in front of next spoke to right and in back of second spoke where it is
+cut off.</p>
+
+<p>This base weaving should be uniform throughout so that the tray base may
+be perfectly even. Stand the tray on a flat desk and see that each spoke
+touches the desk. For the side of the tray weave one row of 4-rod wale and
+finish the ends in the usual way.</p>
+
+<p>Insert one No. 4 weaver and weave nine rows around the tray. Introduce
+four weavers and work one row of 4-rod coil. Finish the tray with the
+plaited border.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" /><!--168.png--><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">133</a></span></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER XI<br />
+<br />
+SCRAP BASKETS</h2>
+
+<h3>MODEL 55.&mdash;FIG 68<br />
+<br />
+SMALL SCRAP BASKET (CHECKER DESIGN)</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 336px;">
+<img src="images/illo-028-68.jpg" width="336" height="386" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 68</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>8 spokes No. 4 reed, 6 inches.</dt>
+<dt>31 spokes No. 4 reed, 19 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 4 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Handle&mdash;2 spokes No. 6 reed, 10 inches.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Weave a base 5<sup>3</sup>&frasl;<sub>4</sub> inches. Insert 31 spokes and weave the sides 8<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub>
+inches high, in the following manner:</p>
+
+<p>Turn the spokes up with two rows of triple twist No. 4 reed, then six rows
+of double weaving in No. 2 reed. Change to blue No. 4 reed and make a coil
+of triple twist; then in blue and white check weave sixteen rows. Follow
+this with one row of No. 4 blue reed in triple twist. Change the reed to
+No. 2 natural and weave twelve rows in double weaving. One row of blue No.
+4 reed, triple twist, follows this, then sixteen rows of blue and white
+check<!--169.png--><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">134</a></span>
+(2 checks) and one row of blue No. 4 reed in triple. Change the
+reed again and work five rows double weaving in No. 2 reed. Follow this
+with two rows of triple twist and the border described under Model 22.</p>
+
+<p>Insert the ends of the handle well down amid the weaving and with No. 2
+reed make four coils around the handle.</p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 56.&mdash;FIG. 69<br />
+<br />
+LARGE SCRAP BASKET (CHECKER DESIGN)</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 398px;">
+<img src="images/illo-028-69.jpg" width="398" height="432" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 69</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>8 spokes No. 5 reed, 8 inches.</dt>
+<dt>31 spokes No. 5 reed, 27 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 4 blue reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 4 natural reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Weave a base 7<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches. Insert 31 spokes and turn up with four rows of
+triple. Weave twelve rows single weaving in No. 4 natural reed, then one
+row in triple twist, No. 4 blue reed. Seven checks in blue and natural
+follow this. Weave one row in triple with No. 4 blue reed and twelve rows
+No. 4 natural.</p>
+
+<p>Follow this with three rows of triple in No. 4 natural reed.</p><!--172.png--><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">135</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Complete the basket with plaited border described under Model 14.</p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 57.&mdash;FIG. 70<br />
+<br />
+SCRAP BASKET IN OVAL REED</h3>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 283px;">
+<img src="images/illo-029-70.jpg" width="283" height="278" alt="" title="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 70</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>8 spokes No. 5 reed, 6<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches.</dt>
+<dt>31 spokes No. 5 reed, 27 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 4 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 5 oval reed.</dt>
+<dt>Handle&mdash;2 spokes No. 6 reed, 46 inches.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Weave a base 6 inches. Insert 31 spokes. Pinch sharply and turn up with
+three rows of triple No. 5 reed. In No. 5 oval reed make forty-six rows,
+placing the weaver over 3 spokes and back of 2 spokes. Carry this weave
+throughout the basket. Finish with three rows of triple in No. 5 reed and
+the plaited border.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Handle</span></p>
+
+<p>Make two rings for the ring handles and fasten them to the sides of the
+basket.</p><!--173.png--><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">136</a></span></p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 58.&mdash;FIG. 71<br />
+<br />
+RUSH SCRAP BASKET</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 484px;">
+<img src="images/illo-029-71.jpg" width="484" height="498" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 71</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>8 spokes No. 5 reed, 8 inches.</dt>
+<dt>31 spokes No. 5 reed, 27 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 5 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers braided rush.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Over an 8 spoke foundation, weave a base 7<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches in pairing, with No.
+4 reed.</p>
+
+<p>Insert 31 spokes No. 5 reed. Pinch sharply and turn the spokes upward with
+three rows triple twist in No. 5 reed. In single weaving, weave twenty
+rows of braided rush. Complete the sides with four rows of triple twist in
+No. 5 reed. The plaited border completes the basket.</p>
+
+<p>While weaving, the spokes should be held slantingly outward. Care should
+be exercised not to spread the spokes outward too much as this will spoil
+the shape of basket. The diameter at the top of the basket, when finished,
+should be twelve inches.</p><!--174.png--><p><span class="pagenum">137</span></p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 59.<br />
+<br />
+NO. 2 FLOWER BASKET</h3>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>8 spokes No. 4 reed, 4<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches.</dt>
+<dt>26 spokes No. 4 reed, 18 inches.</dt>
+<dt>11 spokes No. 4 reed, 12 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 3 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 4 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Handle&mdash;1 spoke No. 8 reed, 30 inches.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Weave a base in pairing, 3<sup>3</sup>&frasl;<sub>4</sub> inches. Turn sharply upward with three rows
+of triple weave. Hold the spokes straight and weave, with No. 2 reed,
+three inches in pairing. Take a strand of No. 3 reed and weave six rows.
+Begin the shaping of the basket by holding the side spokes upright and
+bend the end spokes sharply down the outside of the basket. Continue the
+weaving until sixteen more rows are woven.</p>
+
+<p>Insert the 11 spokes, between the end spokes of the basket&mdash;5 spokes on
+one end and 6 on the other.</p>
+
+<p>Weave eight rows of triple twist and the border described under Model 22.</p>
+
+<p>Insert the handle spoke, down the side of the basket. In the coil twist,
+weave five rows. Fasten the ends of the weavers securely.</p><!--175.png--><p><span class="pagenum">138</span></p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 60.<br />
+<br />
+NO. 3 FLOWER BASKET</h3>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>6<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> spokes No. 5 reed, 6 inches.</dt>
+<dt>26 spokes No. 5 reed, 24 inches.</dt>
+<dt>15 spokes No. 5 reed, 12 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 4 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Handle&mdash;1 spoke No. 8 reed, 20 inches.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Complete a base five inches. Insert 26 spokes and turn sharply with three
+rows of triple weave. Hold the spoke straight upward, and make seventeen
+rows No. 2 reed, weaving over two spokes and under one spoke. Introduce
+slew wale with two weavers. Work twelve rows, over two spokes under one
+spoke.</p>
+
+<p>Insert the 15 spokes, 8 at one end and 7 at the other end. Weave two rows
+of 3-rod coil. Wet the spokes well and bend the end spokes down the
+outside of the basket. Hold the spokes in this position during the rest of
+the weaving&mdash;that is, hold the side spokes erect and the end spokes in a
+downward flare. Introduce two No. 2 weavers and make fifteen rows in
+pairing. Open the end spokes and bend them down. Weave seven
+rows<!--176.png--><span class="pagenum">139</span>
+in
+triple twist with No. 4 reed. Finish with the border described under Model
+22.</p>
+
+<p>Insert the 20 inch spoke for handle. Weave, in coil effect, four rows
+around the handle. Fasten the handle securely to the basket.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" /><!--180.png--><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">143</a></span></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER XII<br />
+<br />
+UTILITY BASKETS</h2>
+
+<h3>MODEL 61.&mdash;FIG. 72<br />
+<br />
+ARTISTIC BASKET WITH LID</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 464px;">
+<img src="images/illo-029-72.jpg" width="464" height="360" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 72</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>10 spokes No. 5 reed, 6 inches.</dt>
+<dt>21 spokes No. 5 reed, 18 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 4 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Lid&mdash;16 spokes No. 4 reed, 15 inches.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Make a bottom in the ordinary way, 5<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches. Insert the spokes, pinch,
+and make an upsetting four rows in 3-rod coil. Hold the spokes in a
+slightly slanting outward direction during the weaving of the basket. In
+plain weave, make 2<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>4</sub> inches. Follow this with four rows triple weave
+and the border described under Model 22.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Lid</span></p>
+
+<p>Arrange the spokes in position. In ribbon weave, work one row No. 00 reed.
+With No. 1 reed, weave four rows in pairing. Hold the
+spokes<!--181.png--><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">144</a></span>
+to secure a
+curved center for lid. Separate the spokes into groups of twos with five
+rows of pairing. Separate into single spokes with two rows triple twist
+No. 2 reed. Holding the spokes in an outward position, weave nine rows
+pairing. Wet the spokes and place the lid on a flat board or table. Press
+the spokes flat on the board and weave two rows of No. 4 reed in triple
+twist. In plain weave, work six rows. Complete the weaving with the
+following border: Turn the lid upside down. Take each spoke back of next
+spoke to the right, bring it to the front of the lid. Second row, each
+spoke is passed in front of next two spokes and back of the third spoke,
+where it is cut off.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Handle</span></p>
+
+<p>Make a ring 1<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>4</sub> inches in diameter. Fasten it to the center of the lid
+by weaving the ends in and out amid the weaving of lid.</p>
+
+<h3>FIG. 73</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 392px;">
+<img src="images/illo-029-73.jpg" width="392" height="276" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 73</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>The base spokes of this “Knitting Basket” are of No. 4 reed. The inserted
+spokes are of No. 3 reed, twenty-two inches long. The weavers are of No. 2
+and No. 3 reed.</p><!--184.png--><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">145</a></span></p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 62.&mdash;FIG. 74<br />
+<br />
+MOTHER’S SEWING BASKET</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 453px;">
+<img src="images/illo-030-74.jpg" width="453" height="355" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 74</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>8 spokes No. 5 reed, 7 inches.</dt>
+<dt>62 spokes No. 4 reed, 18 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers&mdash;No. 4 reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Weave a base seven inches in pairing. Insert the spokes, pinch, and turn
+with an upsetting of four rows 3-rod coil. Bend and hold the spokes
+outward. Work four inches in plain weave No. 4 reed. Wet the spokes, pinch
+and bend inward. Weave two inches plain weave. Make four rows triple
+twist. Complete the basket with the following border: First row, each
+group of spokes is brought back of the next group to the right and passed
+out to the front. Second row, each group is passed over the next four
+groups, back of the fifth group where it is cut off.</p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 63.&mdash;FIG. 75<br />
+<br />
+LILY BASKET</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 462px;">
+<img src="images/illo-030-75.jpg" width="462" height="327" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 75</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>8 spokes No. 5 reed, 6<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches.</dt>
+<dt>62 spokes No. 4 reed, 18 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 4 reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<!--185.png--><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">146</a></span></p>
+
+<p>With No. 1 reed, fasten the spokes with three rows of pairing. Separate
+into groups of twos, with two rows of pairing. Separate into single
+groups, with two rows of pairing. Insert two No. 4 weavers and work ten
+rows in pairing. This makes a 6<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inch base.</p>
+
+<p>Insert the spokes, two spokes each side of the base spokes. Turn up with
+an upsetting of four rows of triple twist No. 4 reed. The spokes are
+double and carried double throughout the basket. Hold the spokes so that
+the basket will slant outward. Weave four inches in plain weave. Wet the
+spokes and pinch sharply. Bend the spokes inward. Work one row in 3-rod
+coil. Follow this with fifteen rows in plain weave. Bending the spokes
+slightly upward, work five rows in triple weave. Cut off one spoke of each
+group. Complete the basket with the border described under Model 22.</p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 64.&mdash;FIG. 76<br />
+<br />
+SMALL BARREL SHAPED RUSH BASKET</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 375px;">
+<img src="images/illo-031-76.jpg" width="375" height="405" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 76</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>8 spokes No. 5 reed, 6<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches.</dt>
+<dt>31 spokes No. 5 reed, 20 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 4 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 5 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers braided rush.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<!--188.png--><p><span class="pagenum">147</span></p>
+
+<p>Make a round bottom six inches in diameter. Insert the 31 spokes and make
+an upsetting of six rows of 3-rod wale No. 5 reed. Throughout the basket,
+hold the spokes equal distance apart; weave carefully and evenly.</p>
+
+<p>Prepare the rush for weaving by soaking it in water until it is moist, or
+wet enough to keep it from cracking. Do not try to weave the braided rush
+dry as it cracks easily. Slant the spokes outward, introduce the rush and
+weave eight rows of simple weaving. Wet the spokes well and bend them in.
+Have the rush moistened and weave six rows, drawing the spokes in, to
+secure the rounded effect. Introduce three weavers of No. 4 reed, and work
+five rows of 3-rod wale. Complete the basket with the following border:</p>
+
+<p>First row, each spoke is carried back of the next two spokes to the right
+and out to the front. Second row, each spoke is passed in front of the
+next two spokes to the right, and back of the third where it is cut off.</p><!--189.png--><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">148</a></span></p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 65.&mdash;FIG. 77<br />
+<br />
+LARGE RUSH SCRAP BASKET</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 497px;">
+<img src="images/illo-031-77.jpg" width="497" height="472" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 77</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>8 spokes No. 6 reed, 7<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches.</dt>
+<dt>62 spokes No. 5 reed, 31 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 4 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 5 reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Make a round base seven inches in diameter. Insert the 62 spokes, placing
+two spokes each side of the base spokes. Weave two rows of triple twist.
+Turn the spokes sharply upward, weave four rows of triple weave and eight
+rows of plain weave. Insert three weavers and work two rows of triple.</p>
+
+<p>Soak the rush a few minutes in cold water and with it work fourteen rows
+in single weaving. Where any ends of rush are joined sew them carefully
+with fine raffia.</p>
+
+<p>Insert three weavers and make seven rows in triple twist. Throughout the
+basket each set of 2 spokes is treated as 1 spoke.</p>
+
+<p>Do not cut any of the spokes off. Make a plaited border with the double
+spokes. The spokes should be held slantingly outward, while weaving, to
+obtain the desired shape.</p><!--192.png--><p><span class="pagenum">149</span></p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 66.<br />
+<br />
+OBLONG TRAY</h3>
+
+<p>This tray will not only be of use on the dressing table, but will add to
+its beauty and daintiness; it also serves for an ideal comb and brush
+tray. Dimensions 9<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches by 6<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>4</sub> inches.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>9 spokes No. 4 reed, 15 inches.</dt>
+<dt>13 spokes No. 4 reed, 15 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 3 reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Place the 9 spokes in a horizontal position, equal distances apart; or if
+two pieces of wood, nine inches long, are available, make 9 holes in each
+piece <sup>3</sup>&frasl;<sub>4</sub> inch apart. Through these holes insert the nine 15 inch spokes.
+This holds the spokes in a firm position and makes the weaving simpler.</p>
+
+<p>Take two pieces of the 15 inch spokes and weave as 1 spoke, one row in
+simple weaving. Now insert a strand of No. 2 reed and make eleven rows
+simple weaving, working the first row under and over the same spokes as
+the two 15 inch spokes are woven.</p>
+
+<p>Weave one 15 inch spoke, weaving from right to left, under the first spoke
+and over the second. Introduce a No. 2 weaver, and work eleven
+rows,<!--193.png--><span class="pagenum">150</span>
+beginning under the first spoke and over the second. Weave another No. 4
+spoke. Continue in this way, first one No. 4 spoke, and then ten or eleven
+rows of No. 2 reed, until the thirteen pieces of No. 4 reed are woven.
+Both ends of the tray should have two No. 4 spokes woven as one. The
+weaving should now measure 9 inches by 6 inches.</p>
+
+<p>Weave one row of triple twist around the tray. Wet and turn both end and
+side spokes sharply upward. Make an upset of three rows of triple.</p>
+
+<p>With the spokes moist, weave the following border:</p>
+
+<p>First row, each spoke is brought back of the next spoke to the right and
+out to the front.</p>
+
+<p>Second row, each spoke is passed in front of next three spokes to the
+right and back of the fourth where it is cut off.</p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 67.<br />
+<br />
+UTILITY BASKET</h3>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>8 spokes No. 5 reed, 6<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches.</dt>
+<dt>31 spokes No. 5 reed, 22 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 2 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 4 reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Work a base 6<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches in the usual way.
+Insert<!--194.png--><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151">151</a></span>
+the 31 spokes and make
+an upset of three rows of triple twist. Work nine rows of double weaving
+No. 2 reed. Introduce three weavers and make two rows of triple. With No.
+2 reed, work nine rows more in double weaving. Follow this with two rows
+of No. 4 reed in triple, twelve rows double, three rows triple, twelve
+rows pairing No. 4 reed and seven rows No. 4 reed in 4-rod coil.</p>
+
+<p>Complete the basket with the border described under Model 22.</p>
+
+<p>The basket is enameled in white and gold and makes a very pretty effect.
+The base border and the top of the base are painted in gold.</p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 68.&mdash;FIG. 78<br />
+<br />
+SCRAP BASKET (OPEN WORK)</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 447px;">
+<img src="images/illo-031a-78.jpg" width="447" height="521" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 78</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>8 spokes No. 5 reed, 9 inches.</dt>
+<dt>31 spokes No. 5 reed, 29 inches.</dt>
+<dt>31 spokes No. 5 reed, 15 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 4 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 5 reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Make a base 8<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches in double weaving No. 4 reed. Insert the 31
+29-inch spokes. Turn sharply upward and make one row of 3-rod coil.
+Insert<!--195.png--><span class="pagenum">152</span>
+the 31 15-inch spokes and work three rows of triple twist. The spokes are
+now double and should be held straight. Make eight rows double weaving and
+four rows in triple. Leave one inch space open. Find the middle of a long
+weaver, place it around one of the double spokes and weave seven rows in
+pairing.</p>
+
+<p>Now separate the double spokes into single spokes with two rows triple
+twist. Leave another inch of open space in the basket. Take the middle of
+another weaver and, holding the spokes double again, weave four rows in
+pairing.</p>
+
+<p>Leave an open space of two inches. Weave three rows of pairing. Number the
+groups 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.</p>
+
+<p>Hold the second spoke of No. 1 group straight. Cross the first spoke of
+No. 3 group over the second spoke of No. 2 group, and place it by the side
+of No. 1 group, where it is held in this position by placing the middle of
+a weaver around it, and drawing one end of the weaver to the inside of the
+basket, the other end to the outside of basket. Hold the second spoke of
+No. 2 group straight, cross the first spoke of No. 4 group over the second
+spoke of No. 3 group and place it by the side of the second spoke of No. 2
+group. This is held in
+position<!--198.png--><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">153</a></span>
+by another twist of pairing. Take the
+first spoke of No. 5 group, cross it over second spoke of No. 4 group, and
+place it in position by the side of second spoke of No. 3 group, where it
+is held in position by a twist of pairing. Weave one row of pairing around
+the basket holding the spokes in this position. The second spoke of each
+group is held straight, while the first spoke of the third group to the
+right is crossed over the second group and placed by the side of the first
+group, where it is held in position by pairing. Two more rows of pairing
+are woven holding the double spokes side by side. Follow this with three
+rows of 4-rod coil.</p>
+
+<p>The basket is finished with border described under Model 22.</p>
+
+<p>Make ring handles and place in position on opposite sides of basket.</p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 69.&mdash;FIG. 79<br />
+<br />
+FANCY SCRAP BASKET</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 601px;">
+<img src="images/illo-031a-79.jpg" width="601" height="460" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 79</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>8 spokes No. 5 reed, 7<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches.</dt>
+<dt>62 spokes No. 4 reed, 27 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 4 reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Work a base 6<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches. Insert the spokes and make an upset of four rows
+3-rod coil. The
+basket<!--199.png--><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">154</a></span>
+is worked with double side spokes. Hold the spokes
+straight and weave twenty-nine rows in plain weave. Bend the spokes
+slightly outward. Weave two rows 3-rod coil, seventeen rows single, two
+rows 3-rod coil, sixteen rows single and five rows triple twist.</p>
+
+<p>The plaited border completes the weaving of the basket.</p>
+
+<p>Make ring handles and fasten on opposite sides of basket.</p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 70.&mdash;FIG. 80<br />
+<br />
+ARTISTIC SCRAP BASKET</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 670px;">
+<img src="images/illo-032-80.jpg" width="670" height="752" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 80</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p>This basket is first made, then enameled in white with suggestions of
+gold.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>8 spokes No. 5 reed, 7<sup>1</sup>&frasl;<sub>2</sub> inches.</dt>
+<dt>33 spokes No. 5 reed, 29 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 4 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 5 reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>In the ordinary way work a round base seven inches in diameter. Insert the
+33 spokes. Make an upset of four rows 3-rod coil. Weave ten rows plain
+weave, eight rows double, and twelve rows pairing. Introduce three weavers
+and work
+three<!--202.png--><span class="pagenum">155</span>
+rows 3-rod coil. The following design is worked in the
+basket on opposite sides: Number the spokes 1 to 33. The design is
+inserted between the spokes Nos. 11 to 17 (eleven to seventeen) inclusive,
+and between the spokes Nos. 27 to 33 (twenty-seven to thirty-three)
+inclusive. Insert a weaver back of any spoke, which may be called No. 1
+spoke, and work one row around the basket in plain weave. In the second
+and third rows, between the spokes Nos. 11 to 17 (eleven to seventeen) and
+Nos. 27 to 33 (twenty-seven to thirty-three) the weaver should pass back
+and in front of the same spokes as in No. 1 row. That is, in the first
+three rows the weaver should pass back of Nos. 11, 13, 15, 17 spokes, in
+front of Nos. 12, 14, 16 spokes, back of Nos. 27, 29, 31, 33 spokes, in
+front of Nos. 28, 30, 32 spokes. In the fourth, fifth and sixth rows the
+weaver passes back of Nos. 12, 14, 16 spokes, front of Nos. 13, 15 spokes,
+back of Nos. 28, 30, 32 spokes, in front of Nos. 29, 31 spokes. In the
+seventh, eighth and ninth rows the weaver passes back of Nos. 13, 15
+spokes, in front of No. 14 spoke, back of Nos. 29, 31 spokes, in front of
+No. 30 spoke. The tenth, eleventh and twelfth rows of weaving pass over
+and under the same spokes as the fourth, fifth and sixth rows. Likewise
+the<!--203.png--><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">156</a></span>
+thirteenth, fourteenth and fifteenth rows correspond to first, second
+and third rows, which complete the design.</p>
+
+<p>Between Nos. 1 to 10 spokes and Nos. 18 to 26 spokes, the weaving is the
+simple over and under weave. Owing to insertion of design it is sometimes
+necessary to pass the weaver back of two spokes to get the correct weave.
+Follow the fifteen rows of weaving with three rows of triple twist. Bend
+the spokes inward while making the triple twist. Holding the spokes in the
+same position work twenty rows plain weave. Follow this with five rows
+triple twist. Complete the basket with the border under Model 14.</p>
+
+<h3>MODEL 71.&mdash;FIG. 81<br />
+<br />
+FATHER’S WASTE PAPER BASKET</h3>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 674px;">
+<img src="images/illo-032-81.jpg" width="674" height="724" alt="" />
+<span class="caption"><span class="smcap">Fig. 81</span></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Material</span></p>
+
+<dl class="list">
+<dt>8 spokes No. 5 reed, 8 inches.</dt>
+<dt>31 spokes No. 5 reed, 28 inches.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 4 reed.</dt>
+<dt>Weavers No. 5 reed.</dt>
+</dl>
+
+<p>Make a seven inch base No. 4 reed. Insert the 31 spokes and turn up with
+five rows of upsetting No. 5 reed. Weave fifteen rows single
+weaving.<!--204.png--><span class="pagenum">157</span>
+Insert four weavers and work four rows, each weaver passing in front of
+three spokes and back of one spoke. From the beginning hold the spokes
+outward. In plain weave, work twenty-six rows. Wet the spokes well now and
+bend them in. Introduce three weavers and work three rows of triple twist.
+Drop two weavers and work eleven rows in plain weaving. The weaver should
+be drawn tightly from now on. Weave two rows in 3-rod coil. Drop two
+weavers and work sixteen rows in plain weaving. Wet the spokes again and
+with the plier press the spokes well and bend them outward for a slight
+flare. Work seventeen rows in plain weave. Bend the spokes down and make
+three rows of triple twist No. 5 reed. Finish with the following border:</p>
+
+<p>First row, place each spoke back of the next spoke to the right.</p>
+
+<p>Second row, carry each spoke over the next 3 spokes and down to the
+outside of basket where it rests under the fourth spoke. Cut off the ends
+sharply.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap" /><!--208.png--><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_161" id="Page_161">161</a></span></p>
+
+<h2>CHAPTER XIII<br />
+<br />
+A FEW WORDS ON DYEING</h2>
+
+<p>The art of dyeing has been of interest to the peoples of all nations and
+in all ages. History shows us that just so soon as man’s covering or
+clothing, the furs and skins of animals, was discarded for wool, linen or
+cotton materials, just so soon was the desire or want for colors made
+manifest. Man began the study of coloring, of staining and dyeing; he
+experimented, and in his new need he worked to reproduce the reds, the
+purples, the blues and the yellows of nature’s exquisite canvas, with what
+success and failure we have a fair knowledge.</p>
+
+<p>Nothing appeared too small or too unimportant to put in use in order to
+gain the desired results. Vegetables, fruits, plants, barks of trees and
+sometimes ludicrous mixtures were part of the workings for this purpose,
+all of which did meet with rewards&mdash;for dyes and beautiful colors were
+discovered.</p>
+
+<p>From the plant <i>indigoferae</i> was obtained a blue stain, known as indigo.
+Specimens of dyeing found in the Egyptian tombs show examples
+of<!--209.png--><span class="pagenum">162</span>
+indigo
+dye. This plant (<i>indigoferae</i>) grows and is industriously and profitably
+cultivated in South America and India. It was imported by the Romans from
+India, getting its name from that country. Two other important dyestuffs
+discovered in the early ages were saffron, which gives yellow shades, and
+madder-root, or to be more specific, the roots of madder, which produces
+brown and purple shades.</p>
+
+<p>Thus was obtained and supplied the blue dye from vegetable or plant life;
+and from animal life came the most beautiful red dyes.</p>
+
+<p>Cochineal, lac and kermes better known as “grain colors” and called so
+because of their general resemblance to grain, are really the dried bodies
+of insects, minute in size, called “cocci” berries, which lived and
+thrived on certain kinds of bushes and trees and which, after months of
+care, were taken from their berths and dried.</p>
+
+<p>These dyestuffs, used of course with a mordant, produce beautiful shades,
+which are fast to water and light.</p>
+
+<p>Perhaps no greater nor more remarkable changes have been made in any
+industry than in that of dyeing, for, the saving of labor, energy, time
+and money by the use of modern chemical agencies
+is<!--210.png--><span class="pagenum">163</span>
+of a magnitude not
+easily appreciable. New ways have completely supplanted the old. This
+revolution was due to the accidental discovery of mauveine by Sir William
+Henry Perkin, who by this and his later experiments enriched the world
+with one of its most important discoveries. After his discoveries became
+known great factories sprang up throughout Europe manufacturing coal-tar
+dyestuffs, shortly producing the “Basic dyes.” Perkin’s discovery served
+as a stimulus to other chemists, who, working unceasingly, soon produced
+quantities of dyestuffs, which are designated as “Aniline Colors.”</p>
+
+<p>Though progress has been made and the discoveries have simplified greatly
+the processes of dyeing, this does not mean that experimenting has ceased.
+By no means. Today interested and enthusiastic workers are anxiously and
+patiently experimenting, and hoping to find something new; perhaps they
+will, or it may be you, who, through your experimenting, will uncover to
+the world a new wonderful dyestuff.</p>
+
+<p>In preparing raffia for work, take care to shake it well. You will find
+that the best and easiest way to make it take the dye will be to soak it
+over night. If this is not practicable then soak it
+at<!--211.png--><span class="pagenum">164</span>
+least three hours.
+Dissolve the dye in vinegar&mdash;the dye bath should be warm.</p>
+
+<p>The “Basic Colors” will give satisfaction, but I would suggest in cases
+where a great deal of work is to be done that the fast acid colors be
+used.</p>
+
+<p>The color work in basketry plays a very important part as well as a
+fascinating one. There are numerous ways in which a basket or tray may be
+touched up, giving a charm to it that is most pleasing to the eye and
+attractive to the craftsman.</p>
+
+<p>The entire basket may be made first, and then either dipped, allowed to
+stand in the dye a few minutes, or boiled five to thirty minutes; it may
+be painted with Easy dye, stained with any desirable furniture stain,
+varnished and waxed up. The basket may be finished off by using either
+fine sandpaper, or powdered pumice stone, but in finishing colored
+baskets, it will be found that singeing will be the most successful
+method.</p>
+
+<p>Again to have a contrasting color with the natural or two tints of the
+same color, the reed should be dyed first and then the desired effect
+worked out.</p>
+
+<p>In dyeing reed allow it to soak in a mordant for two hours. This opens the
+pores and makes the dye a permanent part of the basket. Three
+ounces<!--212.png--><span class="pagenum">165</span>
+of
+alum to one quart of water makes a good mordant for many vegetable dyes.</p>
+
+<p>Beautiful shades of brown, green, blue and red may be obtained by using
+logwood, indigo, fustic, cutch, madder, cochineal, and copperas. A very
+pleasing finish is secured by painting or staining the article with Light
+Oil Finish, combining it with turpentine in whatever proportion desired.
+Malachite green stain used with turpentine and Light Oil Finish make a
+very attractive pale green. The alert basket maker, who desires to
+experiment, must be on the watch in the autumn for natural dyeing
+material. The leaves and flowers of plants, the bark of trees, berries,
+etc., may be used most successfully in obtaining very desirable dye, and
+with patience and care beautiful and delicate shades may be obtained from
+vegetable dyes.</p>
+
+<p>The following recipes may be used for vegetable dyeing:</p>
+
+<p><b>Brown</b></p>
+
+<p>Dissolve two teaspoonfuls of madder in one quart of water. Allow the reed
+to soak in it five hours.</p>
+
+<p><b>Yellow Brown No. 1</b></p>
+
+<p>Soak the reed for several hours in
+logwood<!--213.png--><span class="pagenum">166</span>
+extract&mdash;obtained by boiling
+logwood chips in water twenty minutes.</p>
+
+<p><b>Yellow Brown No. 2</b></p>
+
+<p>Mix in a quart of water two tablespoonfuls of cutch extract, adding one
+and a half tablespoonfuls of fustic. Boil the reed in this solution for
+two hours, but test.</p>
+
+<p><b>Olive Brown No. 1</b></p>
+
+<p>Dissolve two tablespoonfuls of cutch, two tablespoonfuls of fustic, and
+one-half spoonful of logwood in a quart of water. Boil the reed two hours
+in this composition.</p>
+
+<p><b>Olive Brown No. 2</b></p>
+
+<p>Boil the material several hours in a composition of one and one-half
+pounds of walnut bark, five teaspoonfuls of washing soda and one-half cup
+of rock alum.</p>
+
+<p><b>Yellow No. 1</b></p>
+
+<p>A good yellow can be obtained by experimenting with smartweed.</p>
+
+<p><b>Yellow No. 2</b></p>
+
+<p>Mordant the reed in a solution of alum, and boil it in an extract of
+fustic, a half hour.</p><!--214.png--><p><span class="pagenum">167</span></p>
+
+<p><b>Green</b></p>
+
+<p>Mordant the reed in a solution of alum and water, and then dye it in the
+solution composition&mdash;three teaspoonfuls of indigo, a small crystal of
+copperas, and three pints of water. After the material is removed and
+washed dip it in a solution of bark extract and water.</p>
+
+<p><b>Olive Green</b></p>
+
+<p>Mordant the reed in a solution of two teaspoonfuls of copperas in one
+quart of water. Boil the reed then in the following solution: To three
+teaspoonfuls of bark extract in a quart of water, add a half teaspoonful
+of indigo and a small quantity of logwood.</p>
+
+<p><b>Indian Red</b></p>
+
+<p>Dissolve in about a quart of boiling water two tablespoonfuls of cutch
+extract and a small crystal of blue-stone. Boil the material in this
+solution until the desired color is obtained.</p>
+
+<div class="c3">END</div>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+<div class="c3"><a name="Changes" id="Changes"></a>TRANSCRIBER’S AMENDMENTS</div>
+
+<p>Transcriber’s Note: Blank pages have been deleted. Some illustrations may
+have been moved, and the list of illustrations modified accordingly. When
+the author’s preference can be determined, we have rendered consistent on
+a per-word-pair basis the hyphenation or spacing of such pairs when
+repeated in the same grammatical context. The publisher’s inadvertent
+omissions of important punctuation have been corrected. Duplicative book
+and chapter front matter has been removed.</p>
+
+<p>The following list indicates any additional changes. The page number
+represents that of the original publication and applies in this etext
+except for illustrations since they may have been moved.</p>
+
+<pre>
+Page          Change
+
+vii  20. <span class="smcap">Heavy Border</span>      37[69]
+ 42  the nautral[natural] color and then
+127  glass should be indentical[identical] in
+167  [END]
+</pre>
+
+<div style="padding-top: 1em;"><a href="#Start">Start of text.</a></div>
+
+<hr class="chap" />
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Practical Basketry, by Anna A. Gill
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK PRACTICAL BASKETRY ***
+
+***** This file should be named 38681-h.htm or 38681-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/3/8/6/8/38681/
+
+Produced by Karl Eichwalder, Stephen Hope, Henry Gardiner
+and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at
+https://www.pgdp.net (This book was produced from scanned
+images of public domain material from the Google Print
+project.)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/38681-h/images/cover.jpg b/38681-h/images/cover.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef804d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/cover.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-002a.png b/38681-h/images/illo-002a.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b591bea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-002a.png
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-002b.png b/38681-h/images/illo-002b.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..167e5fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-002b.png
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-003a.png b/38681-h/images/illo-003a.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fb75878
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-003a.png
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-003b.png b/38681-h/images/illo-003b.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..93e5c0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-003b.png
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-004a.png b/38681-h/images/illo-004a.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..618b408
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-004a.png
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-004b.png b/38681-h/images/illo-004b.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3032bb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-004b.png
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-005.png b/38681-h/images/illo-005.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7460a98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-005.png
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-006a.png b/38681-h/images/illo-006a.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8db1c01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-006a.png
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-006b.png b/38681-h/images/illo-006b.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e258dd1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-006b.png
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-007.png b/38681-h/images/illo-007.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f86a75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-007.png
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-008a.png b/38681-h/images/illo-008a.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4018a57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-008a.png
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-008b.png b/38681-h/images/illo-008b.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c694a2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-008b.png
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-009.png b/38681-h/images/illo-009.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d4cb66a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-009.png
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-010a.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-010a.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9f8a944
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-010a.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-010b.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-010b.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d19f5bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-010b.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-010c.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-010c.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f8aa5aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-010c.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-011.png b/38681-h/images/illo-011.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..32cd291
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-011.png
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-012.png b/38681-h/images/illo-012.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b295174
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-012.png
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-013a.png b/38681-h/images/illo-013a.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb2b8cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-013a.png
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-013b.png b/38681-h/images/illo-013b.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..369b0e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-013b.png
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-014a-04.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-014a-04.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e3fc11e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-014a-04.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-014a-05.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-014a-05.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..51dfc13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-014a-05.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-014a-06.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-014a-06.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c838087
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-014a-06.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-014a-07.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-014a-07.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1cf15f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-014a-07.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-014a-08.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-014a-08.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..df5d732
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-014a-08.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-014a-09.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-014a-09.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..66e9f92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-014a-09.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-014a-10.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-014a-10.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e1e9204
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-014a-10.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-014a-11.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-014a-11.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..10cc705
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-014a-11.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-014a-12.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-014a-12.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dcecfa2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-014a-12.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-015.png b/38681-h/images/illo-015.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c0e9dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-015.png
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-016.png b/38681-h/images/illo-016.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0ad5fa8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-016.png
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-016a-13.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-016a-13.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9d2cd8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-016a-13.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-016a-14.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-016a-14.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0770bf0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-016a-14.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-016a-15.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-016a-15.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b1ffb4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-016a-15.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-016a-16.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-016a-16.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..75ee698
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-016a-16.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-016a-17.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-016a-17.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2cab84a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-016a-17.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-016b-18.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-016b-18.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f36fff6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-016b-18.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-016b-19.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-016b-19.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7d4802
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-016b-19.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-016b-20.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-016b-20.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f48056c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-016b-20.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-017-21.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-017-21.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fc7b189
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-017-21.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-017-22.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-017-22.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..631fb61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-017-22.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-017-23.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-017-23.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d91da3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-017-23.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-017-24.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-017-24.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..103d091
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-017-24.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-017-25.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-017-25.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..825f9b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-017-25.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-018-20.png b/38681-h/images/illo-018-20.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d0c2f48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-018-20.png
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-019-26.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-019-26.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..39c53ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-019-26.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-020-27.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-020-27.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..184b8cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-020-27.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-020-28.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-020-28.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4852cf1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-020-28.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-020-29.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-020-29.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..245a5c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-020-29.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-020-30.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-020-30.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e58716
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-020-30.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-020-31.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-020-31.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8af2981
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-020-31.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-021-32.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-021-32.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..66c1c59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-021-32.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-021-33.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-021-33.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe04d9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-021-33.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-021-34.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-021-34.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..22b3445
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-021-34.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-021-35.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-021-35.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..13968db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-021-35.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-022-36.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-022-36.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5aeeb6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-022-36.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-022-41.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-022-41.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce4e2e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-022-41.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-022-42.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-022-42.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f05af2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-022-42.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-022-43.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-022-43.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e0844a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-022-43.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-023-37.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-023-37.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f4455ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-023-37.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-023-38.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-023-38.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4e26e45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-023-38.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-023-39.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-023-39.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b44d7f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-023-39.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-023-40.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-023-40.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..00255f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-023-40.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-024-44.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-024-44.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15fdc87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-024-44.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-024-45.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-024-45.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..344902f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-024-45.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-024-46.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-024-46.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad35b3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-024-46.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-025-47.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-025-47.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3860465
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-025-47.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-025-48.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-025-48.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b0b8b8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-025-48.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-025-49.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-025-49.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..336bce5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-025-49.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-025-50-51-52.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-025-50-51-52.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..efd7f53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-025-50-51-52.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-025-53.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-025-53.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af93ff7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-025-53.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-026-55.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-026-55.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d588ef0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-026-55.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-026-56.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-026-56.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d6acd6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-026-56.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-026-57.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-026-57.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8afc440
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-026-57.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-026a-58.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-026a-58.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..df0313f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-026a-58.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-026a-59.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-026a-59.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5d9f66a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-026a-59.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-026a-60.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-026a-60.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..59cae0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-026a-60.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-026a-61.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-026a-61.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d404e85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-026a-61.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-026a-62.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-026a-62.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e46eb23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-026a-62.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-026a-63.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-026a-63.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a04c2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-026a-63.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-026b-64.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-026b-64.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..44b0fd2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-026b-64.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-026b-65.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-026b-65.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7dda5f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-026b-65.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-026b-66.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-026b-66.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb414c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-026b-66.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-027-54.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-027-54.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..861b4bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-027-54.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-027-67.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-027-67.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..16d33e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-027-67.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-028-68.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-028-68.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..02cfcd3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-028-68.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-028-69.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-028-69.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a797dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-028-69.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-029-70.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-029-70.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d0939df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-029-70.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-029-71.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-029-71.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ef3c26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-029-71.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-029-72.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-029-72.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..850591d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-029-72.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-029-73.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-029-73.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce44343
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-029-73.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-030-74.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-030-74.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..02030e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-030-74.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-030-75.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-030-75.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4238c56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-030-75.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-031-76.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-031-76.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..12f6b98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-031-76.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-031-77.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-031-77.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d3583af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-031-77.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-031a-78.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-031a-78.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8bb0844
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-031a-78.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-031a-79.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-031a-79.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..821b2df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-031a-79.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-032-80.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-032-80.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8908129
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-032-80.jpg
diff --git a/38681-h/images/illo-032-81.jpg b/38681-h/images/illo-032-81.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0021568
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681-h/images/illo-032-81.jpg
diff --git a/38681.txt b/38681.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e71953
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,3828 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Practical Basketry, by Anna A. Gill
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Practical Basketry
+
+Author: Anna A. Gill
+
+Release Date: January 27, 2012 [EBook #38681]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK PRACTICAL BASKETRY ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Karl Eichwalder, Stephen Hope, Henry Gardiner
+and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at
+https://www.pgdp.net (This book was produced from scanned
+images of public domain material from the Google Print
+project.)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Transcriber's Note: The original publication has been replicated
+faithfully except as shown in the TRANSCRIBER'S AMENDMENTS at the end of
+the text. This etext presumes a mono-spaced font on the user's device,
+such as Courier New. Words in italics are indicated like _this_. Text
+emphasized with bold characters or other treatment is shown like =this=.
+
+[Illustration: _Frontispiece_]
+
+
+
+
+  PRACTICAL BASKETRY
+
+  BY
+
+  ANNA A. GILL
+
+  TEACHER OF ORTHOGENIC CLASS,
+  KENDERTON SCHOOL, PHILADELPHIA
+
+
+  DRAWINGS BY THE AUTHOR
+
+
+  PHILADELPHIA
+
+  DAVID McKAY, PUBLISHER
+
+  604-608 SOUTH WASHINGTON SQUARE
+
+
+  COPYRIGHT, 1916, BY
+  DAVID MCKAY
+
+
+  TO
+  THE MEMORY OF
+  MY FATHER
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+
+  PREFACE                                         xi
+
+  CHAPTER I
+
+  EQUIPMENT--MATERIALS, TOOLS                     19
+
+  CHAPTER II
+
+  THE FIRST LESSON, WEAVES                        25
+
+  CHAPTER III
+
+  WEAVING BEGUN--MATS, BORDERS, SMALL BASKETS
+      (MODELS 1-9)                                37
+
+  CHAPTER IV
+
+  SEPARATE BOTTOM BASKETS (MODELS 9-16)           51
+
+  CHAPTER V
+
+  HANDLES AND LIDS (MODELS 17-22)                 65
+
+  CHAPTER VI
+
+  HANGING BASKETS (MODELS 23-28)                  77
+
+  CHAPTER VII
+
+  FLOWER RECEPTACLES (MODELS 29-34)               89
+
+  CHAPTER VIII
+
+  OVAL BASKETS (MODELS 35-41)                     99
+
+  CHAPTER IX
+
+  TRAYS (MODELS 42-46)                           111
+
+  CHAPTER X
+
+  FRUIT BASKET TRAYS (MODELS 47-54)              121
+
+  CHAPTER XI
+
+  SCRAP BASKETS (MODELS 55-60)                   133
+
+  CHAPTER XII
+
+  UTILITY BASKETS (MODELS 61-71)                 143
+
+  CHAPTER XIII
+
+  A FEW WORDS ON DYEING                          161
+
+
+
+
+ILLUSTRATIONS
+
+
+  _Frontispiece_
+
+  DIAGRAM                                       PAGE
+
+  1. SIMPLE WEAVING                               26
+
+  2. DOUBLE WEAVING                               26
+
+  3. PAIRING                                      27
+
+  4. DOUBLE PAIRING                               27
+
+  5. TWO AND ONE WEAVE                            28
+
+  6. THREE AND TWO WEAVE                          28
+
+  7. TRIPLE TWIST OR THREE-ROD COIL               29
+
+  8. FOUR-ROD COIL                                30
+
+  9. FIVE-ROD COIL                                30
+
+  10. SLEWING                                     31
+
+  11. SIXTEEN-SPOKE CENTER                        32
+
+  12. A SPLIT SPOKE                               32
+
+  13. JOINING WEAVERS                             33
+
+  14. OPEN BORDER NO. 1                           38
+
+  15. OPEN BORDER NO. 2                           39
+
+  16. CLOSED BORDER NO. 1 (PART I)                40
+
+  17. CLOSED BORDER NO. 1 (PART II)               40
+
+  18. CLOSED BORDER NO. 2                         44
+
+  19. CLOSED BORDER NO. 3                         47
+
+  20. HEAVY BORDER                                69
+
+
+  FIG.                                          PAGE
+
+  1. INCISION IN SPOKES                           37
+
+  2. BEGINNING A MAT                              37
+
+  3. WEAVING A MAT                                37
+
+  4. MAT WITH OPEN BORDER                         37
+
+  5. MAT WITH CLOSED BORDER                       39
+
+  6. BASKET FOR MOTHER'S BUTTONS                  41
+
+  7. BASKET FOR PENCILS                           42
+
+  8. BASKET FOR SPOOLS                            43
+
+  9. TOOTH-BRUSH HOLDER                           44
+
+  10. BARREL SHAPED FANCY BASKET                  45
+
+  11. NO. 1 JARDINIERE                            47
+
+  12. MATCH TRAY                                  48
+
+  13. DESK UTILITY BASKET                         51
+
+  14. COVERING FOR SMALL FLOWER POT               52
+
+  15. STRIPED SEWING BASKET                       53
+
+  16. SEWING BASKET (DOUBLE WEAVING)              55
+
+  17. SEWING BASKET (CHECK EFFECT)                56
+
+  18. GREEN AND WHITE BASKET                      59
+
+  19. FANCY SEWING BASKET NO. 1                   60
+
+  20. SMALL SEWING BASKET                         62
+
+  21. SMALL CARRYING BASKET                       65
+
+  22. LITTLE MARKETING BASKET                     66
+
+  23. LUNCH BASKET WITH LID                       68
+
+  24. OVAL BASKET WITH LID                        70
+
+  25. CANDY BASKET                                72
+
+  26. FANCY SEWING BASKET WITH LID                73
+
+  27. SMALL GREEN HANGING BASKET                  77
+
+  28. SMALL FLOWER RECEPTACLE                     78
+
+  29. HANGING BASKET                              78
+
+  30. NO. 2 BOWL SHAPED HANGING BASKET            78
+
+  31. NO. 3 HANGING BASKET                        80
+
+  32. BASKET WITH BRAIDED HANDLE                  82
+
+  33. BOWL SHAPED BASKET WITH FLARED TOP          83
+
+  34. FUNNEL SHAPED HANGING BASKET                84
+
+  35. LARGE GREEN FUNNEL SHAPED HANGING BASKET    85
+
+  36. VASE WITH HANDLES                           89
+
+  37. NO. 2 GREEN JARDINIERE                      90
+
+  38. NO. 3 JARDINIERE IN OVAL REED               91
+
+  39. JARDINIERE FOR RUBBER PLANT                 92
+
+  40. OVAL REED JARDINIERE                        93
+
+  41. NO. 1 FERN DISH                             94
+
+  42. NO. 2 FERN DISH                             95
+
+  43. FLOWER BASKET                               95
+
+  44. NO. 1 OVAL FLOWER BASKET WITH ROUND BASE    99
+
+  45. NO. 2 OVAL FLOWER BASKET (GREEN AND BROWN) 100
+
+  46. NO. 3 OVAL FLOWER BASKET                   101
+
+  47-53. OVAL BASES                            101-2
+
+  54. CARD TRAY                                  104
+
+  55. OVAL BASE BASKET                           105
+
+  56. NO. 1 OVAL BASE FLOWER BASKET              106
+
+  57. SMALL OVAL BASE FLOWER BASKET              107
+
+  58. PIN TRAY                                   111
+
+  59. CANDY TRAY NO. 1                           112
+
+  60. CANDY TRAY NO. 2                           113
+
+  61. CAKE TRAY                                  113
+
+  62. NO. 1 SANDWICH TRAY                        115
+
+  63. NO. 2 SANDWICH TRAY                        117
+
+  64. NO. 1 FRUIT BASKET TRAY                    121
+
+  65. NO. 2 FRUIT BASKET TRAY                    122
+
+  66. NO. 3 FRUIT BASKET TRAY                    124
+
+  67. SMALL SERVING TRAY                         126
+
+  68. SMALL SCRAP BASKET (CHECKER DESIGN)        133
+
+  69. LARGE SCRAP BASKET (CHECKER DESIGN)        134
+
+  70. SCRAP BASKET IN OVAL REED                  135
+
+  71. RUSH SCRAP BASKET                          136
+
+  72. ARTISTIC BASKET WITH LID                   143
+
+  73. KNITTING BASKET                            144
+
+  74. MOTHER'S SEWING BASKET                     145
+
+  75. LILY BASKET                                145
+
+  76. SMALL BARREL SHAPED RUSH BASKET            146
+
+  77. LARGE RUSH SCRAP BASKET                    148
+
+  78. SCRAP BASKET (OPEN WORK)                   151
+
+  79. FANCY SCRAP BASKET                         153
+
+  80. ARTISTIC SCRAP BASKET                      154
+
+  81. FATHER'S WASTE PAPER BASKET                156
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE
+
+
+Basketry is one of the oldest and most valuable of the crafts. As far back
+as the time of the Israelites we read of its usefulness in offering
+sacrifices. Of necessity it was born, and in its infancy was made into
+simple forms, but very soon its importance to man was so duly felt and
+appreciated that new forms took shape, and its uses were so extended that
+the early basket makers vied with one another in producing pleasing work
+and in discovering new and various kinds of materials to put into it.
+
+Though the Chinese and Japanese have sent us, for long years, marvelous
+things of beauty, it is to our American Indian that we owe our debt for
+beauty and artistry of this industry; for industry it is.
+
+It seems quite impossible to me to write on basketry without mentioning
+the Indian and his connection with it, for we can very safely call him the
+master artist of basket work. In its history, and a romantic one it is,
+the Indian figures first and last. The Indian woman was never satisfied
+with the materials just at hand; she sought for and tried all kinds, in
+season and out of season, and she chose, unerringly, the best. Her
+patience was without limit in her experiments in materials, dyes and
+weaves, with the result that her basketry is the peer of any in the world.
+Her sample work was nature--and into every line of her basket she wove a
+meaning symbolical of something in particular.
+
+Serious study of Indian basketry would serve both as an inspiration and
+stimulation to better work: its intricacy, its poetry and its artistry
+would be a revelation, and give a fuller understanding of a people so
+sadly misunderstood.
+
+Basketry was used by the primitive Indians in carrying water. When there
+was a scarcity, and careful conservation was necessary, the basket was the
+article used as a conveyance. Some of the California Indians up to this
+day use their baskets successfully as cooking utensils, while the
+bassinet, made out of basketry, was, and is still, used by the Indian to
+hold the papoose.
+
+Basketry is an important factor in the promotion of education. Its wide
+influence is felt not only in the class room but in homes, settlement
+work, blind institutions, asylums, in fact in institutions of all kinds.
+The importance and influence of basketry is being recognized now and the
+work is being carried on in earnest. Within the past five years it has
+made a great jump and in most institutions where manual training has been
+introduced, basket making has attained a prominent place in the training
+of the child.
+
+Basket work is a valuable aid in the character building of the child, for,
+through it can be given lessons in patience, perseverance and
+concentration, while truth and honesty can be effectually impressed on the
+worker, resulting in the gradual though steady developing of the will
+power.
+
+Our reorganized school systems show what a specific educational value
+manual training has, not alone in the manual skill which the child
+attains, but also in the mental, moral and economic values which it gains.
+
+The desire to construct and create is strong in childhood, and here in
+basketry will be found an astonishing aid in inspiring such desire and in
+developing constructive ability. Children, especially boys, find it
+fascinating and it is a work which appeals to them in all their moods;
+frequently when they are unable to do any other kind of school work they
+turn with delight to basketry.
+
+The child who works steadily over a basket, and may have it to weave and
+reweave many times before completing it satisfactorily, is not only
+receiving a valuable lesson in patience and thoroughness, and gaining much
+experience which will be of inestimable value later on in this particular
+work, but he is being trained into an efficient workman of the future.
+
+Basket making, which handwork the children love best to do, not only
+develops their judgment, makes keen their observation, makes them
+discriminating, but it has a stimulating effect upon their minds and
+awakens in them the desire to put forth their best efforts. Hanging
+baskets, scrap baskets, trays, etc., mean something more to them than a
+piece of basket work done merely because of its utility. Instinctively
+they recognize the true intrinsic value of the work and that they are real
+workers, but also it is the beauty and the surprises in basketry
+development that has its strong and attractive appeal for them.
+
+Owing to the simplicity of basketry the work is being generally accepted.
+The child of seven or eight years may make a simple mat and basket and
+find it play work, while the older child may make beautiful useful baskets
+and trays for the home.
+
+Originality in the child has full play and should always be encouraged
+since the field of work in this ground is abundant; and he should never be
+discouraged, no matter how loose the weaving may be nor how crude it may
+look: he will soon be able, through comparison, to discover his mistakes
+and correct the poor work.
+
+I would suggest that children be permitted to criticise their own and each
+other's work.
+
+The celebrating of the holiday seasons can be nicely carried out in the
+manual training period when the making of birthday gifts, Christmas trays,
+Easter baskets, sewing baskets, hanging baskets and scrap baskets can be
+appropriately introduced. Try this suggestion, and watch the happiness of
+the child who makes gifts for his loved ones.
+
+Sequence in basketry should be followed carefully with beginners, and
+although it will be impossible to give in detail all the steps included in
+the subject, the most essential and important will be given, with many
+suggestions in models for advanced workers.
+
+In conclusion, just a word to the special class teacher of backward,
+defective, and the backward or defective delinquents. The course presented
+in this book may be used in the sequence given or adapted just as is
+necessary to the class of children taught. Most of the models here
+demonstrated have been successfully taught to children in the backward
+delinquent class and have been a means of promoting, mentally and morally,
+the welfare of the child; directing his miscontrolled energy into proper
+channels, besides making his school life a brighter and happier one.
+
+That this book may be of help to the basket maker and that it may bring
+much success and happiness to the reader is the wish of the author who has
+spent many happy hours in preparing it.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+EQUIPMENT
+
+
+MATERIALS
+
+The materials used in making these baskets are rattan or reed, raffia,
+rush, straw, hemp.
+
+Rattan is a palm which grows wild in India, Japan, China and East India
+Islands. The rattan seed is black and corresponds in size to a pea. It is
+a notable fact that, while growing, the rattan always faces the sun. The
+shoot of this seed grows four years; it is then cut close. The plant
+produces almost three hundred shoots which are cut annually. These slender
+shoots attain a length of from three to five hundred feet. They climb the
+highest trees and hang from them in graceful festoons. It is interesting
+to see how, like the selfish pumpkin vine, they crowd out any other plant
+that should happen to be in the way. By small fibres which spring from the
+joints, they fasten themselves to the trees, and they hold so tenaciously
+and have such grip or strength that it requires several men, sometimes as
+many as a half dozen, to separate and remove them.
+
+The reed is manufactured from the rattan. It has been manufactured in
+America for about sixty years. There are a number of such manufacturing
+plants, among which the Wakefield Rattan Company and the New England
+Company have made splendid reed. Germany and Belgium give us the best
+reed, while the least desirable quality comes from China.
+
+The outer surface of the rattan is glazed. It is cut in long narrow
+strips, and is familiar to everyone under the name "cane." It is used in
+caning chairs. From the pith or inside rattan, we get the reed known as
+oval, flat and round, the latter being most extensively used.
+
+The round reed varies in sizes from No. 00 to No. 17; No. 00 being the
+finest, is used in making the centers of baskets, in finishing handles,
+and in making very small baskets and trays. Sizes 1 to 5 are used in
+making ordinary size baskets and trays, 5 and 6 for scrap baskets, 8 and
+10 for handle foundations.
+
+The reed comes only in the natural color, but may be dyed into many
+beautiful colors either before or after the article is made.
+
+Oval or split reed comes in sizes 5 and 7. This reed makes artistic
+hanging baskets.
+
+The flat 3/8 inch wide is often used in making foundations for sweet grass
+baskets, and it also makes durable scrap baskets.
+
+Raffia is the outside covering of the Madagascar palm. It is a light,
+tough material imported in the natural or straw color, but may be dyed in
+many beautiful colors. It is sold in bundles or braids of from one to four
+pounds. Care should be exercised in using this material. It is advisable
+to keep it in canvas bags or hang it in braids in the class room, as
+careless handling may cause untidiness or tend to disorder in the class
+room.
+
+Rush, flat or braided, is imported and sold in the natural and dull green
+colors. The flat rush is sold by the pound, the braided by bundles or
+bunches. The braided rush makes a strong scrap basket; it must be soaked
+before using to prevent cracking. The flat rush is used in making smaller
+baskets.
+
+Straw is used as a weaver, and can be woven either wet or dry, but it is
+better to dip it in water a few minutes before using. Round and oval
+scrap baskets may be made by combining different colors of the straw with
+the natural color.
+
+Hemp, which is imported from the Philippine Islands, may be used as a
+foundation for raffia and sweet grass baskets.
+
+
+TOOLS
+
+Very few tools are necessary in basketry, although, to the basket maker,
+who intends doing much work the following articles are essential: pruning
+shears, awl, plier, galvanized tub and bucket, measuring stick or rule,
+knife for splicing the reed. Rubber fingers may be used. For the dyer,
+rubber gloves and large earthen pots are necessary.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+THE FIRST LESSON
+
+
+Reed is a brittle material, therefore it must be soaked in water before
+using. The time required depends on the number of the reed used. No. 00
+merely dipped in water can be used successfully. Nos. 1 and 2 can be used
+after soaking in water ten minutes; Nos. 4 and 5 after fifteen or twenty
+minutes. Either cold or hot water may be used, the hot water consuming
+less time to soak the reed than the cold.
+
+No. 4 and No. 2 reeds are commonly used together in ordinary sized
+baskets. No. 4 for the spokes, which form the foundation upon and around
+which No. 2, as the weaver, is woven.
+
+The weaving of a round mat or basket is begun in the center and woven out
+toward the end. It is absolutely necessary that beginners master the
+fundamental steps, for no basket can be well made that has a poor bottom.
+In order to avoid this, the mat is practised upon until the art of weaving
+a good center is accomplished.
+
+The following are the commonest weaves used.
+
+SIMPLE WEAVING is the commonest of all and is the continuation of under
+one spoke and over the next.
+
+[Illustration: DIAGRAM NO. 1.--SIMPLE WEAVING]
+
+DOUBLE WEAVING, the same as simple weaving only that two weavers are woven
+together as one.
+
+[Illustration: DIAGRAM NO. 2.--DOUBLE WEAVING]
+
+PAIRING.--Two weavers are inserted back of two successive spokes and
+crossed between, then under weave brought forward each time and made the
+upper weave. This may be used on an even as well as odd number of spokes.
+
+[Illustration: DIAGRAM NO. 3.--PAIRING]
+
+DOUBLE PAIRING.--The weave is the same as pairing but two weavers are
+woven together as one.
+
+[Illustration: DIAGRAM NO. 4.--DOUBLE PAIRING]
+
+TWO AND ONE WEAVE.--Simply a weaver woven in front of two spokes and back
+of one spoke. This makes a pretty effect in oval reed.
+
+[Illustration: DIAGRAM NO. 5.--TWO AND ONE WEAVE]
+
+THREE AND TWO WEAVE.--One weaver woven in front of three spokes and back
+of two. This weave is used with oval reed and rush, in making scrap
+baskets.
+
+[Illustration: DIAGRAM NO. 6.--THREE AND TWO WEAVE]
+
+TRIPLE TWIST OR THREE-ROD COIL, sometimes called the "Wale" Weave.--Three
+weavers start back of three consecutive spokes. Beginning with the first
+spoke to the left and weaving to the right bring the left-hand weaver out
+in front of the next two spokes, back of the next and out in front. The
+second and third weavers are treated in the same way, always bringing each
+weaver in front of 2 spokes and back of the next one. This weave is used
+mostly in beginning the sides of separate bottom baskets where the spokes
+are inserted, and in the ending of baskets. It is a strong foundation for
+borders and handles.
+
+[Illustration: DIAGRAM NO. 7.--TRIPLE TWIST OR THREE-ROD COIL]
+
+FOUR-ROD COIL OR ROPE TWIST.--Is woven in a similar manner to the three
+coil weave except that the weavers are brought in front of 3 spokes and
+back of one.
+
+[Illustration: DIAGRAM NO. 8.--FOUR-ROD COIL]
+
+FIVE-ROD COIL.--The weavers are brought in front of 4 spokes and back of 1
+spoke.
+
+[Illustration: DIAGRAM NO. 9.--FIVE-ROD COIL]
+
+UPSETTING.--Simply a strong weave used in turning up a basket. Three rows
+of a three or four coil weave are usually used in making an upsetting on
+a scrap basket.
+
+SLEWING.--Two or more weavers used as one in single weaving.
+
+[Illustration: DIAGRAM NO. 10.--SLEWING]
+
+THE SIXTEEN-SPOKE CENTER means sixteen spokes arranged in groups of fours
+in the following manner: first, four spokes are placed in a vertical
+position, the next four in a horizontal position over the first four, the
+remaining eight spokes arranged in diagonal positions, one diagonal four
+laid over the other diagonal four in an opposite direction. A weaver is
+placed under the left-hand horizontal group and simple weaving is woven
+over one group and under another until four rows are completed. The spokes
+are then separated into groups of twos by bringing the weavers over and
+under every two spokes instead of four. This may be finished either in
+simple weaving with one weaver, or by inserting another weaver, in
+pairing.
+
+[Illustration: DIAGRAM NO. 11.--SIXTEEN-SPOKE CENTER]
+
+In cutting the ends of spokes always cut obliquely to prevent the reed
+from splitting.
+
+In splitting spokes, the incision must be made carefully in the center of
+the spoke. Do not make the incision larger than is necessary.
+
+[Illustration: DIAGRAM NO. 12.--A SPLIT SPOKE]
+
+Half of the number of spokes needed should be split in center, and the
+other half inserted through the incision.
+
+In beginning a new weaver join it to the other weaver by crossing both
+ends back of a spoke.
+
+[Illustration: DIAGRAM NO. 13.--JOINING WEAVERS]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+WEAVING BEGUN
+
+
+MODEL 1.--FIG. 4
+
+MAT WITH OPEN BORDER
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 4]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  6 spokes No. 4 reed, 19 inches.
+  1 spoke No. 4 reed, 10 inches.
+  2 weavers No. 2 reed.
+  1 strand raffia.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 1]
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 2]
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 3]
+
+Make an incision in the center of each of 4 spokes as illustrated in Fig.
+1. Through these 4 spokes insert the other group of 4 spokes and the short
+spoke as in Fig. 1. You are now ready for the first step. Place a wet
+strand of raffia back of the 4 horizontal spokes; pass it over the group
+of 4 vertical spokes, back of the 5 horizontal spokes, over the lower 4
+vertical spokes and back of the first group of horizontal spokes. Separate
+the groups of fours into groups of twos by bringing the raffia over 2
+spokes, under 2 spokes, treating the short spoke as a separate group. Fig.
+2. When two rows have been finished, the third and last step is made by
+weaving the raffia under 1 spoke and over the next, thus separating each
+spoke. Fig. 3. After the spokes are well separated, take a piece of No. 2
+reed, place it back of a spoke and begin weaving over 1 spoke, and back of
+the next one, until thirty-two rows of weaving are completed. This will
+make the mat about 5-3/4 inches in diameter. You are now ready for the
+border.
+
+OPEN BORDER NO. 1
+
+Allow about 6-1/2 inches for this border. This border is made by placing
+each spoke back of the next spoke to the right, and pushing it down by the
+side of this spoke through the weaving.
+
+[Illustration: DIAGRAM NO. 14.--OPEN BORDER NO. 1]
+
+OPEN BORDER NO. 2
+
+Open border No. 2 is made by bringing one spoke back of the next two
+spokes to the right and pushing it well down through the weaving, by the
+side of the spoke.
+
+[Illustration: DIAGRAM NO. 15.--OPEN BORDER NO. 2]
+
+
+MODEL 2.--FIG. 5
+
+MAT WITH CLOSED BORDER
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 5]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 4 reed, 19 inches.
+  1 spoke No. 4 reed, 10 inches.
+  1 ring No. 00 reed.
+  2 rings No. 2 blue reed.
+  4 rings No. 2 natural reed.
+
+After the spokes are arranged for weaving, take a short strand of 00 reed,
+fasten and separate the spokes. Weave 1-3/4 inches with 00 reed, then with
+No. 2 natural reed, weave six rows. Follow this with six rows of blue,
+then change to natural, and weave eleven rows natural, then with the blue
+reed, weave nine rows, change to natural, and finish the weaving with six
+rows of natural color reed. Complete the mat with the following closed
+border:
+
+[Illustration: DIAGRAM NO. 16.--CLOSED BORDER NO. 1 (PART 1)]
+
+[Illustration: DIAGRAM NO. 17.--CLOSED BORDER NO. 1 (PART 2)]
+
+CLOSED BORDER NO. 1
+
+Weaving to the right, carry one spoke back of the next spoke and out to
+the front; proceed in this way until every spoke is placed in this
+position. The last spoke is pushed back and under the first one. For the
+second row of this border, place the first spoke, which had been brought
+back of the second, in front of the third spoke and back of the fourth
+spoke. Continue in this manner until the row is finished. Be careful to
+draw all the spokes tight, leaving just space enough for the preceding
+spoke to pass through.
+
+
+MODEL 3.--FIG. 6
+
+BASKET FOR MOTHER'S BUTTONS
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 6]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 4 reed, 16 inches.
+  1 spoke No. 4 reed, 9 inches.
+  2 rings tan reed.
+  2 rings natural color reed.
+  1 strand of raffia.
+
+The bottom of this basket is begun just like the mat. After the spokes are
+separated with the raffia, begin the weaving, and weave until a base three
+inches is woven, then weave two rows with a weaver of the tan reed. This
+completes the bottom of the basket. Wet the spokes well and with a plier
+press them hard and turn them up. With the same weaver continue the
+weaving until seven rows have been woven up the side. During the weaving
+hold the spokes firmly and straight. Change the weave now to the natural
+color and work twelve rows, then with another ring of tan reed complete
+the weaving of the basket with nine rows. Finish the basket with Open
+Border No. 2.
+
+Bands of tan, combined with the natural color and woven over brown spokes,
+make a very pretty effect.
+
+
+MODEL 4.--FIG. 7
+
+BASKET FOR PENCILS
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 7]
+
+The second basket for the beginner is the pencil basket, much like the
+first, with sides higher and with a closed border. This basket is woven
+all in the natural color and then painted in gold.
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  6 spokes No. 4 reed, 15 inches.
+  1 spoke No. 4 reed, 8 inches.
+  4 No. 2 weavers.
+  1 strand of raffia.
+
+In a similar manner, as illustrated in Fig. 4, make a base 2-3/4 inches.
+Turn the sides up sharply and weave 3-1/2 inches. Complete with Closed
+Border No. 1.
+
+
+MODEL 5.--FIG. 8
+
+BASKET FOR SPOOLS
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 8]
+
+This basket is woven in the natural color and afterwards dipped in brown
+dye. It makes a useful holder for spools.
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 3 reed, 14 inches.
+  1 spoke No. 3 reed, 8 inches.
+  Weavers No. 1 and No. 2 Reed.
+
+With No. 1 reed, weave a base four inches. Press the spokes with the plier
+until soft. Turn them sharply upward and hold them straight. With No. 2
+reed weave the sides 1-3/4 inches. With the spokes well soaked, press and
+hold them in towards the center of the basket. Continue the weaving,
+drawing the weaver tightly, until five rows are woven. Complete basket
+with the following border:
+
+CLOSED BORDER NO. 2
+
+For the first row of this border, place each spoke back of the next one,
+weaving to the right, and bring it out to the front. For the second row,
+each weaver is brought in front of the next 2 spokes and back of the next
+spoke or--numbering the spokes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5:--No. 1 spoke is brought
+back of No. 2 spoke, in front of the third and fourth spokes, and back of
+the fifth spoke, where it rests. Continue in this manner until all the
+spokes are woven in position. This border makes a decidedly pretty effect.
+
+[Illustration: DIAGRAM NO. 18.--CLOSED BORDER NO. 2]
+
+
+MODEL 6.--FIG. 9
+
+TOOTH-BRUSH HOLDER
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 9]
+
+This little curved basket is woven with brown reed over natural color
+spokes. The border is of the natural color reed being a continuation of
+the spokes.
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 3 reed, 15 inches.
+  1 spoke No. 3 reed, 8 inches.
+  Several rings No. 2 brown reed.
+  1 strand brown raffia.
+
+Weave the center of this basket with brown raffia to carry out the same
+effect as the brown reed.
+
+Weave 1-1/4 inches with raffia. With a No. 2 brown weaver continue the
+weaving until a base 2-1/2 inches is woven. After the sides are turned up,
+continue weaving up the sides, drawing the spokes gradually outward toward
+the weaver, until the basket measures 2-1/2 inches high. Continue the
+weaving, drawing the weaver tightly and pressing the spokes in toward the
+center, until 1-3/4 inches more are woven. The basket should now have a
+slightly rounded effect. The diameter of basket should now be about three
+inches. The basket is curved outward in the following manner. Work the
+spokes outward and press them down toward the side of basket; hold firmly
+and continue the weaving in an easy manner. When nine rows of weaving are
+finished, complete the basket with Closed Border No. 1.
+
+
+MODEL 7.--FIG. 10
+
+BARREL SHAPED FANCY BASKET
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 10]
+
+This basket is woven over green spokes, with green bands about an inch
+from the top and bottom of basket. Green rings may be made for handle.
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 4 green reed, 20 inches.
+  1 spoke No. 4 green reed, 11 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 natural.
+  Weavers No. 2 green.
+  1 strand green raffia.
+
+Weave a center, and separate the spokes with green raffia. With No. 2
+natural reed weave a base 3-1/2 inches. Turn the sides up and drawing them
+outward weave ten rows. Change the reed to No. 2 green and holding the
+spokes in the same manner, weave a band of green 7/8 inch wide, then a
+band of the natural color 1-1/2 inches wide.
+
+Change the reed now to green. Hold the spokes well in toward the center
+and draw the weaver tightly. Work a band of green one inch and finish the
+weaving with one inch of natural reed. Complete the basket with the
+following closed border:
+
+CLOSED BORDER NO. 3
+
+As in the Closed Border No. 1 and No. 2, run each spoke back of the next
+spoke on the right and out to the front. The second row is woven by
+placing each spoke in front of the next three spokes to the right and
+back of the sixth. Weave each spoke in this way until the row is
+completed.
+
+[Illustration: DIAGRAM NO. 19.--CLOSED BORDER NO. 3]
+
+
+MODEL 8.--FIG. 11
+
+NO. 1 JARDINIERE
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 11]
+
+This flower pot covering basket is made of the natural reed. It may either
+be dipped in any shade of dye or stained. The one illustrated was dipped
+in dye when completed.
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 4 reed, 18 inches.
+  1 spoke No. 4 reed, 10 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+
+Weave a bottom 4-1/4 inches. The sides are made by holding the spokes
+outward until 4-1/2 inches are woven. This makes the diameter of the
+basket 4-3/4 inches. To obtain the outward slanting effect point the
+spokes straight out towards the weaver, and, after weaving four rows turn
+and hold the spokes slantingly upward. Finish this weave with six more
+rows. Complete the basket with the Closed Border No. 2.
+
+
+MODEL 9.--FIG. 12
+
+MATCH TRAY
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 12]
+
+This little basket may either be used for holding matches or tooth picks.
+It is woven in No. 2 natural reed over a small drinking glass, with No. 00
+as weaver. When finished, stain in old rose "Easy Dye" diluting the dye to
+get the tint desired.
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  5 spokes No. 2 reed, 10-1/2 inches.
+  1 spoke No. 2 reed, 6 inches.
+  2 Weavers No. 00 reed.
+  Handle--2 strands No. 00 reed, 24 inches.
+
+Weave a base 1-1/8 inches with No. 00 reed. Turn sharply upward and
+continue weaving until fifty-one rows of single weaving are woven. Be
+careful to keep the spokes straight and to weave closely. Complete the
+tray with Closed Border No. 1.
+
+Make the ring handles one inch in diameter and attach to the basket under
+the border.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+SEPARATE BOTTOM BASKETS
+
+
+Separate bottom basket: the bottom of the basket is made separate from the
+sides, the latter being made by inserting spokes between the weaving,
+after the bottom is finished, and attaching them with an upsetting of
+three, four, or five rod coils. A bottom with an even number of spokes is
+woven with two weavers in pairing, or with three in triple twist.
+
+
+MODEL 10.--FIG. 13
+
+DESK UTILITY BASKET
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 13]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 4 reed, 5 inches.
+  31 spokes No. 2 reed, 10 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 Natural and No. 2 Green.
+
+Make a bottom five inches. For the sides insert the thirty-one spokes in
+the bottom, one inch from edge. Place each spoke by the side of a base
+spoke. Turn up sharply and with three green weavers, make two rows of
+triple twist in this manner.
+
+Place each of the three weavers back of a consecutive spoke, and beginning
+with the first weaver to the left, place it in front of the next two
+spokes to the right, back of the next spoke and then out to the front.
+Treat the other two weavers the same way, bringing each weaver in front of
+two spokes, back of one and out to the front. Continue this until two rows
+are woven.
+
+With No. 2 natural reed weave 2-1/2 inches, holding the spokes so as to
+get a very slight outward effect, then with thirteen rows of weaving, draw
+the spokes inward to obtain the rounded effect. Finish the weaving with
+two rows of triple twist in green, and complete the basket with the
+following border: First row, each spoke is placed back of the next spoke
+to the right and out; second row, each spoke is placed in front of three
+spokes to the right and in back of the next spoke, where it rests.
+
+
+MODEL 11.--FIG. 14
+
+COVERING FOR SMALL FLOWER POT
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 14]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 4 reed, 5 inches.
+  34 spokes No. 2 reed, 18 inches.
+  No. 2 natural reed used as weavers.
+  No. 3 natural reed used in triple twist.
+
+Over the 8 spoke center weave a base in pairing, 4-1/2 inches in diameter.
+Separate 34 spokes in groups of twos, and considering each group of spokes
+as one spoke, insert them in base. One spoke in base will have a group
+placed each side of it, making 17 spokes. Attach the sides to base with an
+upset of two rows of rope twist. Work eighteen rows in double weave. The
+spokes are now flared slightly outward and five more rows complete the
+weaving.
+
+The basket is finished off with No. 2 Closed Border. Continue the use of
+the two spokes as one throughout the border.
+
+
+MODEL 12.--FIG. 15
+
+STRIPED SEWING BASKET
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 15]
+
+The following three baskets are given to show how colored reed may be
+introduced and the effective result.
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  10 spokes No. 4 brown reed, 5-1/2 inches.
+  21 spokes No. 4 natural reed, 15 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 natural reed.
+  Weavers No. 2 brown reed.
+  Weavers No. 4 brown reed.
+  Handle--2 pieces No. 5 brown reed, 8 inches.
+
+Over a 10 spoke center, weave in pairing, six rows in natural color,
+change to brown and white, and weave four rows in pairing, change the
+weave to natural and complete the bottom which should be five inches in
+diameter. After inserting spokes for the sides, weave an upset in two rows
+of wale weave. Place a natural color weaver back of one spoke and weave
+one row around, stopping at the spoke where the weaving was begun; back of
+the spoke, to the right of the one where the first weaver was placed,
+insert the brown weaver and weave around until the first weaver is
+reached. Continue this weave, first the natural then the brown, holding
+the spokes all the time slightly up and outward. Do this until
+thirty-eight rows of weaving are finished, nineteen of each color,
+alternating white and brown stripes. Finish the basket with two rows of
+triple twist and the following border. First row, each spoke is brought
+back of the one to the right and out, second row each spoke is brought in
+front of next three to the right and in back of the fourth spoke.
+
+HANDLE
+
+Place one end of an 8 inch spoke well down by the side of one of the
+spokes in the basket. Place the other end down the basket leaving about a
+three inch space between the ends. To the left of the handle place a brown
+weaver by the side of the inserted end of handle, bring it up over the
+handle on the outside, and weave three twists around the handle about an
+inch apart; bring the weaver over the handle to the inside of basket, down
+under the triple and out to the front. Follow the twist around the handle
+with the weaver until the handle is completely covered. End the weaver by
+bringing it up from the inside of the basket between the handle and down
+through the border and triple twist where it is lost amid the weaving.
+
+
+MODEL 13.--FIG. 16
+
+SEWING BASKET IN DOUBLE WEAVING
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 16]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  10 spokes No. 4 natural reed, 5-1/2 inches.
+  21 spokes No. 4 natural reed, 18 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 natural reed.
+  Weavers No. 2 brown reed.
+  Weavers No. 4 brown reed.
+  Handle--2 pieces No. 5 brown reed, 8 inches.
+  3 weavers No. 2 brown reed.
+
+Make a five inch base. Fasten the sides with an upset of two rows brown
+triple. The sides of this basket are woven in double weaving, one weaver
+of brown, the other of natural color. Eighteen rows of slewing with two
+rows of brown triple finish the weaving of the basket. Hold the spoke
+slightly out and up while weaving. Complete the basket with border
+described in preceding sewing basket. Handle is made as in preceding
+basket.
+
+
+MODEL 14.--FIG. 17
+
+SEWING BASKET IN CHECK EFFECT
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 17]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 4 reed, 7 inches.
+  32 spokes No. 4 reed, 17 inches.
+  Weavers No. 4 natural reed.
+  Weavers No. 2 natural reed.
+  Weavers No. 2 blue reed.
+
+Make a base 6-1/2 inches. Insert the spokes for sides and weave two rows
+of triple twist in No. 4 natural reed. The sides of this basket are woven
+in blue and white in the checker design, in the following way:
+
+With No. 2 light blue reed, weave one row, stopping at the spoke to the
+left of where the weaver was inserted; back of this spoke, insert a
+natural color weaver and weave one row around meeting the first weaver.
+Continue the weaving now with the blue weaver, work in this way, first
+with blue reed, then with natural color, until eight rows are woven--you
+now have a striped effect of four rows in blue and four in white. In order
+to get the checker effect, the weave must now change. Bring each weaver
+back of two spokes at the end of the eighth row of weaving. If the weaving
+is correct the ninth row of weaving, which is in blue, will be woven under
+and over the same spokes as the eighth row, which is white. The ninth row
+is the beginning of the new group of weaving. Continue this weaving until
+you make five or six checks. The weaving should now be four rows of blue,
+four of white, four blue, four white, four blue, which gives a prominence
+to the blue, and makes a decidedly artistic piece of work.
+
+During the weaving the spokes should be held in an outward direction.
+Follow this with two rows of triple twist and border described as follows:
+
+PLAITED BORDER
+
+This border is especially appropriate for large baskets and trays. Allow
+thirteen inches for this border, spokes 3/4 inch apart.
+
+Insert 4 spokes which should be one inch longer than the spokes of the
+basket. Place each spoke by the side of each of 4 border spokes. This
+makes four groups of 2 spokes each. Number these groups 1, 2, 3, 4. Bend
+down towards the outside of basket No. 1, 2, 3 groups. Take No. 1 group
+pass it over Nos. 2 and 3 groups, in front of No. 4 group, and back of the
+next spoke which is No. 5 spoke. Bend down No. 4 group towards the outside
+of basket. Place No. 2 group over No. 3 and 4 groups, and back of No. 6
+spoke. Bring No. 1 group, which is back of No. 5 spoke, to the outside of
+basket, by crossing it over No. 2 group between No. 5 and No. 6 spokes.
+Now bend down No. 5 spoke by the side of this group. Pass No. 3 group over
+the two groups on the outside of basket, and up between the two upright
+spokes. No. 2 group is brought to the outside of basket by crossing it
+over No. 3 group between No. 6 and No. 7 spokes. Bend down No. 6 spoke by
+the side of this group. No. 4 group is woven in same manner as No. 2 and
+3. After the fourth group is woven, you should have one group of 2 spokes
+on the inside of basket and three groups of 3 spokes each on the outside
+of basket. Continue the border by weaving two of each group of 3 spokes,
+lying on outside of basket, over the next two groups on the outside of
+basket, in front of the first upright spoke, and back of the second where
+it rests until next group is woven. The first inside group now is drawn
+to the outside of the basket by crossing it over this group between the
+two upright spokes. The first upright spokes are always bent down to the
+outside of basket by the side of this group. When all the groups are woven
+in this manner, there should be 1 spoke from each group facing the outside
+of basket, and four groups of 2 spokes each on the inside of basket where
+the border is completed. Cut all the spokes closely.
+
+The first three groups of spokes at the beginning of the border should not
+be drawn tight, enough space should be left to allow the last three groups
+of the border to pass through them easily. The remainder of border should
+be woven tightly and close to the basket.
+
+
+MODEL 15.--FIG. 18
+
+GREEN AND WHITE BASKET
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 18]
+
+This little basket is a very convenient receptacle for holding loose
+threads or scraps while sewing.
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 4 natural reed, 5-1/2 inches.
+  31 spokes No. 2 natural reed, 10 inches.
+  Weavers No. 3 green reed.
+  Weavers No. 2 green reed.
+  Weavers No. 2 natural reed.
+
+Through an 8 spoke base, five inches wide, insert the 31 spokes. Weave two
+rows green triple, follow this in double weave using green and natural
+reed. Weave seven rows. Change to single weaving, using two weavers, and
+weave fourteen rows in the striped effect showing green and white stripe.
+Complete the weaving with two rows green in triple effect and the
+following border:
+
+REVERSED ROPE BORDER
+
+Each spoke of the first row is brought back of the next spoke to the right
+and out. In the second row each spoke is brought back of the next spoke
+and out, showing a rope effect with spokes on outside.
+
+
+MODEL 16.--FIG. 19
+
+FANCY SEWING BASKET, NO. 1
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 19]
+
+The basket is woven, over a 16 spoke center, entirely of No. 2 reed. The
+spokes and triple twist are of brown reed while the remainder of the
+basket is woven in the natural color.
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  16 spokes No. 2 brown reed, 26 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 brown reed.
+  Weavers No. 2 natural reed.
+
+Over the 16 spokes weave a base in pairing four inches in diameter. In the
+first three rows, consider each group of fours as one spoke, then separate
+the group of fours into groups of twos with seven rows of pairing.
+Consider each group of 2 spokes as 1 spoke throughout the base. The base
+should now be four inches in diameter. Turn the spokes with an upset of
+three rows of triple twist No. 2 brown reed.
+
+Holding the spokes slightly up and outward, weave the basket two inches
+high. Now drawing the weaver tightly and pushing spokes inward toward
+center of basket weave twelve rows of single weaving. Finish with three
+rows of triple twist No. 2 brown reed. When this is completed take each
+spoke, and bring it out back of the next spoke to the right and down
+through the three rows of triple twist. Holding the spoke firmly, pass it
+through the three rows of triple twist at the base of the basket. Continue
+this with each group of spokes, which will show the striped effect on
+outside of basket. When all the spokes have been pulled through the triple
+twist at bottom of base, turn the basket upside down, and if the open
+border at the top of the basket is even, you are ready to complete the
+border at base of the basket. This border serves as a little stand for the
+basket.
+
+BORDER
+
+Weaving to the right, each spoke is woven in front of the next spoke and
+back of the second spoke to the right where the end is cut off.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 20]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+HANDLES AND LIDS
+
+
+MODEL 17.--FIG. 21
+
+SMALL CARRYING BASKET IN STRIPED EFFECT
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 21]
+
+This little basket, in the striped design of blue and white with blue
+handle, was made by a little 10-year-old boy of the defective delinquent
+class.
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  6 spokes No. 4 natural reed, 20 inches.
+  1 spoke No. 4 natural reed, 11 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 blue reed.
+  Weavers No. 2 natural reed.
+  Handle--1 spoke No. 4 natural reed, 20 inches.
+
+Weave a base, with the striped design carried out, 2-3/4 inches. Two
+weavers are necessary to get this effect--one blue, the other of natural
+color. Weave these two colors in pairing. With the spokes slightly flared
+outward, weave the sides, in the striped effect, 3-1/2 inches. With two
+weavers of blue and one of natural, weave two rows of "Wale." Finish with
+Open Border No. 2.
+
+HANDLE
+
+Insert one end of the 20 inch spoke of No. 4 reed down through the
+weaving, to the right of one of the spokes of the basket. Insert the other
+end on the opposite side of basket in the same way. Place the end of a
+blue weaver down, through the weaving, by the side of inserted spoke,
+twist it over the handle, then under, then over, next under, over, until
+the end of the handle is reached, thus making nine twists around the
+handle. The last twist is passed back of the handle, over the triple twist
+to the inside of the basket, then it is brought to the outside of basket
+under the triple twist. Following the twists around the handle, the weaver
+is twirled in this way until the handle is completely covered by the blue
+weaver. Four rows of this weaving around the basket will cover the entire
+handle. To fasten the end of the weaver, carry it back of the spoke,
+between the woven handle, and down through the triple twist, where it is
+made secure and then cut off.
+
+
+MODEL 18.--FIG. 22
+
+LITTLE MARKETING BASKET IN GREEN
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 22]
+
+This may be used in gathering eggs from the chicken yard or in doing
+little marketing. It is all woven in natural color reed and after the
+basket is completed is dyed.
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  10 spokes No. 4 reed, 23 inches.
+  1 spoke No. 4 reed, 12 inches.
+  Weavers No. 4 natural reed.
+  Weavers No. 2 natural reed.
+  Handle--1 spoke No. 5 reed, 26 inches.
+
+Over 10-1/2 spokes weave a base five inches in diameter. Turn up with
+three rows of No. 4 reed in triple twist. In single weaving, work the
+sides five inches high giving a slightly rounded effect and widening
+toward the top. Finish with three rows of triple and the following border.
+
+Numbering the spokes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, take No. 1 spoke back of No. 2,
+in front of No. 3, back of No. 4, in front of No. 5, back of No. 6 where
+it rests; then No. 2 spoke follows in the same way, back of No. 3, in
+front of No. 4, back of No. 5, in front of No. 6, back of No. 7, where it
+rests. Each spoke is woven in the same manner until all spokes have
+disappeared amid the weaving.
+
+HANDLE
+
+To make the handle firm and strong, insert the ends four and a half inches
+through the weaving of the basket. The handle is entirely covered with
+No. 2 reed as described in preceding basket.
+
+
+MODEL 19.--FIG. 23
+
+LUNCH BASKET WITH LID
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 23]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  10 spokes No. 4 reed, 4 inches.
+  19 spokes No. 4 reed, 13 inches.
+  Handle--1 strand No. 5 reed, 20 inches.
+  Lid--8 spokes No. 4 reed, 18 inches.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+
+Weave a base four inches. Work the sides four inches high. Both the top
+and bottom of the sides are woven with two rows No. 4, triple twist.
+Finish with the following border. Number the spokes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,
+8. Turn down the first four toward the outside of the basket. Place No. 1
+spoke back of No. 2, No. 2 spoke back of No. 3, No. 3 spoke back of No. 4,
+No. 4 spoke back of No. 5; now bring No. 1 spoke over No. 2 and No. 3
+spokes, in front of No. 5 spoke, over No. 4 spoke, back of No. 6 spoke.
+Carry No. 5 spoke back of No. 6 spoke and place it by the side of No. 1
+spoke. In like manner, run No. 2 spoke over No. 3 and No. 4 spokes, in
+front of No. 6 spoke, over No. 5 spoke and back of No. 7 spoke. Place No.
+6 spoke back of No. 7 spoke and bring it out to the front by the side of
+No. 2 spoke. Continue in this manner until all the spokes are woven in the
+proper position. Be careful to make the border uniform throughout. The
+diameter of the top of basket should now measure 6-3/4 inches.
+
+[Illustration: DIAGRAM NO. 20.--HEAVY BORDER]
+
+The handle is not completely covered, like the preceding basket, but a
+small part of the foundation is shown between the twists.
+
+The lid is made similar to that in the preceding lesson except on a larger
+scale. It should fit closely within the basket. The base when finished
+should measure 6-3/4 inches. It is finished off with a Rope Twist Border.
+The handle of the lid is a twisted ring made as described in the preceding
+chapter.
+
+
+MODEL 20.--FIG. 24
+
+OVAL BASKET WITH LID
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 24]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  6 spokes No. 3 reed, 21 inches.
+  1 spoke No. 3 reed, 11 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+  Lid--6 spokes No. 3 reed, 12 inches.
+  1 spoke No. 3 reed, 7 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+
+On a three inch base, weave a slightly rounded basket five inches high.
+Finish with Closed Border No. 2.
+
+In making a lid for a basket the first thing to be decided on is its
+shape; if the basket is barrel shaped, the lid to harmonize should have
+the curved effect. The lid of this basket is rounded to correspond with
+the basket.
+
+LID
+
+Weave a good center, over the 6-1/2 spokes, with either raffia or No. 00
+reed. After 3/4 inch is woven, begin with fine No. 2 reed, and weave two
+rows, drawing the spokes in with the weaver. After two rows are woven,
+hold the spokes slightly outward and weave fourteen rows. Complete the
+basket with the following border which is suitable for lids of baskets:
+
+ROPE TWIST BORDER
+
+Each spoke is passed in front of the next spoke to the right and brought
+inside the lid. For the second row, each spoke is passed to the outside of
+the lid over the next spoke to the right, and to the inside of the lid
+where it is cut off carefully.
+
+The ring handle is made in the following way:
+
+With a strand of No. 2 reed, 17 inches long, make a ring about one inch;
+then weaving alternately with one end and then the other, pass the ends in
+and out around the ring--two rows complete the ring. When the ring is
+finished you should have ends about 3-1/2 inches long. These ends are
+fastened above two rows of the weaving in the lid, thus securing the ring
+to the lid.
+
+After the lid is placed in proper position on the basket, it is fastened
+by holding the ring down by side of the basket and placing the center of a
+strand of No. 2 reed back of a spoke in the basket. Draw both ends out,
+and in the form of a cross, pass them over the lower part of ring, draw
+them under the weaving to the inside of the basket where they are woven in
+and out to make them secure.
+
+The rings for the front of basket and lid are made in a similar way, the
+ends being woven in and out amid the weaving of the basket and lid. One
+ring should be smaller than the other to keep the larger ring from
+slipping out.
+
+
+MODEL 21.--FIG. 25
+
+CANDY BASKET
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 25]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  10 spokes No. 5 reed, 6 inches.
+  20 spokes No. 5 reed, 8 inches.
+  Lid--10 spokes No. 5 reed, 15 inches.
+  1 spoke No. 5 reed, 8 inches.
+  Weavers Nos. 00, 2, 5 round reed.
+  Weavers No. 5 oval reed.
+
+Weave a 6 inch base. Turn the sides with three rows of No. 5, triple
+twist. With oval reed No. 5, weave 7 rows in the two and one weave, change
+to No. 5 reed and finish with three rows triple. While weaving, the spokes
+should be slightly drawn in. The following border is used: first row each
+spoke is run back of one spoke and out to the front; second row, each
+spoke is passed in front of the next two spokes and in back of the third
+where it is cut off. Diameter of top of base should be almost five and a
+half inches.
+
+LID
+
+The center of lid corresponding to center in the base of the basket is
+woven and separated with No. 00 reed. Weave twelve rows of No. 2 reed
+next. Then with oval reed No. 5, weave in single weaving, five rows. Hold
+the spokes, to get a slightly rounded effect. Turn down the spokes with
+four rows of triple twist. Finish the basket with the Rope Twist Border,
+described under Model 20. The diameter of the lid should be a little over
+6 inches. It should fit the basket so as to slide off and on easily. The
+ring handle in the center completes the lid.
+
+
+MODEL 22.--FIG. 26
+
+FANCY SEWING BASKET WITH LID
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 26]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  10 spokes No. 4 reed, 5-1/2 inches.
+  21 spokes No. 4 reed, 16 inches.
+  Lid--16 spokes No. 4 reed, 18 inches.
+  1 spoke No. 4 reed, 7 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed and No. 4 reed.
+  Handle--1 spoke No. 2 reed, 21 inches.
+
+Over the 10 spokes, weave a base 5-1/2 inches. Insert the 21 spokes and
+turn them up with two rows of triple twist. Hold the spokes slantingly
+outward and weave the sides 4-3/4 inches high. Finish with three rows
+triple twist and the following border:
+
+BORDER
+
+Numbering the spokes 1 to 7 and weaving to the right, place No. 1 spoke
+back of No. 2, No. 2 spoke back of No. 3, No. 3 spoke back of No. 4, No. 4
+spoke back of No. 5. Now take No. 1 spoke, place it in front of Nos. 3 and
+4 spokes and back of No. 5. Place No. 2 spoke in front of Nos. 4 and 5
+spokes and back of No. 6 spoke. No. 3 spoke is passed in front of Nos. 5
+and 6 spokes and back of No. 7. Continue this weaving until border is
+finished.
+
+LID
+
+Arrange the 16 spokes as described in Chapter II.
+
+Weave three rows in pairing, and separate the spokes into groups of twos.
+Hold the spokes slightly curved and weave twelve rows in pairing. Insert
+the one seven inch spoke and weave one row triple twist. Now hold the
+spokes almost straight and continue weaving until a diameter of 9-1/4
+inches is obtained. Complete the lid with a rope border.
+
+Attach a ring handle to the lid as shown in the model.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+HANGING BASKETS
+
+
+If it is possible to add more beauty to nature in the arranging of flowers
+and vines, etc., the use of the various and wonderfully attractive hanging
+baskets that can easily be made will afford the opportunity. The
+harmonious selection of flowers to combine harmoniously with the color of
+the basket is open to the artist and craftsman. The opportunity is wide
+for originality in the making of these baskets. The basket maker finds
+himself flooded with so many ideas that it is impossible to put them in
+book form. The following are a few suggestions.
+
+
+MODEL 23.--FIG. 27
+
+SMALL GREEN HANGING BASKET
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 27]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8-1/2 spokes No. 4 reed, 27 inches.
+  Handle--1 spoke No. 5 reed, 27 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+
+Weave a four inch base. Turn up with three rows 3 coil weave. Holding the
+sides slightly outward weave twenty-six rows, then holding the spokes
+slightly inward and drawing the weaver tight, work twenty-six rows.
+Complete the basket with three rows of triple twist and the following
+border: First row, each spoke passes back of one spoke and out to the
+front; second row, each spoke is brought in front of two spokes and in
+back of the next spoke.
+
+HANDLE
+
+Place an end of the No. 5-27 inch spoke through the triple twist at bottom
+of basket, bring it up through the triple twist at top of basket; do the
+same on the opposite side of the basket. When the handle is thus arranged,
+with two rows of No. 2 reed make a twisted handle. Arrange the twists
+about an inch and a half apart.
+
+Figs. 28 and 29 are small flower receptacles. They are both woven over No.
+4 reed.
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 28]
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 29]
+
+
+MODEL 24.--FIG. 30
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 30]
+
+NO. 2 BOWL SHAPED HANGING BASKET
+
+This basket is worked with No. 2 reed as foundation and No. 1 reed as the
+weaver.
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8-1/2 spokes No. 2 reed, 21 inches.
+  Handle--1 spoke No. 5 reed, 28 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+
+This little basket has a three inch base. Hold the spokes straight and
+weave the sides about one inch, single weaving. Bend the spokes out and
+weave two inches. Hold the spokes in toward the center of basket and draw
+the weaver tight; in this position weave two more inches. Follow this with
+two rows of triple twist in No. 2 reed, and the border described under
+Model 20.
+
+HANDLE
+
+Insert the ends of the handles two inches below the top of basket. Bring
+them inside the basket back of eighteen rows of weaving, draw them to the
+outside of basket and down in front of sixteen rows of weaving. Bring the
+ends through the weaving to the inside of basket. Fasten the ends securely
+to the basket by weaving a strand of No. 2 reed in and out in the form of
+a cross. With one ring of No. 1 reed, make a twisted handle, allowing two
+inch space between each twist; the second row of handle is made by making
+another twist around the handle, the twist being made in the middle of the
+intervening spaces, showing a separate woven twist all way around and
+having a spacing of one inch between each twist.
+
+
+MODEL 25.--FIG. 31
+
+NO. 3 HANGING BASKET
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 31]
+
+This basket is made large enough to allow a large glass to slip in and out
+easily.
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  10-1/2 spokes No. 5 reed, 24 inches.
+  Handle--1 piece No. 6 reed, 39 inches.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+  Weavers No. 5 oval reed.
+  Weavers No. 00 reed.
+
+A base 4-1/2 inches is woven in the following manner: six rows of single
+weaving of No. 00 reed separate the spokes. Follow this with five rows of
+triple twist in No. 00 reed, four rows of single weaving in oval reed and
+one row No. 4 reed in triple twist. Turn the sides up with four more rows
+of triple twist. With oval reed, weave twelve rows of single weaving. Hold
+the spokes well in and draw the weaver tightly. The diameter of basket
+should now be 2-3/4 inches wide. Continue the weaving, drawing the spokes
+well out and holding the weaver loosely. The basket should have eighteen
+rows of oval weaving. Follow this with three rows of triple twist and the
+following border: first row, each spoke is passed back of one spoke and
+out; second row, each spoke is brought in front of three spokes and in
+back of the next one.
+
+HANDLE
+
+Insert the ends of handle through the four rows of triple twist at the
+base of basket. The ends must be inserted just opposite to each other.
+Place a strand of oval reed to the right of inserted handle and between
+the third and fourth rows of triple weave. Draw the weaver first over the
+handle, then under the handle. About two inches above where the handle is
+inserted, pass the weaver over the handle and carry it to inside of
+basket, under the border. Twist the weaver around the handle twenty-one
+times. Pass it down under the border to the outside of basket; three more
+twists complete one row of the handle.
+
+Now run the weaver to inside of basket, between the third and fourth rows
+of triple twist, cross, and bring to outside of basket at the left of
+handle. The weave is continued around the handle, forming a cross at every
+twist in the handle.
+
+
+MODEL 26.--FIG. 32
+
+BASKET WITH BRAIDED HANDLE
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 32]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 4 reed, 5 inches.
+  17 spokes No. 3 reed, 11 inches.
+  Handle--3 pieces No. 4 reed, 40 inches.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+
+Through a five-inch base, insert 17 spokes. Weave an upset of three rows
+of triple twist. To get the desired shape weave twenty-two rows, single
+weaving, holding the spokes inward. Now hold the spokes out and weave
+twenty-eight rows. With four weavers, placing each weaver back of a
+corresponding spoke, weave two rows; each weaver in turn is brought in
+front of three spokes and back of one. Finish with the following border:
+
+First row, pass each spoke back of one spoke and out; second row, each
+spoke is carried in front of three spokes and in back of the next one.
+
+For the handle, insert the three pieces No. 4 reed just above the triple
+twist at the base of basket. Make two twists and pass remainder of reed
+through the upper eight rows of weaving and lower two rows of triple
+weave. Braid the reed twenty-four inches. The ends are now inserted
+through the lower two rows of triple weaving and the upper eight rows of
+single weaving. With two more twists the ends are carried inside the
+basket just above the triple weave, and there made secure.
+
+
+MODEL 27.--FIG. 33
+
+BOWL SHAPED WITH FLARED TOP
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 33]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  10-1/2 spokes No. 4 reed, 27 inches.
+  Handle--2 pieces No. 5 reed, 35 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+
+The base of this basket is four inches. The sides are woven in double
+weaving, having a decided rounded effect. The flare at the top is made by
+bending the spokes down the outside of basket. An inch and a half of flare
+is woven. Complete with two rows of triple and the following border: Hold
+the basket upside down and weave to right, in front of one spoke and over
+two spokes. The sides of this basket are 2-1/2 inches high.
+
+About half way down the sides of the basket, insert the ends of the handle
+through four rows of weaving, the ends to be 1-3/4 inches apart. The ends
+are fastened securely by weaving in and out and across the spokes; the
+weaving is continued under and over the handle until the top of basket is
+reached; here the handle is made secure by carrying a weaver over the
+handle, and working it in and out through the weaving of the basket. Make
+twenty-eight inches of coil with the two spokes. Fasten the handle, in a
+similar manner, on the opposite side.
+
+
+MODEL 28.--FIG. 34
+
+FUNNEL SHAPED HANGING BASKET
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 34]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8-1/2 spokes No. 2 reed, 31 inches.
+  1 piece No. 6 reed, 36 inches.
+  Weavers No. 00 reed.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+
+After fastening the spokes with No. 00 reed, weave five rows of single
+weaving. Change the weaver to No. 2 reed and work twenty-three rows in
+single weaving, holding the spokes in towards center. Continue the weaving
+until fifty-seven rows are woven. With No. 4 reed, make four rows triple
+twist and complete the basket with border described under Model 22.
+
+When finished, the diameter at top of basket should measure 5-1/2 inches.
+
+HANDLE
+
+Insert the ends of handle two inches from bottom. With No. 00 reed fasten
+the ends to basket with the tie bow effect, then finish the handle in a
+twisted design.
+
+FIG. 35
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 35]
+
+The funnel basket under Fig. 35 is dyed in dark green. It makes an
+attractive basket for cut flowers and vines. It is made of No. 4 and No. 2
+reed. The handle from No. 5 reed.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+FLOWER RECEPTACLES
+
+
+MODEL 29.--FIG. 36
+
+VASE WITH HANDLES
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 36]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 2 reed, 22 inches.
+  1 spoke No. 2 reed, 12 inches.
+  Handle--2 spokes No. 2 reed, 20 inches.
+  2 spokes No. 4 reed, 20 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+
+This covering may be woven over a small vase or a pint jar.
+
+Over the 8-1/2 spokes weave a base 2-3/4 inches. Pinch the spokes sharply
+and turn up with three rows of triple twist in No. 2 reed. Weave around
+the jar in single weaving, until forty-four rows are completed. For the
+handle place the centers of one piece of No. 4 reed and one piece No. 2
+reed between the 42nd and 43rd rows of weaving, twist the No. 4 reed
+around in a plain coil and carry the No. 2 reed around this coil. Do the
+same on the opposite side for the other handle. Form the oval handle, as
+seen in picture, and secure the four ends of each handle in place by
+fastening them to jar with a fine cord which may be pulled out later.
+Weave twenty-nine more rows in single weaving. Complete and fasten the
+handle with five rows triple twist. To prevent the handle from loosening
+or falling out, the triple twist should be woven over and under the ends
+of the handles. The following border completes the vase:
+
+First row, each spoke is placed back of the spoke to the right and out.
+
+Second row, each spoke is brought in front of the spoke to the right and
+in where it is cut off closely.
+
+
+MODEL 30.--FIG. 37
+
+NO. 2 GREEN JARDINIERE
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 37]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 4 reed, 5-1/2 inches.
+  34 spokes No. 2 reed, 17 inches.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+
+Over an 8 spoke foundation, weave a base five inches. Insert the 34
+spokes, considering two spokes as one, making 17 spokes. Turn up with
+three rows triple twist. In double weaving, work fifteen rows, holding
+the spokes outward toward the weaver. This will make the basket three
+inches high. Now holding the spokes well inward, weave fifteen rows in
+double weaving. The basket is now 5-1/4 inches high. Complete the sides of
+the basket with three rows triple twist. Finish with the following border:
+
+First row, each spoke is brought back of next spoke and out.
+
+Second row, each spoke is brought in front of next two spokes and in.
+
+Third row, each spoke is brought over next spoke and in back of the next
+where it rests.
+
+
+MODEL 31.--FIG. 38
+
+NO. 3 JARDINIERE, IN OVAL REED
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 38]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  10 spokes No. 5 reed, 25 inches.
+  Weavers No. 00 reed.
+  Weavers No. 1 reed.
+  Weavers No. 5 reed.
+  Weavers No. 5 oval reed.
+
+After inserting 5 spokes through the other 5 spokes, fasten in cross form
+with No. 00 reed. Weave seven rows with No. 00 reed, separating the
+spokes. With No. 1 reed, weave seven more rows. Follow this with six rows
+of No. 5 split reed. Work one coil of triple twist with No. 5 reed. This
+makes a base six inches. Pinch the spokes sharply and turn up with four
+rows of No. 5 triple. Hold the spokes slantingly inward and weave
+seventeen rows of No. 5 oval reed. The diameter should be 5-1/2 inches.
+Bend the spokes outward in a curved effect and weave four rows in No. 5
+triple. Complete with the following border:
+
+First row, each spoke is passed back of one spoke and out. Second row,
+carry each spoke in front of three spokes and in.
+
+
+MODEL 32.--FIG. 39
+
+JARDINIERE FOR RUBBER PLANT
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 39]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 5 reed, 6 inches.
+  31 spokes No. 5 reed, 18 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+
+Weave a base 5-1/2 inches. Insert spokes and turn up with four rows of
+triple twist No. 4 reed. Follow this with twelve rows of double weaving,
+three rows of three-rod coil in No. 2 reed, ten rows of double weaving,
+four rows of three-rod coil No. 2 reed, nine rows of double weaving and
+three rows of three-rod coil. Complete with border described under Model
+22.
+
+After the basket is finished, dye it a dark brown or green.
+
+
+MODEL 33.--FIG. 40
+
+OVAL REED JARDINIERE
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 40]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 5 reed, 8 inches
+  31 spokes No. 5 reed, 25 inches.
+  Weavers No. 4 brown reed.
+  Weavers No. 5 oval reed.
+
+Over an 8 spoke foundation, weave a base 7-3/4 inches. Insert 31 spokes
+and set up three rows of No. 4 brown reed in triple twist. The spokes are
+held slantingly outward until twenty-five rows of No. 5 oval or split reed
+are woven. Weave seventeen rows in No. 5 oval reed, holding the spokes
+curved in towards the center of basket. Complete the basket with three
+rows triple twist No. 4 brown reed, and the plaited border.
+
+
+MODEL 34.--FIG. 41
+
+FERN DISH
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 41]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 2 reed, 5-1/2 inches.
+  61 spokes No. 2 reed, 16 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+
+This fern dish basket is woven over a small white enamel dish:
+
+Weave a base 5-1/2 inches. Insert 2 spokes by the side of each base spoke.
+Consider each group of 2 spokes as 1 spoke. Turn up with two rows of
+triple twist. Place the dish in the basket and, while weaving around the
+dish, hold the spokes straight and draw the weaver tight. Weave
+twenty-nine rows. Curve the spokes over the dish and weave four more rows,
+single weaving, and two rows of triple twist in No. 2 reed.
+
+Now bring each group of spokes back of the next two groups, out to the
+front, through the triple twist and down through the triple twist at the
+base of basket. When all the groups have been brought through the triple
+twist at the base, turn the basket upside down, and weave the following
+border for a stand for the dish:
+
+Weaving to the right, each group is brought back of the next two groups
+and out to the front; second row, each group is placed in front of the
+next spoke and in back of the next where it is clipped off.
+
+FIG. 42
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 42]
+
+This basket is woven in a similar manner to Fig. 41. The spokes are of No.
+2 natural reed, while the weavers are No. 2 light brown reed. The border,
+the outside spokes and the stand are of natural reed. This combination
+makes a strikingly attractive basket.
+
+FIG. 43
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 43]
+
+This flower basket is dyed after it is made and then waxed. The shape may
+be molded to accommodate any purpose.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+OVAL BASKETS
+
+
+MODEL 35.--FIG. 44
+
+NO. 1 OVAL BASKET WITH ROUND BASE
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 44]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 5 reed, 5-1/2 inches.
+  39 spokes No. 5 reed, 26 inches.
+  Handle--2 spokes No. 5 reed, 35 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+  Weavers No. 5 reed.
+
+Weave a base five inches. Insert the 39 spokes, pinch sharply and turn
+upward. Make secure with three rows No. 5 reed in triple twist. Weave an
+inch with No. 2 reed, holding all spokes straight. Now continue the
+weaving by holding the side spokes straight and the end spokes down and
+out towards the weaver. Continue the weaving in this manner until seventy
+rows of simple weaving, and three rows triple twist No. 5 reed, are made.
+Finish with the following border:
+
+First row, each spoke is placed back of two spokes and out.
+
+Second row, each spoke is placed in front of two spokes and in.
+
+HANDLE
+
+Insert the two pieces No. 5 reed and weave a twisted handle as shown in
+Fig. 44.
+
+
+MODEL 36.--FIG. 45
+
+NO. 2 OVAL BASKET (IN GREEN AND BROWN)
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 45]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  10 spokes No. 5 reed, 5-1/2 inches.
+  20 spokes No. 5 brown reed, 28 inches.
+  19 spokes No. 5 brown reed, 15 inches.
+  Handle--1 spoke No. 8 brown reed, 32 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 green reed.
+  Weavers No. 4 brown reed.
+  Weavers No. 2 brown reed.
+
+Weave a five inch base. Insert the spokes, pinch, and turn sharply upward
+with three rows of brown No. 4 triple. In pairing, weave with No. 2 green
+reed, twenty-three rows. Insert 19 spokes and weave three rows triple No.
+3 green. Follow this with forty-one rows green reed, in single weaving,
+and three rows No. 4 brown reed, in triple. Complete with the rope border.
+
+The spokes should be held straight and firm until three inches of weaving
+are finished; then the ends are spread out and bent down towards the base
+of basket until the rest of the weaving is completed, Fig. 45.
+
+When completed the sides should measure seven inches.
+
+HANDLE.
+
+Push the ends of handle well down amid the weaving. Weave six rows of
+coil, with No. 2 brown reed, around the handle.
+
+FIG. 46
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 46]
+
+This basket is made from the natural reed. A rounded effect is woven for
+about three inches up the sides, the end spokes are then flared out. A
+single spoke of No. 6 reed is used for the handle.
+
+
+OVAL BASES
+
+MODEL 37.--FIG. 49
+
+NO. 1 OVAL BASE
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 47]
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 48]
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 49]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  3 spokes No. 4 reed, 7 inches.
+  5 spokes No. 4 reed, 5 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+
+Split each of the five spokes in the center and pass the 3 spokes through
+them--Fig. 47.
+
+The 5 spokes should be arranged in horizontal positions about 3/4 inch
+apart, the end spokes about two inches from the end of the base spokes.
+Fig. 47. The base is woven in pairing. Place No. 1 weaver back of No. 1
+spoke, No. 2 weaver back of No. 2 spoke. Fig. 48. Pass No. 1 weaver over
+No. 2 spoke, back of No. 3 spoke; No. 2 weaver crosses over No. 1 weaver
+to the front of base, which is the side facing the weaver, passes in front
+of No. 3 spoke and out back of No. 4. Fig. 48. No. 1 weaver crosses No. 4
+spoke and out back of No. 5 spoke and so on around the base. The group of
+three base spokes are treated as one spoke until two rows have been woven.
+They are then separated and woven as single spokes. Fig. 49.
+
+
+MODEL 38.--FIG. 53
+
+NO. 2 OVAL BASE
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 53]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  3 spokes No. 4 reed, 8 inches.
+  7 spokes No. 4 reed, 5 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 brown reed.
+  Weavers No. 2 natural reed.
+
+Arrange the seven spokes in a horizontal position on the three base
+spokes. The spokes arranged 1/2 inch apart. The end spokes double. Fig.
+50.
+
+[Illustration: FIGS. 50, 51 AND 52]
+
+Take the center of a single weaver, or using two strands of different
+colors, place it or them under the upper three base spokes and back of the
+upper end spokes. Take the left-hand weaver, or the natural one, over the
+end spokes, down under F, up over B-E, under C and up over to the right
+where it crosses over the end spokes. Fig. 50.
+
+Now take the brown weaver, which is back of the upper base spokes, bring
+it over the upper end spokes under A, over B-E, under D, over the lower
+end spokes. Fig. 50.
+
+Return to weaver No. 1, cross it over C-D, under B, cross over A-F, and
+under the upper left end spokes. Fig. 51. Bring No. 2 or brown weaver,
+under the lower left end spokes, cross over C-D, under E, cross over A-F,
+under the upper end spokes over the upper three base spokes. Fig. 52.
+Finish your base in pairing, as shown in Fig. 53.
+
+
+MODEL 39.--FIG. 54
+
+CARD TRAY
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 54]
+
+This tray is made by combining blue and natural color reed.
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  3 spokes No. 4 reed, 7 inches.
+  5 spokes No. 4 reed, 4 inches.
+  32 spokes No. 4 reed, 14 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 blue reed.
+  Weavers No. 2 natural reed.
+
+Through the five spokes place the three 7-inch spokes. Arrange each of the
+five spokes 3/4 inch apart. Fasten the spokes in place with two rows of
+pairing, combining the blue and natural reed. Separate the end spokes with
+eight rows of pairing, carrying the striped effect throughout. Insert 32
+spokes No. 4 reed, placing a spoke by the side of each spoke in the base.
+Turn sharply upward and weave one row of triple twist in No. 4 reed. With
+blue and white weavers, weave nine rows in pairing, carrying the striped
+effect up the sides. Hold the spokes while weaving slightly outward.
+Finish with one row of triple twist and plaited border.
+
+
+MODEL 40.--FIG. 55
+
+OVAL BASE BASKET
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 55]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  4 spokes No. 5 reed, 7 inches.
+  7 spokes No. 5 reed, 4 inches.
+  29 spokes No. 4 reed, 16 inches.
+  Handle--1 piece No. 5 reed, 20 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 natural reed.
+  Weavers No. 4 brown reed.
+  3 yards braided straw.
+
+Slip the four spokes through the seven spokes. Arrange the seven spokes
+1/2 inch apart.
+
+Weave a base over this 7 inches long, 4 inches wide. Insert the
+twenty-nine spokes. Pinch and turn sharply upward. Set up two rows triple
+twist in No. 4 brown reed. Weave seven rows of braided straw and complete
+the sides with two rows of triple twist in No. 4 brown reed. The following
+border is used:
+
+First row, each spoke is placed back of next spoke to right. Second row,
+each spoke is placed in front of next two spokes to right and in back of
+the next spoke. The ends of handle are inserted between the border,
+through the triple twist and down between the braiding. The handle is
+woven as described under Model 18.
+
+
+MODEL 41.--FIG. 56
+
+NO. 1 OVAL BASE FLOWER BASKET
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 56]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  3 spokes No. 5 reed, 6-1/2 inches.
+  7 spokes No. 5 reed, 4 inches.
+  27 spokes No. 4 reed, 14 inches.
+  27 spokes No. 4 reed, 20 inches.
+  4 spokes No. 4 reed, 12 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+  Handle--3 spokes No. 6 reed, 33 inches.
+
+In pairing, weave a base 6 inches long 3-3/4 inches wide. Insert the 27
+20-inch spokes, and turn up with four rows of triple twist. While weaving
+the basket, hold the end spokes out toward the weaver, the side spokes
+straight.
+
+Work the basket 3-3/4 inches in single weaving with No. 3 reed. Now insert
+the 27 14-inch spokes, placing a spoke by the side of each spoke in the
+basket. Weave five rows of 3-coil weave in No. 5 reed.
+
+Place the four spokes for the border. Complete the basket with the plaited
+border.
+
+HANDLE
+
+Place the ends of the handle through the border, down about 2-1/2 or 3
+inches in the weaving. Measure 7 inches, from the border of the basket, up
+the handle. Beginning here, with fine No. 1 reed, make a continuation coil
+around the handle of basket until it is 7 inches from the end of the
+handle on the opposite side. Now separate each piece of reed, and in
+simple weaving, weave the remainder of the handle over one spoke, under
+one, until it is 1-1/2 inches from border of basket. Fasten the end of the
+weaver up between the weaving.
+
+To make the handle secure, fasten, in double cross form, each end of the
+handle to the sides of basket.
+
+FIG. 57
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 57]
+
+This little basket is useful when gathering flowers. It is made entirely
+of No. 2 reed, and is finished with a braided handle.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+TRAYS
+
+
+MODEL 42.--FIG. 58
+
+PIN TRAY
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 58]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  16 spokes No. 2 reed, 15 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+
+Over the 16 spoke foundation weave four rows in pairing. Separate the
+groups of fours into groups of twos and weave six rows in pairing. The
+base should measure four inches. Turn the spokes sharply upward. Consider
+throughout the weaving each group of twos as one spoke.
+
+Weave two rows No. 2 reed in three-rod coil. Hold the spokes to secure a
+slight outward slant and weave seven rows in pairing. Finish the tray with
+following border:
+
+First row, each spoke is passed back of next spoke and out.
+
+Second row, each spoke is passed in front of next spoke and in.
+
+
+MODEL 43.--FIG. 59
+
+CANDY TRAY NO. 1
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 59]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  16 spokes No. 2 reed, 24 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+  Handle--1 spoke No. 5 reed, 18 inches.
+
+Weave a base over the 16 spoke center 3-1/4 inches. Turn up with two rows
+of No. 2 reed in triple twist. Hold the spokes in an outward slant and
+weave six rows of pairing. Draw the weavers tightly and hold the spokes in
+toward the center of base. Weave four rows of pairing.
+
+Take each spoke now, pass it back of the next spoke to right, bring it
+down the side of the basket to the base, pass it through the two rows of
+triple twist.
+
+Turn the basket upside down. Make the base stand as follows.
+
+Working to the right, No. 1 spoke is passed in front of No. 2 spoke and
+back of No. 3 spoke. Each spoke is treated likewise, in front of the first
+to the right, and back of the second.
+
+HANDLE
+
+Insert the ends of the 18 inch spoke well down the sides of the tray. In
+coil effect, weave eight rows of No. 2 reed around the handle, covering
+it entirely, as illustrated in Model No. 18. In this tray the size should
+be just large enough to allow the dish to be removed easily.
+
+
+MODEL 44.--FIG. 60
+
+CANDY TRAY NO. 2
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 60]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  16 spokes No. 2 reed, 25 inches.
+  Handle--2 spokes No. 5 reed, 20 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+
+This tray is woven similar to the preceding one, excepting the top, where
+the weaving is continued over the dish until five rows are finished. While
+weaving the last five rows, the spokes are bent in towards the dish, and
+the weaver pulled tight. Working in this manner holds the dish from
+slipping out and makes a rounded effect at the top. The handle is made of
+two spokes, which are pressed into an oval shape and it is finished by
+twisting No. 2 reed around it as shown in Fig. 60.
+
+
+MODEL 45.--FIG. 61
+
+CAKE TRAY
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 61]
+
+The tray is first made and then painted with white enamel.
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 5 reed, 7 inches.
+  64 spokes No. 2 reed, 16 inches.
+  2 spokes No. 6 reed, 26 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+  Weavers No. 3 reed.
+
+With No. 2 reed, weave three rows around the 8 spoke center; separate the
+spokes with ten rows of pairing. Insert the 64 spokes. Place two each side
+of the base spokes. Weave two rows in triple twist with No. 3 reed,
+holding the No. 5 spokes with one group of twos. Now in double weaving,
+weave six rows, over two groups of spokes and under two groups, holding
+the No. 5 spoke by the side of one group of twos to the end of the base.
+Weave three rows No. 3 reed in triple twist, holding the spokes slightly
+upward while weaving. Complete with two rows of triple. First row of
+triple should rest on the base of basket, while the other two rows should
+be slightly upward on the sides. Finish with following border: Holding the
+under side of basket or bottom of tray toward you and weaving to right,
+place one group of spokes in front of next group, back of second group to
+the right, front of third group, back of fourth group, in front of fifth
+group to the right. Bring the spokes out to the front and down through
+the two rows of triple weave. Each group is worked out in same manner,
+until all groups are facing the weaver.
+
+The stand for basket is woven in two rows; first row, each spoke is
+brought in front of two spokes and in; second row, each spoke is placed in
+front of one and back of the next spoke where the ends are cut off closely
+and carefully.
+
+HANDLE
+
+Place the ends of the spokes of handle through the triple weaving and in
+back of the weaving of base border. Have the spokes about 2 inches apart.
+The tray is completed with a coiled handle as shown in Fig. 61.
+
+
+MODEL 46.--FIG. 62
+
+SANDWICH TRAY
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 62]
+
+This tray is worked out in the natural reed and when completed dyed brown.
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 4 reed, 5 inches.
+  96 spokes No. 2 reed, 20 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+  Handle--2 spokes No. 6 reed, 31 inches.
+
+After fastening the center with two rows of weaving, weave three rows,
+separating the spokes in twos; then weave fourteen rows in pairing. Insert
+the 96 spokes, placing three spokes by the side of each spoke of No. 4
+reed. After all the spokes are inserted, weave three rows of triple twist,
+No. 2 reed; considering each group of three spokes as one spoke, weave
+five rows in double weaving. With No. 2 reed, weave three rows of triple,
+separating the spokes in groups of twos. Complete with the following
+border. Consider each group of twos as one spoke. Take one group and place
+it over the next two groups, under the next two, over the next two, under
+the next two, over the next two, under the next two and out in front. Do
+the same with each group of spokes. Allow the first groups to be woven
+loosely until all the groups are woven; then draw the loose groups tight.
+Make the border uniform throughout. You are now ready for the border on
+the base of the tray. Two rows are woven to make the stand for the tray.
+First row, each spoke is brought in front of next three spokes and back of
+next three. Second row, each spoke is brought in front of the next three
+spokes where they are cut off inside the weaving.
+
+HANDLE
+
+Insert the two pieces No. 6 reed between the border and triple twist.
+Leave about a two inch space between the inserted spokes. Fasten securely
+with No. 00 reed. With No. 2 weavers, weave three rows in twirl effect
+around one spoke, until about 4-1/2 inches are woven up on the spokes,
+then considering both spokes of handle as one, continue the weaving until
+you are opposite to where the spokes are joined. Now coil the weaver
+around one spoke to the end of the handle, bringing the weaver each time
+down under the tray and up on the other side of spoke. Treat the other
+spoke in the same manner until both spokes are uniform. Hold the weaver
+tightly throughout the weaving of the handle. A loosely twisted coil makes
+a very poor handle.
+
+If the handle is woven correctly, groups of three coils around the handle,
+with a space of about 3/4 inch apart, will be the result.
+
+FIG. 63
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 63]
+
+The tray is made of natural reed No. 4 and No. 2. The inner base spokes
+are No. 4 reed, the inserted spokes No. 2 reed. Two spokes of No. 5 reed,
+twenty-eight inches long, are required for the handle--the weavers, No. 00
+reed.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+FRUIT BASKET TRAYS
+
+
+MODEL 47.--FIG. 64
+
+NO. 1 FRUIT BASKET TRAY
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 64]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 5 reed, 8 inches.
+  31 spokes No. 5 reed, 16 inches.
+  1 spoke No. 8 reed. 32 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+
+Insert and fasten the spokes in position with the cross weave. Weave four
+rows of No. 2 reed. Follow this with twelve rows of pairing and nine rows
+of double weaving.
+
+Insert the 31 spokes and weave with No. 4 reed, four rows of three-rod
+coil. Pinch the spokes and set up three rows of triple twist. Weave eight
+rows of double weaving, holding the spokes slantingly outward. Finish with
+three rows of triple twist and the plaited border.
+
+HANDLE
+
+Insert the piece of No. 8 reed down through the border, through the
+weaving to the lower triple twist. With No. 2 reed, coil eight rows
+around the handle making ten twists.
+
+
+MODEL 48.--FIG. 65
+
+NO. 2 FRUIT BASKET TRAY
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 65]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  16 spokes No. 2 tan reed, 46 inches.
+  30 spokes No. 2 tan reed, 16 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+  Weavers No. 3 reed.
+  Tan colored dish.
+  Handle--2 spokes No. 5 reed, 25 inches.
+
+Over a 16 spoke center weave a base 3-1/2 inches, separating the spokes
+into groups of twos. Insert the 30 spokes. This will make groups of fours.
+
+Turn up with two rows of No. 3 reed in triple twist. While weaving, curve
+the spokes to correspond to the curve of dish, draw the weavers tightly to
+hold the dish securely.
+
+Follow the upset with eleven rows simple weaving. Consider every group of
+fours as one spoke. With two rows of triple twist in No. 3 reed, separate
+the groups of fours into groups of twos. Weave twenty-eight rows in simple
+weaving.
+
+For the sides, take one spoke of each group, pass it back of next two
+groups, bring it down the outside of basket and through the triple twist
+at base. The spokes will run singly on the outside of the basket, but will
+pass through the triple twist at the base in groups of twos. After all the
+groups have been passed through the triple twist the border is made as
+follows:
+
+First row, each group is passed back of the next two groups to the right.
+
+Second row, each group is passed in front of the next two groups, back of
+the third group where the ends are cut off closely.
+
+BORDER FOR TOP OF BASKET
+
+First row, each single spoke is brought back of next two spokes.
+
+Second row, each group is passed in front of next two groups and back of
+third group where the ends are cut closely.
+
+HANDLE
+
+Insert the ends of handle through the weaving about 1-3/4 inches apart.
+Coil six rows around the handle and fasten ends securely.
+
+
+MODEL 49.--FIG. 66
+
+NO. 3 FRUIT BASKET TRAY
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 66]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 5 reed, 36 inches.
+  9 spokes No. 5 reed, 15 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+  Weavers No. 3 reed.
+
+Make a four inch base in pairing. Turn sharply upward and slant inward
+with four rows of No. 3 reed in three-rod twist. Weave eight rows in No. 2
+reed, over two, under one. Change the reed to No. 00. Weave six rows, over
+two spokes, under one, with three stands of No. 00 reed in slewing. The
+weaver must constantly keep drawing the reed tight and holding the spokes
+well in towards the center. With a strand of No. 00 reed, make eighteen
+rows in the plain weave. The diameter should be now 1-1/4 inches. Hold the
+spokes slightly outward and with three weavers in slewing, make seven
+rows, weaving in front of 2 spokes, back of 1 spoke. The diameter should
+now be almost two inches.
+
+Insert the 9 spokes, placing a single spoke by the side of every other
+spoke. Soak all the spokes well, pinch with pliers and bend the spokes
+straight outward. Hold them in this position until three rows of pairing,
+three rows of triple twist No. 2 reed and five rows of single weaving are
+completed.
+
+Bend the spokes in a curved effect, hold them slightly outward and upward.
+In this position weave ten rows double weaving. Holding the spokes now in
+a pronounced upward curve, weave five rows of triple twist in No. 4 reed.
+
+The following border completes the tray: Turn down three spokes--No. 1
+spoke back of No. 2, No. 2 spoke back of No. 3, No. 3 spoke back of No. 4.
+Now place No. 1 spoke in front of the third and fourth spokes and back of
+the fifth spoke; likewise place No. 2 spoke in front of the fourth and
+fifth spokes and back of the sixth spoke. Continue this around the basket
+until all the spokes are woven in the border.
+
+
+MODEL 50.
+
+DESK TRAY
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  Board 12 inches by 10 inches.
+  45 spokes No. 5 reed, 19 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+
+A desk tray is a very useful article and is made as follows:
+
+Bore 45 holes through the board about 3/8 inch in from the edge of the
+board. Insert the 45 spokes through these holes allowing 3-1/2 inches for
+the bottom. Make a foundation stand by weaving these end spokes in front
+of 2 spokes and back of the third spoke.
+
+The sides are woven with two rows of three rod coil, then in double
+weaving until the tray is 2-1/2 inches high. Follow this with two rows of
+triple twist and the plaited border.
+
+
+MODEL 51.--FIG. 67
+
+SMALL SERVING TRAY
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 67]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  Board 9-1/2 inches by 6-1/4 inches.
+  Glass 8-3/4 inches by 5-3/4 inches.
+  Cretonne 8-3/4 inches by 5-3/4 inches.
+  60 spokes No. 2 reed, 15 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+
+Bore 60 holes through the board large enough for No. 2 reed to slip
+through easily. The holes should be one-half inch apart--19 holes on each
+of the lengthwise sides and 12 on each end.
+
+Pass the spokes through each hole. Allow 1-1/2 inches for the bottom of
+tray. For the base border weave one row of pairing and the following
+border: Each spoke is passed in front of the first spoke to right and
+back of the second spoke. When all the spokes are woven in this way, place
+the tray on a flat surface and make sure the base border is perfectly even
+and level.
+
+The cretonne and glass should be identical in size. Lay the cretonne on
+the board flat and even, and place the glass over it. The glass must fit
+snugly and tightly to make a perfect tray. Keep the spokes moist to allow
+easy weaving. The weavers must be soaked until very pliable. Weave 1/2
+inch of pairing with No. 2 reed or nine rows. Follow this with one row of
+triple twist in No. 3 reed. The plaited border completes the tray.
+
+A very pretty effect may be obtained by having a pale pink flowered
+cretonne and natural color reed. The cretonne and color of reed should
+always harmonize.
+
+
+MODEL 52.
+
+OBLONG SERVING TRAY
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  Board 17 inches by 12 inches.
+  Cretonne 16-1/4 inches by 11-1/2 inches.
+  Glass 16-1/4 inches by 11-1/2 inches.
+  99 spokes No. 5 brown reed, 19 inches.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+  Brown stain.
+
+Bore 99 holes through board equal distance apart. Stain the board brown.
+Insert the spokes and allow 3-1/2 inches for the bottom stand. Make a
+border for this stand in the following manner:
+
+First row, each spoke is brought back of next spoke to right.
+
+Second row, each spoke is passed in front of the next spoke and in back of
+the next where the end is cut off.
+
+The sides are now woven. A 4-rod coil No. 4 reed holds the glass firmly in
+place. Follow this with seven rows double weaving No. 2 brown reed and one
+row No. 4 reed in 4-rod coil. Complete the tray with the plaited border.
+
+After the tray is finished, singe it to get rid of all the loose bits of
+reed--then polish the board with two or three coats of wax. The cretonne,
+reed and stain should harmonize in color. A soft brush produces best
+results in polishing the basket.
+
+
+MODEL 53.
+
+OVAL SERVING TRAY
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  Board 20 inches by 14 inches.
+  Glass 19 inches by 13 inches.
+  Cretonne 19 inches by 13 inches.
+  52 spokes No. 5 brown reed, 20 inches.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+
+The holes should be made about one inch apart. Insert the 52 spokes and
+make foundation stand as described under preceding model. Be careful that
+the board is perfectly dry before placing the cretonne upon it. Keep the
+spokes moist by using a wet sponge; be careful not to allow any water to
+get under the glass while weaving. Best results are obtained by staining
+the board first and then weaving a dyed reed; good results, however, may
+be obtained by making the tray in natural reed first and then staining the
+board and reed. Great care must be exercised in painting the tray after it
+is made.
+
+The sides of the oval tray are woven two inches high. First weave one row
+of 4-rod coil then seven rows of double weaving in pairing. One row of
+4-rod coil and the plaited border completes the tray. Polish as described
+under preceding model.
+
+
+MODEL 54.
+
+ROUND SERVING TRAY
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  Diameter of board 10 inches.
+  Diameter of glass 9-1/4 inches.
+  Diameter of cretonne 9-1/4 inches.
+  39 spokes No. 4 reed, 20 inches.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+
+Prepare the board by making 39 holes 5/8 of an inch from edge of board,
+3/4 inch spacing between each hole. Insert the 39 spokes. Weave an under
+base stand in the following manner: First row, each spoke is brought back
+of next spoke to right and out in front. Second row, each spoke is passed
+in front of next spoke to right and in back of second spoke where it is
+cut off.
+
+This base weaving should be uniform throughout so that the tray base may
+be perfectly even. Stand the tray on a flat desk and see that each spoke
+touches the desk. For the side of the tray weave one row of 4-rod wale and
+finish the ends in the usual way.
+
+Insert one No. 4 weaver and weave nine rows around the tray. Introduce
+four weavers and work one row of 4-rod coil. Finish the tray with the
+plaited border.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI
+
+SCRAP BASKETS
+
+
+MODEL 55.--FIG 68
+
+SMALL SCRAP BASKET (CHECKER DESIGN)
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 68]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 4 reed, 6 inches.
+  31 spokes No. 4 reed, 19 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+  Handle--2 spokes No. 6 reed, 10 inches.
+
+Weave a base 5-3/4 inches. Insert 31 spokes and weave the sides 8-1/2
+inches high, in the following manner:
+
+Turn the spokes up with two rows of triple twist No. 4 reed, then six rows
+of double weaving in No. 2 reed. Change to blue No. 4 reed and make a coil
+of triple twist; then in blue and white check weave sixteen rows. Follow
+this with one row of No. 4 blue reed in triple twist. Change the reed to
+No. 2 natural and weave twelve rows in double weaving. One row of blue No.
+4 reed, triple twist, follows this, then sixteen rows of blue and white
+check (2 checks) and one row of blue No. 4 reed in triple. Change the
+reed again and work five rows double weaving in No. 2 reed. Follow this
+with two rows of triple twist and the border described under Model 22.
+
+Insert the ends of the handle well down amid the weaving and with No. 2
+reed make four coils around the handle.
+
+
+MODEL 56.--FIG. 69
+
+LARGE SCRAP BASKET (CHECKER DESIGN)
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 69]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 5 reed, 8 inches.
+  31 spokes No. 5 reed, 27 inches.
+  Weavers No. 4 blue reed.
+  Weavers No. 4 natural reed.
+
+Weave a base 7-1/2 inches. Insert 31 spokes and turn up with four rows of
+triple. Weave twelve rows single weaving in No. 4 natural reed, then one
+row in triple twist, No. 4 blue reed. Seven checks in blue and natural
+follow this. Weave one row in triple with No. 4 blue reed and twelve rows
+No. 4 natural.
+
+Follow this with three rows of triple in No. 4 natural reed.
+
+Complete the basket with plaited border described under Model 14.
+
+
+MODEL 57.--FIG. 70
+
+SCRAP BASKET IN OVAL REED
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 70]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 5 reed, 6-1/2 inches.
+  31 spokes No. 5 reed, 27 inches.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+  Weavers No. 5 oval reed.
+  Handle--2 spokes No. 6 reed, 46 inches.
+
+Weave a base 6 inches. Insert 31 spokes. Pinch sharply and turn up with
+three rows of triple No. 5 reed. In No. 5 oval reed make forty-six rows,
+placing the weaver over 3 spokes and back of 2 spokes. Carry this weave
+throughout the basket. Finish with three rows of triple in No. 5 reed and
+the plaited border.
+
+HANDLE
+
+Make two rings for the ring handles and fasten them to the sides of the
+basket.
+
+
+MODEL 58.--FIG. 71
+
+RUSH SCRAP BASKET
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 71]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 5 reed, 8 inches.
+  31 spokes No. 5 reed, 27 inches.
+  Weavers No. 5 reed.
+  Weavers braided rush.
+
+Over an 8 spoke foundation, weave a base 7-1/2 inches in pairing, with No.
+4 reed.
+
+Insert 31 spokes No. 5 reed. Pinch sharply and turn the spokes upward with
+three rows triple twist in No. 5 reed. In single weaving, weave twenty
+rows of braided rush. Complete the sides with four rows of triple twist in
+No. 5 reed. The plaited border completes the basket.
+
+While weaving, the spokes should be held slantingly outward. Care should
+be exercised not to spread the spokes outward too much as this will spoil
+the shape of basket. The diameter at the top of the basket, when finished,
+should be twelve inches.
+
+
+MODEL 59.
+
+NO. 2 FLOWER BASKET
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 4 reed, 4-1/2 inches.
+  26 spokes No. 4 reed, 18 inches.
+  11 spokes No. 4 reed, 12 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+  Weavers No. 3 reed.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+  Handle--1 spoke No. 8 reed, 30 inches.
+
+Weave a base in pairing, 3-3/4 inches. Turn sharply upward with three rows
+of triple weave. Hold the spokes straight and weave, with No. 2 reed,
+three inches in pairing. Take a strand of No. 3 reed and weave six rows.
+Begin the shaping of the basket by holding the side spokes upright and
+bend the end spokes sharply down the outside of the basket. Continue the
+weaving until sixteen more rows are woven.
+
+Insert the 11 spokes, between the end spokes of the basket--5 spokes on
+one end and 6 on the other.
+
+Weave eight rows of triple twist and the border described under Model 22.
+
+Insert the handle spoke, down the side of the basket. In the coil twist,
+weave five rows. Fasten the ends of the weavers securely.
+
+
+MODEL 60.
+
+NO. 3 FLOWER BASKET
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  6-1/2 spokes No. 5 reed, 6 inches.
+  26 spokes No. 5 reed, 24 inches.
+  15 spokes No. 5 reed, 12 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+  Handle--1 spoke No. 8 reed, 20 inches.
+
+Complete a base five inches. Insert 26 spokes and turn sharply with three
+rows of triple weave. Hold the spoke straight upward, and make seventeen
+rows No. 2 reed, weaving over two spokes and under one spoke. Introduce
+slew wale with two weavers. Work twelve rows, over two spokes under one
+spoke.
+
+Insert the 15 spokes, 8 at one end and 7 at the other end. Weave two rows
+of 3-rod coil. Wet the spokes well and bend the end spokes down the
+outside of the basket. Hold the spokes in this position during the rest of
+the weaving--that is, hold the side spokes erect and the end spokes in a
+downward flare. Introduce two No. 2 weavers and make fifteen rows in
+pairing. Open the end spokes and bend them down. Weave seven rows in
+triple twist with No. 4 reed. Finish with the border described under Model
+22.
+
+Insert the 20 inch spoke for handle. Weave, in coil effect, four rows
+around the handle. Fasten the handle securely to the basket.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII
+
+UTILITY BASKETS
+
+
+MODEL 61.--FIG. 72
+
+ARTISTIC BASKET WITH LID
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 72]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  10 spokes No. 5 reed, 6 inches.
+  21 spokes No. 5 reed, 18 inches.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+  Lid--16 spokes No. 4 reed, 15 inches.
+
+Make a bottom in the ordinary way, 5-1/2 inches. Insert the spokes, pinch,
+and make an upsetting four rows in 3-rod coil. Hold the spokes in a
+slightly slanting outward direction during the weaving of the basket. In
+plain weave, make 2-1/4 inches. Follow this with four rows triple weave
+and the border described under Model 22.
+
+LID
+
+Arrange the spokes in position. In ribbon weave, work one row No. 00 reed.
+With No. 1 reed, weave four rows in pairing. Hold the spokes to secure a
+curved center for lid. Separate the spokes into groups of twos with five
+rows of pairing. Separate into single spokes with two rows triple twist
+No. 2 reed. Holding the spokes in an outward position, weave nine rows
+pairing. Wet the spokes and place the lid on a flat board or table. Press
+the spokes flat on the board and weave two rows of No. 4 reed in triple
+twist. In plain weave, work six rows. Complete the weaving with the
+following border: Turn the lid upside down. Take each spoke back of next
+spoke to the right, bring it to the front of the lid. Second row, each
+spoke is passed in front of next two spokes and back of the third spoke,
+where it is cut off.
+
+HANDLE
+
+Make a ring 1-1/4 inches in diameter. Fasten it to the center of the lid
+by weaving the ends in and out amid the weaving of lid.
+
+FIG. 73
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 73]
+
+The base spokes of this "Knitting Basket" are of No. 4 reed. The inserted
+spokes are of No. 3 reed, twenty-two inches long. The weavers are of No. 2
+and No. 3 reed.
+
+
+MODEL 62.--FIG. 74
+
+MOTHER'S SEWING BASKET
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 74]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 5 reed, 7 inches.
+  62 spokes No. 4 reed, 18 inches.
+  Weavers--No. 4 reed.
+
+Weave a base seven inches in pairing. Insert the spokes, pinch, and turn
+with an upsetting of four rows 3-rod coil. Bend and hold the spokes
+outward. Work four inches in plain weave No. 4 reed. Wet the spokes, pinch
+and bend inward. Weave two inches plain weave. Make four rows triple
+twist. Complete the basket with the following border: First row, each
+group of spokes is brought back of the next group to the right and passed
+out to the front. Second row, each group is passed over the next four
+groups, back of the fifth group where it is cut off.
+
+
+MODEL 63.--FIG. 75
+
+LILY BASKET
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 75]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 5 reed, 6-1/2 inches.
+  62 spokes No. 4 reed, 18 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+
+With No. 1 reed, fasten the spokes with three rows of pairing. Separate
+into groups of twos, with two rows of pairing. Separate into single
+groups, with two rows of pairing. Insert two No. 4 weavers and work ten
+rows in pairing. This makes a 6-1/2 inch base.
+
+Insert the spokes, two spokes each side of the base spokes. Turn up with
+an upsetting of four rows of triple twist No. 4 reed. The spokes are
+double and carried double throughout the basket. Hold the spokes so that
+the basket will slant outward. Weave four inches in plain weave. Wet the
+spokes and pinch sharply. Bend the spokes inward. Work one row in 3-rod
+coil. Follow this with fifteen rows in plain weave. Bending the spokes
+slightly upward, work five rows in triple weave. Cut off one spoke of each
+group. Complete the basket with the border described under Model 22.
+
+
+MODEL 64.--FIG. 76
+
+SMALL BARREL SHAPED RUSH BASKET
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 76]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 5 reed, 6-1/2 inches.
+  31 spokes No. 5 reed, 20 inches.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+  Weavers No. 5 reed.
+  Weavers braided rush.
+
+Make a round bottom six inches in diameter. Insert the 31 spokes and make
+an upsetting of six rows of 3-rod wale No. 5 reed. Throughout the basket,
+hold the spokes equal distance apart; weave carefully and evenly.
+
+Prepare the rush for weaving by soaking it in water until it is moist, or
+wet enough to keep it from cracking. Do not try to weave the braided rush
+dry as it cracks easily. Slant the spokes outward, introduce the rush and
+weave eight rows of simple weaving. Wet the spokes well and bend them in.
+Have the rush moistened and weave six rows, drawing the spokes in, to
+secure the rounded effect. Introduce three weavers of No. 4 reed, and work
+five rows of 3-rod wale. Complete the basket with the following border:
+
+First row, each spoke is carried back of the next two spokes to the right
+and out to the front. Second row, each spoke is passed in front of the
+next two spokes to the right, and back of the third where it is cut off.
+
+
+MODEL 65.--FIG. 77
+
+LARGE RUSH SCRAP BASKET
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 77]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 6 reed, 7-1/2 inches.
+  62 spokes No. 5 reed, 31 inches.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+  Weavers No. 5 reed.
+
+Make a round base seven inches in diameter. Insert the 62 spokes, placing
+two spokes each side of the base spokes. Weave two rows of triple twist.
+Turn the spokes sharply upward, weave four rows of triple weave and eight
+rows of plain weave. Insert three weavers and work two rows of triple.
+
+Soak the rush a few minutes in cold water and with it work fourteen rows
+in single weaving. Where any ends of rush are joined sew them carefully
+with fine raffia.
+
+Insert three weavers and make seven rows in triple twist. Throughout the
+basket each set of 2 spokes is treated as 1 spoke.
+
+Do not cut any of the spokes off. Make a plaited border with the double
+spokes. The spokes should be held slantingly outward, while weaving, to
+obtain the desired shape.
+
+
+MODEL 66.
+
+OBLONG TRAY
+
+This tray will not only be of use on the dressing table, but will add to
+its beauty and daintiness; it also serves for an ideal comb and brush
+tray. Dimensions 9-1/2 inches by 6-1/4 inches.
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  9 spokes No. 4 reed, 15 inches.
+  13 spokes No. 4 reed, 15 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+  Weavers No. 3 reed.
+
+Place the 9 spokes in a horizontal position, equal distances apart; or if
+two pieces of wood, nine inches long, are available, make 9 holes in each
+piece 3/4 inch apart. Through these holes insert the nine 15 inch spokes.
+This holds the spokes in a firm position and makes the weaving simpler.
+
+Take two pieces of the 15 inch spokes and weave as 1 spoke, one row in
+simple weaving. Now insert a strand of No. 2 reed and make eleven rows
+simple weaving, working the first row under and over the same spokes as
+the two 15 inch spokes are woven.
+
+Weave one 15 inch spoke, weaving from right to left, under the first spoke
+and over the second. Introduce a No. 2 weaver, and work eleven rows,
+beginning under the first spoke and over the second. Weave another No. 4
+spoke. Continue in this way, first one No. 4 spoke, and then ten or eleven
+rows of No. 2 reed, until the thirteen pieces of No. 4 reed are woven.
+Both ends of the tray should have two No. 4 spokes woven as one. The
+weaving should now measure 9 inches by 6 inches.
+
+Weave one row of triple twist around the tray. Wet and turn both end and
+side spokes sharply upward. Make an upset of three rows of triple.
+
+With the spokes moist, weave the following border:
+
+First row, each spoke is brought back of the next spoke to the right and
+out to the front.
+
+Second row, each spoke is passed in front of next three spokes to the
+right and back of the fourth where it is cut off.
+
+
+MODEL 67.
+
+UTILITY BASKET
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 5 reed, 6-1/2 inches.
+  31 spokes No. 5 reed, 22 inches.
+  Weavers No. 2 reed.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+
+Work a base 6-1/2 inches in the usual way. Insert the 31 spokes and make
+an upset of three rows of triple twist. Work nine rows of double weaving
+No. 2 reed. Introduce three weavers and make two rows of triple. With No.
+2 reed, work nine rows more in double weaving. Follow this with two rows
+of No. 4 reed in triple, twelve rows double, three rows triple, twelve
+rows pairing No. 4 reed and seven rows No. 4 reed in 4-rod coil.
+
+Complete the basket with the border described under Model 22.
+
+The basket is enameled in white and gold and makes a very pretty effect.
+The base border and the top of the base are painted in gold.
+
+
+MODEL 68.--FIG. 78
+
+SCRAP BASKET (OPEN WORK)
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 78]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 5 reed, 9 inches.
+  31 spokes No. 5 reed, 29 inches.
+  31 spokes No. 5 reed, 15 inches.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+  Weavers No. 5 reed.
+
+Make a base 8-1/2 inches in double weaving No. 4 reed. Insert the 31
+29-inch spokes. Turn sharply upward and make one row of 3-rod coil.
+Insert the 31 15-inch spokes and work three rows of triple twist. The
+spokes are now double and should be held straight. Make eight rows double
+weaving and four rows in triple. Leave one inch space open. Find the
+middle of a long weaver, place it around one of the double spokes and
+weave seven rows in pairing.
+
+Now separate the double spokes into single spokes with two rows triple
+twist. Leave another inch of open space in the basket. Take the middle of
+another weaver and, holding the spokes double again, weave four rows in
+pairing.
+
+Leave an open space of two inches. Weave three rows of pairing. Number the
+groups 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
+
+Hold the second spoke of No. 1 group straight. Cross the first spoke of
+No. 3 group over the second spoke of No. 2 group, and place it by the side
+of No. 1 group, where it is held in this position by placing the middle of
+a weaver around it, and drawing one end of the weaver to the inside of the
+basket, the other end to the outside of basket. Hold the second spoke of
+No. 2 group straight, cross the first spoke of No. 4 group over the second
+spoke of No. 3 group and place it by the side of the second spoke of No. 2
+group. This is held in position by another twist of pairing. Take the
+first spoke of No. 5 group, cross it over second spoke of No. 4 group, and
+place it in position by the side of second spoke of No. 3 group, where it
+is held in position by a twist of pairing. Weave one row of pairing around
+the basket holding the spokes in this position. The second spoke of each
+group is held straight, while the first spoke of the third group to the
+right is crossed over the second group and placed by the side of the first
+group, where it is held in position by pairing. Two more rows of pairing
+are woven holding the double spokes side by side. Follow this with three
+rows of 4-rod coil.
+
+The basket is finished with border described under Model 22.
+
+Make ring handles and place in position on opposite sides of basket.
+
+
+MODEL 69.--FIG. 79
+
+FANCY SCRAP BASKET
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 79]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 5 reed, 7-1/2 inches.
+  62 spokes No. 4 reed, 27 inches.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+
+Work a base 6-1/2 inches. Insert the spokes and make an upset of four rows
+3-rod coil. The basket is worked with double side spokes. Hold the spokes
+straight and weave twenty-nine rows in plain weave. Bend the spokes
+slightly outward. Weave two rows 3-rod coil, seventeen rows single, two
+rows 3-rod coil, sixteen rows single and five rows triple twist.
+
+The plaited border completes the weaving of the basket.
+
+Make ring handles and fasten on opposite sides of basket.
+
+
+MODEL 70.--FIG. 80
+
+ARTISTIC SCRAP BASKET
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 80]
+
+This basket is first made, then enameled in white with suggestions of
+gold.
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 5 reed, 7-1/2 inches.
+  33 spokes No. 5 reed, 29 inches.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+  Weavers No. 5 reed.
+
+In the ordinary way work a round base seven inches in diameter. Insert the
+33 spokes. Make an upset of four rows 3-rod coil. Weave ten rows plain
+weave, eight rows double, and twelve rows pairing. Introduce three weavers
+and work three rows 3-rod coil. The following design is worked in the
+basket on opposite sides: Number the spokes 1 to 33. The design is
+inserted between the spokes Nos. 11 to 17 (eleven to seventeen) inclusive,
+and between the spokes Nos. 27 to 33 (twenty-seven to thirty-three)
+inclusive. Insert a weaver back of any spoke, which may be called No. 1
+spoke, and work one row around the basket in plain weave. In the second
+and third rows, between the spokes Nos. 11 to 17 (eleven to seventeen) and
+Nos. 27 to 33 (twenty-seven to thirty-three) the weaver should pass back
+and in front of the same spokes as in No. 1 row. That is, in the first
+three rows the weaver should pass back of Nos. 11, 13, 15, 17 spokes, in
+front of Nos. 12, 14, 16 spokes, back of Nos. 27, 29, 31, 33 spokes, in
+front of Nos. 28, 30, 32 spokes. In the fourth, fifth and sixth rows the
+weaver passes back of Nos. 12, 14, 16 spokes, front of Nos. 13, 15 spokes,
+back of Nos. 28, 30, 32 spokes, in front of Nos. 29, 31 spokes. In the
+seventh, eighth and ninth rows the weaver passes back of Nos. 13, 15
+spokes, in front of No. 14 spoke, back of Nos. 29, 31 spokes, in front of
+No. 30 spoke. The tenth, eleventh and twelfth rows of weaving pass over
+and under the same spokes as the fourth, fifth and sixth rows. Likewise
+the thirteenth, fourteenth and fifteenth rows correspond to first, second
+and third rows, which complete the design.
+
+Between Nos. 1 to 10 spokes and Nos. 18 to 26 spokes, the weaving is the
+simple over and under weave. Owing to insertion of design it is sometimes
+necessary to pass the weaver back of two spokes to get the correct weave.
+Follow the fifteen rows of weaving with three rows of triple twist. Bend
+the spokes inward while making the triple twist. Holding the spokes in the
+same position work twenty rows plain weave. Follow this with five rows
+triple twist. Complete the basket with the border under Model 14.
+
+
+MODEL 71.--FIG. 81
+
+FATHER'S WASTE PAPER BASKET
+
+[Illustration: FIG. 81]
+
+MATERIAL
+
+  8 spokes No. 5 reed, 8 inches.
+  31 spokes No. 5 reed, 28 inches.
+  Weavers No. 4 reed.
+  Weavers No. 5 reed.
+
+Make a seven inch base No. 4 reed. Insert the 31 spokes and turn up with
+five rows of upsetting No. 5 reed. Weave fifteen rows single weaving.
+Insert four weavers and work four rows, each weaver passing in front of
+three spokes and back of one spoke. From the beginning hold the spokes
+outward. In plain weave, work twenty-six rows. Wet the spokes well now and
+bend them in. Introduce three weavers and work three rows of triple twist.
+Drop two weavers and work eleven rows in plain weaving. The weaver should
+be drawn tightly from now on. Weave two rows in 3-rod coil. Drop two
+weavers and work sixteen rows in plain weaving. Wet the spokes again and
+with the plier press the spokes well and bend them outward for a slight
+flare. Work seventeen rows in plain weave. Bend the spokes down and make
+three rows of triple twist No. 5 reed. Finish with the following border:
+
+First row, place each spoke back of the next spoke to the right.
+
+Second row, carry each spoke over the next 3 spokes and down to the
+outside of basket where it rests under the fourth spoke. Cut off the ends
+sharply.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII
+
+A FEW WORDS ON DYEING
+
+
+The art of dyeing has been of interest to the peoples of all nations and
+in all ages. History shows us that just so soon as man's covering or
+clothing, the furs and skins of animals, was discarded for wool, linen or
+cotton materials, just so soon was the desire or want for colors made
+manifest. Man began the study of coloring, of staining and dyeing; he
+experimented, and in his new need he worked to reproduce the reds, the
+purples, the blues and the yellows of nature's exquisite canvas, with what
+success and failure we have a fair knowledge.
+
+Nothing appeared too small or too unimportant to put in use in order to
+gain the desired results. Vegetables, fruits, plants, barks of trees and
+sometimes ludicrous mixtures were part of the workings for this purpose,
+all of which did meet with rewards--for dyes and beautiful colors were
+discovered.
+
+From the plant _indigoferae_ was obtained a blue stain, known as indigo.
+Specimens of dyeing found in the Egyptian tombs show examples of indigo
+dye. This plant (_indigoferae_) grows and is industriously and profitably
+cultivated in South America and India. It was imported by the Romans from
+India, getting its name from that country. Two other important dyestuffs
+discovered in the early ages were saffron, which gives yellow shades, and
+madder-root, or to be more specific, the roots of madder, which produces
+brown and purple shades.
+
+Thus was obtained and supplied the blue dye from vegetable or plant life;
+and from animal life came the most beautiful red dyes.
+
+Cochineal, lac and kermes better known as "grain colors" and called so
+because of their general resemblance to grain, are really the dried bodies
+of insects, minute in size, called "cocci" berries, which lived and
+thrived on certain kinds of bushes and trees and which, after months of
+care, were taken from their berths and dried.
+
+These dyestuffs, used of course with a mordant, produce beautiful shades,
+which are fast to water and light.
+
+Perhaps no greater nor more remarkable changes have been made in any
+industry than in that of dyeing, for, the saving of labor, energy, time
+and money by the use of modern chemical agencies is of a magnitude not
+easily appreciable. New ways have completely supplanted the old. This
+revolution was due to the accidental discovery of mauveine by Sir William
+Henry Perkin, who by this and his later experiments enriched the world
+with one of its most important discoveries. After his discoveries became
+known great factories sprang up throughout Europe manufacturing coal-tar
+dyestuffs, shortly producing the "Basic dyes." Perkin's discovery served
+as a stimulus to other chemists, who, working unceasingly, soon produced
+quantities of dyestuffs, which are designated as "Aniline Colors."
+
+Though progress has been made and the discoveries have simplified greatly
+the processes of dyeing, this does not mean that experimenting has ceased.
+By no means. Today interested and enthusiastic workers are anxiously and
+patiently experimenting, and hoping to find something new; perhaps they
+will, or it may be you, who, through your experimenting, will uncover to
+the world a new wonderful dyestuff.
+
+In preparing raffia for work, take care to shake it well. You will find
+that the best and easiest way to make it take the dye will be to soak it
+over night. If this is not practicable then soak it at least three hours.
+Dissolve the dye in vinegar--the dye bath should be warm.
+
+The "Basic Colors" will give satisfaction, but I would suggest in cases
+where a great deal of work is to be done that the fast acid colors be
+used.
+
+The color work in basketry plays a very important part as well as a
+fascinating one. There are numerous ways in which a basket or tray may be
+touched up, giving a charm to it that is most pleasing to the eye and
+attractive to the craftsman.
+
+The entire basket may be made first, and then either dipped, allowed to
+stand in the dye a few minutes, or boiled five to thirty minutes; it may
+be painted with Easy dye, stained with any desirable furniture stain,
+varnished and waxed up. The basket may be finished off by using either
+fine sandpaper, or powdered pumice stone, but in finishing colored
+baskets, it will be found that singeing will be the most successful
+method.
+
+Again to have a contrasting color with the natural or two tints of the
+same color, the reed should be dyed first and then the desired effect
+worked out.
+
+In dyeing reed allow it to soak in a mordant for two hours. This opens the
+pores and makes the dye a permanent part of the basket. Three ounces of
+alum to one quart of water makes a good mordant for many vegetable dyes.
+
+Beautiful shades of brown, green, blue and red may be obtained by using
+logwood, indigo, fustic, cutch, madder, cochineal, and copperas. A very
+pleasing finish is secured by painting or staining the article with Light
+Oil Finish, combining it with turpentine in whatever proportion desired.
+Malachite green stain used with turpentine and Light Oil Finish make a
+very attractive pale green. The alert basket maker, who desires to
+experiment, must be on the watch in the autumn for natural dyeing
+material. The leaves and flowers of plants, the bark of trees, berries,
+etc., may be used most successfully in obtaining very desirable dye, and
+with patience and care beautiful and delicate shades may be obtained from
+vegetable dyes.
+
+The following recipes may be used for vegetable dyeing:
+
+=Brown=
+
+Dissolve two teaspoonfuls of madder in one quart of water. Allow the reed
+to soak in it five hours.
+
+=Yellow Brown No. 1=
+
+Soak the reed for several hours in logwood extract--obtained by boiling
+logwood chips in water twenty minutes.
+
+=Yellow Brown No. 2=
+
+Mix in a quart of water two tablespoonfuls of cutch extract, adding one
+and a half tablespoonfuls of fustic. Boil the reed in this solution for
+two hours, but test.
+
+=Olive Brown No. 1=
+
+Dissolve two tablespoonfuls of cutch, two tablespoonfuls of fustic, and
+one-half spoonful of logwood in a quart of water. Boil the reed two hours
+in this composition.
+
+=Olive Brown No. 2=
+
+Boil the material several hours in a composition of one and one-half
+pounds of walnut bark, five teaspoonfuls of washing soda and one-half cup
+of rock alum.
+
+=Yellow No. 1=
+
+A good yellow can be obtained by experimenting with smartweed.
+
+=Yellow No. 2=
+
+Mordant the reed in a solution of alum, and boil it in an extract of
+fustic, a half hour.
+
+=Green=
+
+Mordant the reed in a solution of alum and water, and then dye it in the
+solution composition--three teaspoonfuls of indigo, a small crystal of
+copperas, and three pints of water. After the material is removed and
+washed dip it in a solution of bark extract and water.
+
+=Olive Green=
+
+Mordant the reed in a solution of two teaspoonfuls of copperas in one
+quart of water. Boil the reed then in the following solution: To three
+teaspoonfuls of bark extract in a quart of water, add a half teaspoonful
+of indigo and a small quantity of logwood.
+
+=Indian Red=
+
+Dissolve in about a quart of boiling water two tablespoonfuls of cutch
+extract and a small crystal of blue-stone. Boil the material in this
+solution until the desired color is obtained.
+
+END
+
+
+
+
+TRANSCRIBER'S AMENDMENTS
+
+
+Transcriber's Note: Blank pages have been deleted. Some illustrations may
+have been moved, and the list of illustrations modified accordingly. When
+the author's preference can be determined, we have rendered consistent on
+a per-word-pair basis the hyphenation or spacing of such pairs when
+repeated in the same grammatical context. The publisher's inadvertent
+omissions of important punctuation have been corrected. Duplicative book
+and chapter front matter has been removed.
+
+The following list indicates any additional changes. The page number
+represents that of the original publication and applies in this etext
+except for illustrations since they may have been moved.
+
+  Page          Change
+
+  vii  20. HEAVY BORDER      37[69]
+   42  the nautral[natural] color and then
+  127  glass should be indentical[identical] in
+  167  [END]
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Practical Basketry, by Anna A. Gill
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK PRACTICAL BASKETRY ***
+
+***** This file should be named 38681.txt or 38681.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/3/8/6/8/38681/
+
+Produced by Karl Eichwalder, Stephen Hope, Henry Gardiner
+and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at
+https://www.pgdp.net (This book was produced from scanned
+images of public domain material from the Google Print
+project.)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/38681.zip b/38681.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef7e894
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38681.zip
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a7d5538
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #38681 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/38681)
author	Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org>	2025-10-14 20:10:52 -0700
committer	Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org>	2025-10-14 20:10:52 -0700
commit	a75d4de85f6c88cff2d52abbbb32f3c6ee11b9d2 (patch)
tree	72f4a45da55eb3ff3e382ca7d3ec1c1aaf98f697